diff --git a/CMakeLists.txt b/CMakeLists.txt
index 97e46455..366da5dd 100644
--- a/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -237,9 +237,6 @@ macro_optional_add_subdirectory(freespacenotifier)
macro_optional_add_subdirectory(kscreensaver)
macro_optional_add_subdirectory(kinfocenter)
-# data
-macro_optional_add_subdirectory(doc)
-
if (Q_WS_X11)
macro_optional_add_subdirectory(ktouchpadenabler)
endif (Q_WS_X11)
diff --git a/doc/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 67147f49..00000000
--- a/doc/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-add_subdirectory(kdm)
-add_subdirectory(klipper)
-add_subdirectory(kfontview)
-add_subdirectory(kmenuedit)
-add_subdirectory(ksysguard)
-add_subdirectory(plasma-desktop)
-add_subdirectory(kcontrol)
-add_subdirectory(systemsettings)
-add_subdirectory(kinfocenter)
-
-if(POLKITQT_FOUND)
- add_subdirectory(PolicyKit-kde)
-endif(POLKITQT_FOUND)
-
-if ( UNIX )
- add_subdirectory(kdesu)
-endif ( UNIX )
-
-add_subdirectory(kcontrol)
-add_subdirectory(glossary)
-add_subdirectory(kdebugdialog)
-add_subdirectory(khelpcenter)
-add_subdirectory(kioslave)
-add_subdirectory(knetattach)
-add_subdirectory(onlinehelp)
-add_subdirectory(documentationnotfound)
-add_subdirectory(fundamentals)
-add_subdirectory(plasmapkg)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/PolicyKit-kde/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index dd75aec8..00000000
--- a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en)
diff --git a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authdialog_1.png b/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authdialog_1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 55e4d528..00000000
Binary files a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authdialog_1.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authdialog_2.png b/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authdialog_2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2cdfb0ec..00000000
Binary files a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authdialog_2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authdialog_3.png b/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authdialog_3.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 55f3efe7..00000000
Binary files a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authdialog_3.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authdialog_4.png b/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authdialog_4.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 933f4da4..00000000
Binary files a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authdialog_4.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authdialog_5.png b/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authdialog_5.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e7b191d3..00000000
Binary files a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authdialog_5.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authdialog_6.png b/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authdialog_6.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 659e0b0d..00000000
Binary files a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authdialog_6.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authorization.docbook b/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authorization.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 5405926e..00000000
--- a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authorization.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-
-Authorization manager
-
-
-Manual
-
-
-The Authorization manager is the application that system administrators can
-use to easily change the default behavior of any actions. This page does not
-aim to explain how to create new actions or define new .policy
-files.
-
-
-The Authorization screen is divided in two parts, at the left we have all the
-actions that PolicyKit knows, you are able to search the actions using the search
-bar at the top, and at the right we have the selected action.
-This screenshot shows the main Authorization screen:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Main window with source device
-
-
-
-
-
-When you select an action it's details will be shown at the right side,
-the action might have an icon, a description and the vendor name. Next
-in the view we have the Implicit Authorizations and
-Explicit Authorizations.
-
-
-
-The Implicit Authorizations are authorizations automatically
-given to users based on certain criteria such as if they are on the local
-console. These authorizations are read from the .policy files
-that the given application defined, they are the defaults settings of the action.
-These are the valid values
-
-
-
-no
-auth_self_one_shot
-auth_self
-auth_self_keep_session
-auth_self_keep_always
-auth_admin_one_shot
-auth_admin
-auth_admin_keep_session
-auth_admin_keep_always
-yes
-
-
-
-You can change these defaults values simply by changing it on the combo box,
-the not bold value is the default one so if you want to change one value back
-you can select it, to make you selection take effect you have to click on the
-Modify button. The Revert to defaults can be used
-to change all Implicit Authorizations to it's defaults values.
-Note that both Modify and Revert to defaults
-requires you to issue the PolicyKit org.freedesktop.policykit.modify-defaults
-action which might ask a password.
-
-
-
-The Explicit Authorizations are authorizations that are either
-obtained through authentication process or specifically given to the action
-in question. The default behavior is to only show the current user explicit
-authorizations; if you want to see others users explicit authorizations
-click on the Show authorizations from all users, note that this
-requires you to issue the PolicyKit org.freedesktop.policykit.read
-action which might ask a password.
-Blocked authorizations are marked with a STOP sign.
-
-
-
-The Revoke button is used to revoke an explicit authorization.
-Note that this requires you to issue the PolicyKit
-org.freedesktop.policykit.revoke action which might ask a password.
-
-
-
-If you want to specifically grant or block a given user of performing a given action
-you can click on the Grant or Block.
-The following screenshot you see the Grant/Block dialog:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Grant/Block explicit authorizations dialog
-
-
-
-
-
-To grant/block explicit authorizations you have to select the user that will
-receive the authorization. You can also select the Constraints
-to limit the authorization such that it only applies under certain circumstances.
-Be aware that explicit blocking and authorization might self lock you
-of performing the given action so be sure of what you are doing
-Note that this requires you to issue the PolicyKit
-org.freedesktop.policykit.grant action which might ask a password.
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authorization_1.png b/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authorization_1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index dbd9a864..00000000
Binary files a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authorization_1.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authorization_2.png b/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authorization_2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 890c7390..00000000
Binary files a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authorization_2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authorizationagent.docbook b/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authorizationagent.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 203350c5..00000000
--- a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/authorizationagent.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-
-Authorization Agent
-
-
-Manual
-
-
-The Authorization Agent is the application that is called whenever an user
-wants to obtain a given authorization. It's a &DBus; activated daemon which
-uses libpolkit-grant that in turn uses PAM for authentication
-services (however, other authentication back-ends can be plugged in as required).
-
-
-
-
-Authorization Agent dialog
-
-
-The appearance of the authentication dialog depends on the result from PolicyKit
-and also whether administrator authentication is defined as authenticate as
-the root user or authenticate as one of the users from UNIX group
-wheel or however the PolicyKit library is configured (see the
-PolicyKit.conf(5) manual page for details). Note that some of the screenshots below
-were made on a system set up to use the
-ThinkFinger
-PAM module. The text shown in the authentication dialogs stems from the PolicyKit
-.policy XML files residing in /usr/share/PolicyKit/policy and is read by the
-authentication daemon when an applications asks to obtain an authorization.
-Thus, what the user sees is not under application control
-(e.g. it's not passed from the application) which rules out a class of attacks
-where applications are trying to fool the user into gaining a privilege.
-
-
-The authentication dialog where the user is asked to authenticate as root
-using the password or swiping the finger.
-The details shows the application that's requesting the action, the action
-itself and the action vendor. If clicking in the action link it will open the
-authorization manager pointing to the given action, and the vendor might also
-provide a link for the given action that will be fired when clicking on the
-Vendor link:
-
-
-
-
-
-The authentication dialog asking for root, swipe finger and showing descriptions
-
-
-
-
-
-Authentication dialog where the user is asked to authenticate as an administrative
-user and PolicyKit is configured to use the root password for this:
-
-
-
-
-
-The authentication dialog asking for root
-
-
-
-
-
-Authentication dialog where the user is asked to authenticate as an administrative
-user and PolicyKit is configured to use a group for this:
-
-
-
-
-
-The authentication dialog asking for a user of the administrative group
-
-
-
-
-
-Same authentication dialog, showing drop down box where the user can be selected:
-
-
-
-
-
-Same authentication dialog, showing drop down box where the user can be selected
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Authentication dialog showing an Action where the privilege can be retained indefinitely:
-
-
-
-
-
-Authentication dialog showing an Action where the privilege can be retained indefinitely
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Authentication dialog showing an Action where the privilege can be retained only
-for the remainder of the desktop session:
-
-
-
-
-
-Authentication dialog showing an Action where the privilege can be retained only
-for the remainder of the desktop session
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/howitworks.docbook b/doc/PolicyKit-kde/howitworks.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 90e4d331..00000000
--- a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/howitworks.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-
-How it works
-
-
-Overview
-
-PolicyKit has a simple way of working, but it requires some
-design changes from the applications that want to use it to request
-passwords.
-
-
-
-The problem
-
-In GUI applications the common way to gain root privileges is to start
-it as root, but there are several security risks in doing this method and
-it does not allow a good actions mapping. There is no way to separate actions
-like package-install of system-upgrading.
-All the users who want to use it must have the root password. Another common
-approach is using sudo but once you start an application with sudo you will
-have all the rights the root user will have.
-If for example the GUI application has a dialog to select files that dialog
-is running as root which means that the user might be able to delete any file
-on his machine or even coping others user files.
-
-
-
-
-The solution
-
-With PolicyKit this problem is solved. The application in question
-just need to separate the privileged code into another application,
-often called helper (which will not have a GUI), then maps the desired
-actions into a .policy file. PolicyKit then loads this file
-and it can now authenticate applications to use those actions.
-The use of &DBus; activated applications is the best if not the only,
-way of putting an helper application to run with root privileges.
-
-With this design the GUI application calls an action of the helper
-application through &DBus;, which will start the helper with root privileges,
-and informing it which action was requested and which application has requested
-it. The helper application now calls the PolicyKit agent to see if that application
-can do the given task, the helper should report if it could do the requested action.
-In case the helper saw that the application didn't have enough rights the GUI
-will then need to ask PolicyKit to obtain an authorization.
-
-When PolicyKit receives the request to obtain an authorization it issues an
-available Agent, which might happen to be &policykit-kde; if available. After a successful
-authentication the GUI application needs to call the helper repeating the
-same operation again.
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/index.docbook b/doc/PolicyKit-kde/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index a1173d32..00000000
--- a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-
-PolicyKit-kde">
- PolicyKit">
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-The &policykit-kde; manual
-
-
-
-Daniel
-Nicoletti
-
-
-
-
-
-2008-2009
-Daniel Nicoletti
-
-
-&FDLNotice;
-
-2009-01-25
-0.9.0
-
-
-&policykit-kde; is a &kde; front end to the PolicyKit
-system that is used to manages authentication.
-&policykit; is a toolkit designed to allow unprivileged processes
-to speak to privileged processes. It does that by centralizing information of
-actions and authorized applications.
-
-
-
-KDE
-System
-Password
-Admin
-Authentication
-polkit
-policykit
-policy
-policies
-
-
-
-
-&policykit-kde-introduction;
-&policykit-kde-howitworks;
-&policykit-kde-authorization;
-&policykit-kde-authorizationagent;
-
-
-Credits and License
-
-
-&policykit-kde;
-
-
-Program copyright 2008-2009 Daniel Nicoletti
-
-
-Documentation copyright 2008-2009 Daniel Nicoletti
-
-
-
-&underFDL;
-
-
-
-&documentation.index;
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/introduction.docbook b/doc/PolicyKit-kde/introduction.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index ea94ac13..00000000
--- a/doc/PolicyKit-kde/introduction.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-
-Overview
-
-&policykit-kde; is a implementation of PolicyKit tool to the look and feel
-of KDE.
-
-PolicyKit allows easy and secure password management, it can be used by
-applications to ask their users for a password. Each application defines a set
-of actions that can be executed by their program.
-The application will call PolicyKit to see if the user can perform a given
-action, if not, the application can issue the auth dialog where the user
-can enter his/her password, root password, the password of a given group
-of users or even swipe the finger.
-
-&policykit-kde; consists of two applications:
-The Authorization agent that receives requests for authentication, and shows
-a dialog asking for a password.
-The Authorization manager that is used to manage the authorizations, it is
-mainly used by system administrators that may want to change the default behavior
-of a program policies.
-
-For Qt/KDE developers there is Qt library to allow easy integration with
-you application and PolicyKit.
-
-For more information of how PolicyKit works, it's design and API visit
-PolicyKit Library Reference Manual
-
-
diff --git a/doc/api/Doxyfile.local b/doc/api/Doxyfile.local
deleted file mode 100644
index 952cc6a8..00000000
--- a/doc/api/Doxyfile.local
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-## Warn about everything, just like in kdelibs.
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
-## Be strict, we want all parameters
-## to be documented as well.
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
-
-## Sort methods to make 'same as above' easier.
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
-
-## Remove unsightly export macros
-PREDEFINED = Q_EXPORT="" \
- Q_GUI_EXPORT="" \
- KWIN_EXPORT="" \
- KFONTINST_EXPORT="" \
- PLASMA_EXPORT="" \
- LIBDOLPHINPRIVATE_EXPORT="" \
- KONQSIDEBAR_EXPORT="" \
- KONQSIDEBARPLUGIN_EXPORT="" \
- SOLIDCONTROL_EXPORT="" \
- SOLIDCONTROLIFACES_EXPORT="" \
- KNEPREGCORE_EXPORT= "" \
- KDEUI_EXPORT="" \
- KDE_EXPORT="" \
- Q_SLOTS="slots" \
- Q_SIGNALS="signals"
diff --git a/doc/documentationnotfound/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/documentationnotfound/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d35fb34..00000000
--- a/doc/documentationnotfound/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR khelpcenter/documentationnotfound)
diff --git a/doc/documentationnotfound/index.docbook b/doc/documentationnotfound/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index c7a81198..00000000
--- a/doc/documentationnotfound/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-Documentation not Found
-
-
-Jack
-Ostroff
-
-ostroffjh@users.sourceforge.net
-
-
-
-
-
-2010-09-21
-&kde; 4.5
-
-
-
-The requested documentation was not found on your computer.
-Normally, &kde; looks for application handbooks in a location that depends
-on how &kde; was installed on your computer. There are a number of
-possible reasons why it could not find the documentation you
-requested. The document might not exist, or it may not have been
-installed along with the application.
-
-How to solve this issue:
-
-Start by searching the KDE
-Documentation site for the requested documentation. If you find
-the documentation on that site, your distribution might ship a separate
-package for documentation (⪚ called kdepim-doc for all applications
-from the kdepim module, like &kmail;, &kontact;, &etc;). Please use the
-package manager of your distribution to find and install the missing
-documentation.
-
-If you use a source based distribution, such as Gentoo, be sure that
-there are not any configuration settings (USE flags in Gentoo) that
-might have disabled the installation of the documentation.
-
-
-If you have done that, but still get this page displayed instead of the
-application handbook, you probably found a bug in the &kde; help
-system. In this case, please report this on the KDE Bug Tracker.
-
-
-If you do not find any documentation on the KDE Documentation site, the
-application may not have offline documentation. Please report this on
-the KDE Bug Tracker.
-
-
-In case the application does not have offline documentation, you should
-use the online resources UserBase Documentation and
-KDE Community Forums to get
-help.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/fundamentals/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index dd75aec8..00000000
--- a/doc/fundamentals/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en)
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/colors.png b/doc/fundamentals/colors.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7059435b..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/colors.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/config.docbook b/doc/fundamentals/config.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 5de09be6..00000000
--- a/doc/fundamentals/config.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,391 +0,0 @@
-
-Customizing &kde; software
-
-
-
-
-&TC.Hollingsworth; &TC.Hollingsworth.mail;
-
-
-
-Customizing Toolbars
-
-
-
-
-
-The &gwenview; Toolbar
-
-
-The &gwenview; toolbar.
-
The toolbar in
-&gwenview;.
-
-
-
-
-
-Modifying Toolbar Items
-
-To customize an application's toolbars, go to
-SettingsConfigure
-Toolbars... or right-click on a toolbar and select
-Configure Toolbars....
-
-On the left side of the toolbar configuration panel, the available items
-that you can put in your toolbar are shown. On the right, the ones that already
-appear on the toolbar are shown. At the top, you can select the toolbar
-you wish to modify or view.
-
-Above each side of the panel there is a Filter text
-box you can use to easily find items in the list.
-
-
-The Customize Toolbars Window
-
-
-The Customize Toolbars window.
-
The Customize Toolbars window in &gwenview; with the
-Previous button selected.
-
-
-
-
-Adding an Item
-You can add an item to your toolbar by selecting it from the left side and
-clicking on the right arrow button.
-
-
-
-Removing an Item
-You can remove an item by selecting it and clicking the left arrow
-button.
-
-
-
-
-Changing the Position of Items
-
-You can change the position of the items by moving them lower or higher in
-the list. To move items lower, press the down arrow button, while to move items
-higher press the up arrow button. You can also change items' position by
-dragging and dropping them.
-
-On horizontal toolbars, the item that's on top will be the one on the left.
-On vertical toolbars, items are arranged as they appear in the toolbar.
-
-
-
-
-Adding a Separator
-You can add separator lines between items by adding a
---- separator --- item to the toolbar.
-
-
-
-Restoring Defaults
-
-You can restore your toolbar to the way it was when you installed the
-application by pressing the Defaults button at the bottom
-of the window and then confirming your decision.
-
-
-
-
-Changing Text and Icons
-
-You can change the icon and text of individual toolbar items by selecting
-an item and clicking either the Change Icon... or
-Change Text... button.
-
-
-
-
-
-Customizing Toolbar Appearance
-
-You can change the appearance of toolbars by right-clicking on a toolbar
-to access it's context menu.
-
-
-Text Position
-
-You can change the appearance of text on toolbars in the
-Text Position submenu of a toolbar's context menu.
-
-You can choose from:
-
-
-
-Icons -
-only the icon for each toolbar item will appear.
-
-
-
-Text -
-only the text label for each toolbar item will appear.
-
-
-
-Text Alongside Icons -
-
-the text label will appear to the right of each toolbar item's icon
-
-
-
-Text Under Icons -
-the text label will appear underneath each toolbar item's icon
-
-
-
-
-You can also show or hide text for individual toolbar items by
-right-clicking on an item and checking or unchecking the item under
-Show Text.
-
-
-
-
-Icon Size
-
-You can change the size of toolbar items' icons by selecting
-Icon Size from the toolbar's context menu.
-
-You can choose from the following options: (each lists the icon size
-in pixels)
-
-
-Small (16x16)
-Medium (22x22)
- [the default value]
-Large (32x32)
-Huge (48x48)
-
-
-
-
-
-Moving Toolbars
-
-In order to move toolbars, you must unlock them. To do
-so, uncheck Lock Toolbar Positions from a toolbar's
-context menu. To restore the lock, simply recheck this menu item.
-
-You can change a toolbar's position from the
-Orientation submenu of its context menu.
-
-You can choose from:
-
-Top
- [the default in many applications]
-Left
-Right
-Bottom
-
-
-You can also move a toolbar by clicking and holding onto the dotted line
-at the left of horizontal toolbars or the top of vertical toolbars and dragging
-it to your desired location.
-
-
-
-
-Show/Hide Toolbars
-
-If your application has only one toolbar, you can hide a toolbar by
-deselecting Show Toolbar from either the toolbar's
-context menu or the Settings menu. To restore the toolbar,
-select Show Toolbar from the Settings
-menu. Note that toolbars must be unlocked to hide them from their
-context menu; see for more
-information.
-
-If your application has more than one toolbar, a submenu called
-Toolbars Shown will appear in the context menu and
-Settings menu instead of the above menu entry. From that
-menu you may select individual toolbars to hide and show.
-
-
-
-
-
-Thanks and Acknowledgments
-Thanks to an anonymous Google Code-In 2011 participant for writing much
-of this section.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-AlexeySubach
-&TC.Hollingsworth; &TC.Hollingsworth.mail;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Using and Customizing Shortcuts
-
-
-Introduction
-
-Many &kde; applications allow you to configure keyboard shortcuts. To open
-the standard keyboard shortcuts configuration panel, go to
-SettingsConfigure
-Shortcuts....
-
-In the Configure Shortcuts window, you will see a list of all the shortcuts
-available in the current application. You can use the search box at the top to
-search for the shortcut you want.
-
-
-The Customize Shortcuts Window
-
-
-The Customize Shortcuts window.
-
Searching for shortcuts with file in
-&dolphin;.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Changing a Shortcut
-
-To change a shortcut, first click on the name of a shortcut you want to change.
-You will see a radio group where you can choose whether to set the shortcut to its
-default value, or select a new shortcut for the selected action. To set a new shortcut,
-choose Custom and click on the button next to it. Then just
-type the shortcut you would like to use, and your changes will be saved.
-
-
-Setting a Shortcut
-
-
-The Customize Shortcuts window demonstrating how to
-set a shortcut.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Resetting Shortcuts
-There is a button at the bottom of the window, called Reset to
-Defaults. Clicking on this button will reset all your custom shortcuts
-to their default values.
-
-You can also reset an individual shortcut to its default value by selecting
-it, and choosing the Default radio button.
-
-
-
-
-Removing a Shortcut
-
-To remove a shortcut, select it from the list, then click the remove icon (a
-black arrow with a cross) to the right of the button that allows you to select
-a shortcut.
-
-
-
-
-Working with Schemes
-
-Schemes are keyboard shortcuts configuration profiles, so you can create
-several profiles with different shortcuts and switch between these profiles
-easily.
-
-This feature is under development. It is not possible to import
-schemes using a &GUI; at this time.
-
-
-Working with Schemes
-
-
-The Customize Shortcuts window displaying the scheme
-editing tools.
-
Editing a scheme called work.
-
-
-
-To see a menu allowing you to edit schemes, click on the
-Details button at the bottom of the form. The following
-options will appear:
-
-
-
-
-Current Scheme
-Allows you to switch between your schemes.
-
-
-
-New...
-Creates a new scheme. This opens a window that lets you select
-a name for your new scheme.
-
-
-
-Delete
-Deletes the current scheme.
-
-
-
-More Actions
-
-Opens the following menu:
-
-
-
-Save as Scheme Defaults
-Sets the current scheme as the default for all new schemes.
-
-
-
-Export Scheme...
-Exports the current scheme to a file named applicationnameschemenameshortcuts.rc.
-
-Move this file to the folder $KDEDIR/apps/applicationname/
-and the exported scheme will be available in the drop down box labelled Current Scheme
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Printing Shortcuts
-
-You can print out a list of shortcuts for easy reference by clicking the
-Print button at the bottom of the window.
-
-
-
-
-Thanks and Acknowledgments
-
-Special thanks to Google Code-In 2011 participant Alexey Subach for
-writing much of this section.
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/files-locationbar-breadcrumb.png b/doc/fundamentals/files-locationbar-breadcrumb.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a1dfc26c..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/files-locationbar-breadcrumb.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/files-locationbar-context-menu.png b/doc/fundamentals/files-locationbar-context-menu.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f26b9c34..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/files-locationbar-context-menu.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/files-locationbar-editable.png b/doc/fundamentals/files-locationbar-editable.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8bd6ac3a..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/files-locationbar-editable.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/files-locationbar-places-icon.png b/doc/fundamentals/files-locationbar-places-icon.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b620f74..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/files-locationbar-places-icon.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/files-open.png b/doc/fundamentals/files-open.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e6b45374..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/files-open.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/files-save.png b/doc/fundamentals/files-save.png
deleted file mode 100644
index d584bff3..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/files-save.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/find-find-inline.png b/doc/fundamentals/find-find-inline.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 58c1ebb2..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/find-find-inline.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/find-find.png b/doc/fundamentals/find-find.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6201a039..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/find-find.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/find-found.png b/doc/fundamentals/find-found.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a9dd906..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/find-found.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/find-replace-inline.png b/doc/fundamentals/find-replace-inline.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 0bef63a1..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/find-replace-inline.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/find-replace.png b/doc/fundamentals/find-replace.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 81b7f750..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/find-replace.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/fonts.png b/doc/fundamentals/fonts.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e371176..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/fonts.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/index.docbook b/doc/fundamentals/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index ee269960..00000000
--- a/doc/fundamentals/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,147 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gwenview'>
-
-
-
-
-
- &kde; &plasma; Desktop">
- &plasma; Active">
- Meta">
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-&kde; Fundamentals
-
-
-
-&TC.Hollingsworth; &TC.Hollingsworth.mail;
-
-
-
-
-
-201120122013
-&TC.Hollingsworth;
-
-
-2011
-Alexey Subach
-
-
-2011
-Salma Sultana
-
-&FDLNotice;
-
-2013-12-08
-&kde; 4.12
-
-
-This guide provides an introduction to the &kde-sc; and describes many
-common tasks that can be performed in all &kde; applications.
-
-
-
-KDE
-introduction
-user interface
-menus
-files
-open
-save
-spelling
-spellcheck
-find
-replace
-colors
-configuration
-customization
-toolbars
-installation
-compiling
-
-
-
-
-
-Introduction
-Welcome to &kde;!
-
-This guide will introduce you to the many features of the &kde-sc; and
-describe many common tasks you can perform in all &kde; applications.
-
-For more information on &kde;, visit the
-KDE website.
-
-
-
-&install-chapter;
-
-&ui-chapter;
-
-&tasks-chapter;
-
-&config-chapter;
-
-
-
-Credits and License
-
-The original idea for this guide was proposed by Chusslove Illich and
-brought to fruition with input from &Burkhard.Lueck;, Yuri Chornoivan, and
-&TC.Hollingsworth;
-
-Much of it was written by participants of
-Google
-Code-In 2011. Thanks to Google for sponsoring their excellent work!
-
-
-
-&underFDL;
-&underGPL;
-
-
-
-&documentation.index;
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/install.docbook b/doc/fundamentals/install.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index ffc1f0d1..00000000
--- a/doc/fundamentals/install.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
-
-Installing the &kde-sc;
-
-You can install the &kde-sc; on a variety of different platforms, ranging from
-smartphones and tablets to computers running &Microsoft; &Windows;, &MacOS;,
-&UNIX;, &BSD; or &Linux;. Binary packages are available for many different
-platforms and distributions, or advanced users may build the source code.
-
-
-Installing Packages
-
-Hundreds of developers worldwide have done a lot of work to make it easy
-to install &kde; on a variety of different devices and platforms.
-
-
-&Linux;
-
-Nearly every &Linux; distribution provides binary packages for individual
-&kde-sc; applications and the &plasma-workspaces; as a whole.
-
-To install an individual application, look for its name in your
-distribution's package collection. To install one of the &plasma-workspaces;,
-like &plasma-desktop;, look for a metapackage or package
-group, typically kde-desktop.
-
-
-Some core applications may be installed together with other core
-applications in a combined package named after the &kde; package they are
-provided in. For instance, &dolphin; might be found in the
-kde-baseapps package.
-
-
-If you have trouble locating &kde; packages for your distribution, please
-contact their support resources. Many distributions also have a team dedicated
-to packaging &kde; that can provide assistance specific to &kde;
-
-
-
-
-
-
-&Microsoft; &Windows;
-
-The &kde; on Windows Initiative provides binary packages of &kde-sc;
-applications for &Microsoft; &Windows;. They also provide a special installer
-application that permits you to install individual applications or groups and
-all necessary dependencies easily.
-
-For more information on the initiative and to download the installer,
-visit the KDE on Windows Initiative.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-&MacOS;
-
-Individual &kde-sc; applications can be installed through several
-different ports systems available for &MacOS;. Several different
-&kde; applications also provide their own binary builds for &MacOS;.
-
-For more information, visit
-&kde; on &MacOS;X.
-
-
-
-
-&BSD;
-
-Most &BSD; distributions allows you to install &kde-sc; applications
-and the &plasma-workspaces; as a whole through their ports
-system.
-
-For more information on installing ports, see your &BSD; distribution's
-documentation.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Mobile Devices
-
-&plasma-active; is an exciting initiative to bring a new &kde;
-experience to mobile devices like smartphones or tablets. Binary releases are
-provided for several different devices.
-
-For more information, visit
-&plasma-active;.
-
-
-
-
-Live Media
-
-Several &Linux; and &BSD; distributions offer live media. This permits you
-to try out the &plasma-workspaces; without installing anything to your system.
-All you have to do insert a CD or connect a USB drive and boot from it. If you
-like what you see, most offer an option to install it to your hard drive.
-
-There is a list
-of distributions that offer the &kde-sc; on live media on the &kde; website.
-
-
-
-Building from Source Code
-
-For detailed information on how to compile and install &kde;
-applications see
-
-Building and Running &kde; Software From Source on &kde; TechBase.
-
-Since &kde; software uses cmake you should
-have no trouble compiling it. Should you run into problems please report them to the
-&kde; mailing lists.
-
-
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/menus.png b/doc/fundamentals/menus.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 37c806a2..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/menus.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/shortcuts-schemes.png b/doc/fundamentals/shortcuts-schemes.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5316cf6e..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/shortcuts-schemes.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/shortcuts-search.png b/doc/fundamentals/shortcuts-search.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 19bb85b2..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/shortcuts-search.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/shortcuts-set.png b/doc/fundamentals/shortcuts-set.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7158e2cc..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/shortcuts-set.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/spellcheck-check.png b/doc/fundamentals/spellcheck-check.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d4a468b..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/spellcheck-check.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/tasks.docbook b/doc/fundamentals/tasks.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index f4804899..00000000
--- a/doc/fundamentals/tasks.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1198 +0,0 @@
-
-Common Tasks
-
-
-
-
-
-&TC.Hollingsworth; &TC.Hollingsworth.mail;
-
-
-
-Navigating Documents
-
-
-Scrolling
-
-You're probably familiar with the scrollbar that appears on the right side
-(and sometimes the bottom) of documents, allowing you to move within documents.
-However, there are several other ways you can navigate documents, some of which
-are faster and easier.
-
-Several mice have a wheel in the middle. You can move it up and down to
-scroll within a document. If you press the &Shift; key while using the mouse
-wheel, the document will scroll faster.
-
-If you're using a portable computer like a laptop, you might also be able
-to scroll using the touchpad. Some computers allow you to scroll vertically
-by moving your finger up and down the rightmost side of the touchpad, and allow
-you to scroll horizontally by moving your finger across the bottommost side
-of the touchpad. Others let you scroll using two fingers: move both fingers
-up and down anywhere on the touchpad to scroll vertically, and move them left
-and right to scroll horizontally. Since this functionality emulates the mouse
-wheel functionality described above, you can also press the &Shift; key while
-you do this to scroll faster.
-
-If you use the &plasma-workspaces;, you can control mouse wheel behavior
-in the Mouse module in &systemsettings;,
-and you can control touchpad scrolling behavior in the Touchpad module in
-&systemsettings;. Otherwise, look in the configuration area of your operating
-system or desktop environment.
-
-Additionally, the scrollbar has several options in its context menu. You
-can access these by right-clicking anywhere on the scrollbar. The following
-options are available:
-
-
-
-
-Scroll here
-Scroll directly to the location represented by where you
-right-clicked on the scrollbar. This is the equivalent of simply clicking on
-that location on the scrollbar.
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;Home
-Top
-
-Go to the beginning of the document.
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;End
-Bottom
-
-Go to the end of the document.
-
-
-
-
-PgUp
-Page up
-
-Navigate to the previous page in a document that represents a
-printed document, or one screen up in other types of documents.
-
-
-
-
-PgDown
-Page down
-
-Navigate to the next page in a document that represents a
-printed document, or one screen down in other types of documents.
-
-
-
-
-Scroll up
-Scroll up one unit (usually a line) in the document. This is
-the equivalent of clicking the up arrow at the top of the scrollbar.
-
-
-
-
-Scroll down
-Scroll down one unit (usually a line) in the document. This is
-the equivalent of clicking the down arrow at the bottom of the scrollbar.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Zooming
-
-Many applications permit you to zoom. This makes the text or image you
-are viewing larger or smaller. You can generally find the zoom function in the
-View menu, and sometimes in the status bar
-of the application.
-
-You can also zoom using the keyboard by pressing
-&Ctrl;+ to zoom in, or
-&Ctrl;- to zoom out. If you
-can scroll with the mouse wheel or touchpad as described in
-, you can also zoom by pressing &Ctrl; and scrolling
-that way.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-&TC.Hollingsworth; &TC.Hollingsworth.mail;
-
-
-
-Opening and Saving Files
-
-
-Introduction
-
-Many &kde; applications work with files. Most applications have a
-File menu with options that allow you to open and save files.
-For more information on that, see . However,
-there are lots of different operations that require selecting a file. Regardless
-of the method, all &kde; applications generally use the same file selection
-window.
-
-
-The File Open Window
-
-
-The File Open window.
-
Opening a file in
-&konqueror;.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-The File Selection Window
-
-
-
-
-
-
-The Toolbar
-
-This contains standard navigation tool buttons:
-
-
-
-Back
-Causes the folder view to change to the previously displayed
-folder in its history. This button is disabled, if there is no previous item.
-
-
-
-
-Forward
-Causes the folder view to change to the next folder in its
-history. This button is disabled, if there is no next folder.
-
-
-
-Parent Folder
-This will cause the folder view to change to the immediate
-parent of the currently displayed folder, if possible.
-
-
-
-Reload (F5)
-Reloads the folder view, displaying any changes that have been
-made since it was first loaded or last reloaded.
-
-
-
-Show Preview
-Displays a preview of each file inside the folder view.
-
-
-
-
-Zoom Slider
-This allows you to change the size of the icon or preview
-shown in the folder view.
-
-
-
-Options
-
-
-
-
-
-OptionsSorting
-
-
-
-
-
-
-OptionsSorting
-By Name
-
-Sort files listed in the folder view alphabetically by name.
-
-
-
-
-
-OptionsSorting
-By Size
-
-Sort files listed in the folder view in order of their file
-size.
-
-
-
-
-OptionsSorting
-By Date
-
-Sort files listed in the folder view by the date they were last
-modified.
-
-
-
-
-OptionsSorting
-By Type
-
-Sort files listed in the folder view alphabetically by their
-file type.
-
-
-
-
-OptionsSorting
-Descending
-
-When unchecked (the default), files in the folder view will be
-sorted in ascending order. (For instance, files sorted alphabetically will
-be sorted from A to Z, while files sorted numerically will be sorted from
-smallest to largest.) When checked, files in the folder will be sorted in
-descending order (in reverse).
-
-
-
-
-OptionsSorting
-Folders First
-
-When enabled (the default), folders will appear before regular
-files.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-OptionsView
-
-
-
-
-
-
-OptionsView
-Short View
-
-Displays only the filenames.
-
-
-
-
-OptionsView
-Detailed View
-
-Displays Name, Date
-and Size of the files.
-
-
-
-
-OptionsView
-Tree View
-
-Like Short View, but folders can be expanded to view their contents.
-
-
-
-
-OptionsView
-Detailed Tree View
-
-This also allows folders to be expanded, but displays the additional columns
-available in Detailed View.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- &Alt;.
-
-OptionsShow Hidden Files
-
-Displays files or folders normally hidden by your operating system.
-
-The alternate shortcut for this action is F8.
-
-
-
-
-
-F9
-OptionsShow Places Navigation Panel
-
-Displays the places panel which provides quick access
-to bookmarked locations and disks or other media.
-
-
-
-
-OptionsShow Bookmarks
-
-Displays an additional icon on the toolbar that provides
-access to bookmarks, a list of saved locations.
-
-
-
-
-OptionsShow Aside Preview
-
-Displays a preview of the currently highlighted file to the
-right of the folder view.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Bookmarks
-Opens a submenu to edit or add bookmarks and to add a new
-bookmark folder.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Location Bar
-
-The location bar, which can be found on top of the folder view, displays
-the path to the current folder. The location bar has two modes:
-
-
-
-Bread Crumb Mode
-
-In the bread crumb mode, which is the default, each folder
-name in the path to the current folder is a button which can be clicked to quickly
-open that folder. Moreover, clicking the > sign to the right of
-a folder opens a menu which permits to quickly open a subfolder of that folder.
-
-
-
-Screenshot of the location bar in bread crumb mode
-
-
-
-
-
-Location bar in bread crumb mode.
-
-
Location bar in bread crumb mode.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Editable Mode
-
-When in bread crumb mode, clicking in the gray area to the right of the path
-with the &LMB; switches the location bar to the editable mode,
-in which the path can be edited using the keyboard. To switch back to bread
-crumb mode, click the check mark at the right of the location bar with the &LMB;.
-
-
-
-Screenshot of the location bar in editable mode
-
-
-
-
-
-Location bar in editable mode.
-
-
Location bar in editable mode.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-The context menu of the location bar offers action to switch between the modes and
-to copy and paste the path using the clipboard. Check the last option in this context menu to
-display either the full path starting with the root folder of the file system or to display
-the path starting with the current places entry.
-
-
-
-Location bar context menu
-
-
-
-
-
-Location bar context menu
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-The Places List
-This provides the standard &kde; list of Places, shared with
-&dolphin; and other file management tools.
-
-
-
-The Folder View
-
-The largest part of the file selection window is the area that lists all
-items in the current directory. To select a file, you can double-click on it,
-or choose one and hit Open or
-Save.
-
-You can also select multiple files at once. To select specific files, or
-to unselect specific files that are already selected, press and hold &Ctrl;,
-click on each file, then release &Ctrl;. To select a
-contiguous group of files, click the first file, press and hold &Shift;, click
-on the last file in the group, and release &Shift;.
-
-The Folder View supports a limited set of file operations, which can be
-accessed by right-clicking on a file to access its context menu, or using
-keyboard shortcuts. The following items are available in the context menu:
-
-
-
-
-Create New...
-Create a new file or folder.
-
-
-
-Move to Trash...
-(Del)
-Move the currently selected item to the trash.
-
-
-
-Sorting
-This submenu can also be accessed from the toolbar, and is
-described in .
-
-
-
-View
-This submenu can also be accessed from the toolbar, and is
-described in .
-
-
-
-Open File Manager
-Opens the current folder in your default file manager
-application.
-
-
-
-Properties
-(&Alt;&Enter;)
-Open the Properties window that allows you to view and modify
-various types of metadata related to the currently selected file.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-The Preview Pane
-If enabled, this displays a preview of the currently highlighted
-file.
-
-
-
-The Name Entry
-When a file is selected, a name will appear in this text box.
-You may also manually enter a file name or path in this text box.
-
-
-
-The Filter Entry
-
-When opening a file, the Filter entry allows you to
-enter a filter for the files displayed in the folder view. The filter uses
-standard globs; patterns must be separated by white space. For instance, you can
-enter *.cpp *.h *.moc to display several different
-common &Qt; programming files.
-
-To display all files, enter a single asterisk
-(*).
-
-The filter entry saves the last 10 filters entered between
-sessions. To use one, press the arrow button on the right of the entry
-and select the desired filter string. You can disable the filter by pressing
-the Clear text button to the left of the autocompletion
-arrow button.
-
-When saving a file, the Filter entry will instead
-display a drop down box that allows you to select from all the file types the
-application supports. Select one to save a file in that format.
-
-
-
-
-Automatically select filename extension
-When saving a file, this check box will appear. When selected
-(the default), the application will automatically append the default file
-extension for the selected file type to the end of the file name, if it does
-not already appear in the Name entry. The file extension
-that will be used is listed in parenthesis at the end of the check box label.
-
-
-
-The File Save Window
-
-
-The File Save window.
-
Saving a file in
-&konqueror;.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-The Open or Save Button
-Depending on the action being performed, an
-Open or Save button will be
-displayed. Clicking on this button will close the file selection window and
-perform the requested action.
-
-
-
-The Cancel Button
-Clicking Cancel will close the file
-dialog without performing any action.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Thanks and Acknowledgments
-
-Special thanks to Google Code-In 2011 participant Alexey Subach for
-writing parts of this section.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-&David.Sweet; &David.Sweet.mail;
-SalmaSultana
-&TC.Hollingsworth; &TC.Hollingsworth.mail;
-
-
-
-Check Spelling
-
-&sonnet; is the spelling checker used by &kde; applications such as &kate;,
-&kmail;, and &kword;. It is a &GUI; frontend to various free spell checkers.
-
-To use &sonnet; you need to install a spell checker like
-&GNU; Aspell, Enchant,
-Hspell, ISpell or
-Hunspell and additionally the corresponding
-dictionaries for the languages that you wish to use.
-
-
-Check Spelling
-
-
-The Check Spelling Window
-
-
-
-
-
-The Check spelling window.
-
-
Correcting a misspelling.
-
-
-
-To check spelling, go to Tools
-Spelling....
-
-If a word is possibly misspelled in your document, it is displayed in the
-top line in the dialog. &sonnet; tries to appropriate word(s) for replacement.
-The best guess is displayed to the right of Replace with.
-To accept this replacement, click on Replace.
-
-&sonnet; also allows you to select a word from the list of suggestions and
-replace the misspelled word with that selected word. With the help of the
-Suggest button, you can add more suggestions from the
-dictionary to the suggestions list.
-
-Click on Ignore to keep your original spelling.
-
-Click on Finished to stop spellchecking and
-keep the changes made.
-
-Click on Cancel to stop spellchecking and
-cancel the changes already made.
-
-Click on Replace All to automatically replace
-the misspelled word(s) with the chosen replacement word, if they appear again in
-your document later.
-
-Click on Ignore All to ignore the spelling at
-that point and all the future occurrences of the word misspelled.
-
-Click on Add to Dictionary to add the misspelled
-word to your personal dictionary.
-
-The Personal Dictionary is a distinct dictionary from the
-system dictionary and the additions made by you will not be seen by others.
-
-The drop down box Language at the bottom of this
-dialog allows you to switch to another dictionary temporarily.
-
-
-
-
-Automatic Spell Checking
-
-
-
-In many applications, you can automatically check spelling as you type.
-To enable this feature, select Tools
-Automatic Spell Checking.
-
-Potentially misspelled words will be underlined in red. To select a
-suggestion, right click on the word, select the Spelling
-submenu, and select the suggestion. You may also instruct &sonnet; to ignore
-this spelling for this document by selecting Ignore Word,
-or you may select Add to Dictionary to save it in your
-personal dictionary.
-
-
-
-
-Configuring &sonnet;
-
-To change your dictionary, go to Tools
-Change Dictionary.... A small window will
-appear at the bottom of the current document that will allow you to change your
-dictionary.
-
-
-For more information on configuring &sonnet;, see the
-Spell Checker &systemsettings; module
-documentation
-
-
-
-
-Thanks and Acknowledgments
-
-Special thanks to Google Code-In 2011 Participant Salma Sultana for writing
-much of this section.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-&TC.Hollingsworth; &TC.Hollingsworth.mail;
-
-
-
-Find and Replace
-
-
-The Find function of many &kde-sc; applications lets you find specific
-text in a document, while the Replace function allows you to replace text that
-is found with different text you provide.
-
-You can find both these functions in the Edit menu of
-many &kde; applications. For more information on this menu, see
-.
-
-
-The Find Function
-
-The Find function searches for text in a document and selects it.
-
-
-The Find Window
-
-
-The Find window.
-
Searching for software in
-&kmail;'s composer window.
-
-
-
-
-To use Find in many applications, go to Edit
-Find... or press
-&Ctrl;F. Then, in the
-Text to find: text box, enter the text that you want to
-find.
-
-If Regular expression is checked you will be able to
-search using regular expressions. Click on Edit to select
-from and enter commonly used regular expression characters, like
-White Space or Start of Line. If
-&kate; is installed, you can find
-more information on writing
-regular expressions in its documentation.
-
-
-You can limit the found results by configuring these options:
-
-
-
-Case sensitive
-Capital and lowercase characters are considered different. For
-example, if you search for This, results that contain
-this will not be returned.
-
-
-
-Whole words only
-By default, when the application searches for text, it will
-return results even in the middle of other text. For instance, if you search
-for is it will stop on every word that contains that,
-like this or
-history. If you check this option, the
-application will only return results when the search text is a word by itself,
-that is, surrounded by whitespace.
-
-
-
-From cursor
-The search will start from the location of the cursor and stop
-at the end of the text.
-
-
-
-Find backwards
-By default, the application searches for the text starting at
-the beginning of the document, and move through it to the end. If you check this
-option, it will instead start at the end and work its way to the beginning.
-
-
-
-
-Selected text
-Select this option to search only in the text that is currently
-selected, not the entire document. It is disabled when no text is selected.
-
-
-
-
-
-The Find function only selects the first match that it finds. You can
-continue searching by selecting EditFind Next
-or by pressing F3.
-
-
-Example of a Search
-
-
-Example of a search.
-
&kmail; displays a match for software.
-
-
-
-
-
-Applications which use the &kde; text editor component show a search bar instead of the Find window. See &kwrite; documentation for additional information on the search bar.
-
-
-The search bar in &kate;.
-
-
-The search bar in &kate;.
-
Searching for software in &kate;'s search bar.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-The Replace Function
-
-The Replace function searches for text in a document and replaces it with
-other text. You can find it in many application at
-EditReplace...
-or by pressing &Ctrl;R.
-
-
-The Replace Window
-
-
-The Replace window.
-
Replacing food with
-drink in &kmail;
-
-
-
-The window of the Replace function is separated into 3 sections:
-
-
-
-Find
-Here you may enter the text you wish to search for. See
- for more information on the options provided here.
-
-
-
-
-Replace
-
-Here you may enter the text you wish to replace the found text with.
-
-You can reuse the found text in the replacement text by selecting the
-Use placeholders checkbox. Placeholders, sometimes known as
-backreferences, are a special character sequence that will be replaced with all
-or part of the found text. For instance, \0 represents the
-entire found string.
- You may insert placeholders into the text box by clicking the
-Insert Placeholder button, then selecting an option from
-the menu like Complete Match. For example, if you are
-searching for message, and you want to replace it with
-messages insert the Complete Match
-placeholder and add an s. The replace field will then
-contain \0s.
-
-If &kate; is installed, you can learn more about placeholders in the
-Regular Expressions appendix
-of its documentation.
-
-
-
-
-Options
-This contains all the same options that the
-Find function does, with one addition:
-If the Prompt on replace option is checked a window
-will appear on every found word, allowing you to confirm whether you would like
-to replace the found text.
-
-
-
-
-
-Applications which use the &kde; text editor component show a search and replace bar instead of the Replace window. See &kwrite; documentation for additional information on the search and replace bar.
-
-
-The search and replace bar.
-
-
-The search and replace bar.
-
Replacing kmail with
-kate in &kate;'s search and replace bar
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Thanks and Acknowledgments
-Thanks to an anonymous Google Code-In 2011 participant for writing much
-of this section.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-&TC.Hollingsworth; &TC.Hollingsworth.mail;
-
-
-
-Choosing Fonts
-
-The font selector appears in many different &kde; applications. It lets
-you select the font face, font style, and font size of the text that appears in
-your application.
-
-
-The Font Selector
-
-
-The font selector.
-
Selecting a font in
-&systemsettings;.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Font
-This is the leftmost selection box, and lets you choose the
-font face from a list of fonts on your system.
-
-
-
-Font style
-
-This is the center selection box, and lets you choose the font style from
-the following choices:
-
-
-Italic - this displays text in a cursive,
-or slanted fashion, and is commonly used for citations or to emphasize text.
-
-
-Regular - the default. Text is displayed
-without any special appearance.
-
-Bold Italic - a combination of both
-Bold and Italic
-
-Bold - this displays text in a darker,
-thicker fashion, and is commonly used for titles of documents or to emphasize
-text.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Size
-This is the rightmost selection box, and lets you select the
-size of your text. Font size is measured in points, a
-standard unit of measure in typography. For more information on this, see
-the Point
-(typography) article on Wikipedia.
-
-
-
-Preview
-The bottom of the font selector displays a preview of text using
-the font settings that are currently selected. You may change this text if you
-wish.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-&TC.Hollingsworth; &TC.Hollingsworth.mail;
-
-
-
-Choosing Colors
-
-The color chooser appears in many &kde; applications, whenever you need
- to select a color. It lets you pick from a palette consisting of many
-predefined colors or mix your own when you want a specific color.
-
-
-The Color Selector
-
-
-The color selector.
-
Selecting a color in
-&systemsettings;.
-
-
-
-
-Using Palettes
-
-A palette is a set of predefined colors. You can find it on the right
-side of the color chooser window.
-
-To select a color from a palette, simply click on it. The color will be
-displayed below the palette, along with its &HTML; hexadecimal code and name, if
-any.
-
-To switch between them, use the drop down box above the color palette.
-Most palettes will display a grid consisting of the colors, except for the
-Named Colors, which lets you select from a list of names.
-Other special palettes include * Recent Colors *, which
-will display colors that you have recently selected, and
-* Custom Colors *, which will display custom colors that
-you have saved. For more information on setting custom colors, see
-
-
-
-
-
-Mixing Colors
-
-The color chooser also lets you mix your own colors. There are several
-ways to do this:
-
-
-Using the Grid
-
-The left side of the color chooser contains a large box, and a thinner box
-immediately to its right. You can use the left box to select the Hue and
-Saturation of the desired color based on the visual guide provided in the box.
-The right bar adjusts the Value. Adjust these to select the desired color,
-which is displayed in the lower-right corner of the window.
-
-For more information on Hue, Saturation, and Value, see
-
-
-
-
-
-Using the Eyedropper
-
-The eyedropper tool allows you to select a color from your screen. To use
-it, select the eyedropper button to the right of the
-Add to Custom Colors button, and then click anywhere on
-your screen to select that color.
-
-
-
-
-Hue/Saturation/Value
-
-The lower-left corner of the screen allows you to manually enter the
-coordinates of the desired color in the Hue/Saturation/Value
-(HSV) color space. For more information on this, see
-the HSL and
-HSV article on Wikipedia.
-
-These values are also updated when selecting a color by other methods,
-so they always accurately represent the currently selected color.
-
-
-
-
-Red/Green/Blue
-
-The lower-left corner of the screen also allows you to manually enter the
-coordinates of the desired color in the Red/Green/Blue (RGB)
-color model. For more information on this, see
-the RGB color
-model article on Wikipedia.
-
-These values are also updated when selecting a color by other methods,
-so they always accurately represent the currently selected color.
-
-
-
-
-&HTML; Hexadecimal Code
-
-You may enter the &HTML; hexadecimal code representing
-the color in the lower-right corner of the screen. For more information on this,
-see the Web
-colors article on Wikipedia.
-
-This value is also updated when selecting a color by other methods,
-so it always accurately represents the currently selected color.
-
-
-
-
-
-Saving Custom Colors
-
-After selecting a color, you may save it to the Custom Colors palette so
-you can find it later. To do so, click the
-Add to Custom Colors button. You can then find it by
-selecting the * Custom Colors * palette from the drop
-down box in the upper-right corner of the screen. For more information on using
-palettes, see .
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/toolbars-configure.png b/doc/fundamentals/toolbars-configure.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 52ff11c1..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/toolbars-configure.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/toolbars-toolbar.png b/doc/fundamentals/toolbars-toolbar.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a204b1b6..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/toolbars-toolbar.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/ui.docbook b/doc/fundamentals/ui.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c91d31f..00000000
--- a/doc/fundamentals/ui.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1983 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-Finding Your Way Around
-
-
-
-
-ClausChristensen
-&TC.Hollingsworth; &TC.Hollingsworth.mail;
-
-
-
-
-A Visual Dictionary
-
-The &plasma-workspaces; feature many different graphical user interface
-elements, commonly known as widgets. This guide will introduce
-you to their names and functions.
-
-
-The Big Picture
-
-
-Windows
-
-
-A Window
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-This is the window of the &kwrite;, a text editor. Click on
-part of the window to learn more about it.
-
-
-
-
-The Window Menu
-
-
-
-A Button to place this window on all
-desktops
-
-
-
-The Titlebar
-
-
-
-Buttons to minimize, maximize, or
-close the window
-
-
-
-The Menubar
-
-
-
-The Toolbar
-
-
-
-A very large
-Text Area
-that acts as this program's
-Central Widget
-
-
-
-A vertical Scrollbar
-(there is also a horizontal scrollbar below the text box)
-
-
-
-The Statusbar
-
-
-
-
-
-Another Window
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-This is the another window, that of the &dolphin; file manager. Click on
-part of the window to learn more about it.
-
-
-
-
-A panel
-that contains a list of Places on the computer system
-
-
-
-A Breadcrumb
-of the path of the displayed folder
-
-
-
-A folder Icon
-
-
-
-A file Icon
-
-
-
-A highlighted Icon
-
-
-
-A Context Menu
-listing actions that can be performed on a file
-
-
-
-A Slider
-that changes the size of the Icons
-displayed
-
-
-
-More Panels
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-&GUI; Elements
-
-
-Some &GUI; Elements
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-This screenshot, from the &systemsettings; Country/Region & Language panel,
-shows some &GUI; elements. Click on part of the window to learn more about it.
-
-
-
-
-An Icon List
-(the first item is selected)
-
-
-
-Some Tabs
-
-
-
-An open
-Drop Down Box
-
-
-
-A Button
-that resets the Drop Down Box to
-its default value
-
-
-
-An item in the Drop Down Box that
-has been selected
-
-
-
-
-Some more Buttons
-
-
-
-
-
-Some More &GUI; Elements
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-This screenshot, from the &systemsettings; Custom Shortcuts panel,
-shows some more &GUI; elements.
-
-
-
-
-A Tree View
-
-
-
-A Check Box
-that has been selected
-
-
-
-A pair of Spin Boxes
-
-
-
-A Menu Button
-
-
-
-
-
-Even More &GUI; Elements
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-This screenshot, from the &systemsettings; Default Applications panel,
-shows even more &GUI; elements. Click on part of the window to learn more about
-it.
-
-
-
-
-A List Box
-
-
-
-A pair of Radio Buttons
-
-
-
-A Text Box
-
-
-
-
-
-Some Combo Boxes
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Finally, this screenshot, from another tab
-of the &systemsettings; Country/Region & Language panel, shows five
-Combo Boxes
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-The Widgets
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Name
-Description
-Screenshot
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Central Widget
-The main area of the running application. This might be the document
-you are editing in a word processor or the board of a game like Chess.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Button
-These can be clicked with the &LMB; to perform an action.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Breadcrumb
-Shows the path in a hierarchical system, such as a filesystem. Click on
-any part of the path to go up in the tree to that location. Click on the arrow
-to the right of part of the path to go to another child element of that path.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Check Box
-These can be clicked to select and unselect items. They are typically
-used in a list of several selections. Selected items typically display a check
-mark, whereas unselected items will have an empty box.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Color Selector
-This allows a color to be selected for various purposes, such as changing
-the color of text. For more information, see
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Combo Box
-A combination of a
-Drop Down Box and a
-Text Box. You can select an option
-from the list, or type in the text box. Some combo boxes may automatically
-complete entries for you, or open the list with a list of choices that match
-what you have typed.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Context Menu
-Many user interface elements in the &kde-sc; contain a context menu,
-which can be opened by clicking on something with the &RMB;. This menu contains
-options and actions that usually affect the user interface element that was
-right-clicked.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Dialog Box
-A small window that appears above a larger application window. It may
-contain a message, warning, or configuration panel, among others.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Drop Down Box
-This provides a list of items, from which you may select one.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Icon
-A graphical representation of something, such as a file or action. They
-typically, but not always, also contain a text description, either beneath or
-to the right of the icon.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Icon List
-This provides a list of items represented by an
-Icon and a description. It is typically
-used in the left panel of configuration panels to allow selection from various
-types of configuration categories.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-List Box
-This is a list of items that typically allows multiple items to be
-selected. To select a group of contiguous items, press the &Shift; key and
-click the first and last items. To select multiple items that are not
-contiguous, press the &Ctrl; key and select the desired items.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Menu
-A list of selections, that usually perform an action, set an option, or
-opens a window. These can be opened from
-menubars or
-menu buttons.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Menubar
-These are located at the top of nearly every window and provide access
-to all the functions of the running application. For more information, see
-.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Menu Button
-A special type of button that
-opens a menu.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Panel or Sidebar or Tool View
-These are located on the sides or bottom of the
-central widget and allow
-you to perform many different tasks in an application. A text editor might
-provide a list of open documents in one, while a word processor might allow you
-to select a clip art image.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Progress Bar
-A small bar that indicates that a long-running operation is being
-performed. The bar may indicate how much of the operation has completed, or it
-may simply bounce back and forth to indicate that the operation is in progress.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Radio Button
-These are used in a list of options, and only permit one of the options in
-the list to be selected.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Scrollbar
-Allows you to navigate a document.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Slider
-Allows a numeric value to be selected by moving a small bar either
-horizontally or vertically across a line.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Spin Box
-This permits a numerical value to be selected, either by using the up and
-down arrows to the right of the box to raise or lower the value, respectively,
-or by typing the value into the
-text box.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Status Bar
-These are located at the bottom of many applications and display
-information about what the application is currently doing. For instance, a web
-browser might indicate the progress of loading a web page, while a
-word processor might display the current word count.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Tab
-These appear at the top of an area of a window, and permit that area of
-the window to be changed to a variety of different selections.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Text Area
-Allows a large amount of text to be typed in, typically multiple lines or
-paragraphs. Unlike a Text Box,
-pressing &Enter; will usually result in a line break.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Text Box
-A single-line text entry that allows a small amount of text to be typed
-in. Typically, pressing &Enter; will perform the same action as clicking the
-OK button.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Titlebar
-This is located at the top of every window. It contains the name of the
-application and usually information about what the application is doing, like
-the title of the web page being viewed in a web browser or the filename of a
-document open in a word processor.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Toolbar
-These are located near the top of many applications, typically directly
-underneath the menu bar. They
-provide access to many common functions of the running application, like
-Save or Print.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Tree View
-A Tree View allows you to select from a hierarchical list of options. A
-section, or category, of the Tree View may be unexpanded, in which case no
-options will appear beneath it and the arrow to the left of the title will be
-pointing right, toward the title. It may also be expanded, in which case several
-options will be listed below it, and the arrow to the left of the title will be
-pointing down, toward the options. To expand a portion of the tree view, click
-the arrow to the left of the title of the section you wish to expand,
-double-click on the title, or select the title using your keyboard's arrow keys
-and press the &Enter; or + key. To minimize a portion of the
-tree view, you may also click the arrow, double-click on the title, or press the
-&Enter; or - key.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-&TC.Hollingsworth; &TC.Hollingsworth.mail;
-
-
-
-
-Common Menus
-
-Many &kde; applications contain these menus. However, most
-applications will have more menu entries than those listed here, and others may
-be missing some of the entries listed here.
-
-
-A Menu Bar
-
-
-A menubar
-
The menubar in
-&gwenview;.
-
-
-
-
-Some applications, like &dolphin;, do not show a menubar by default. You
-can show it by pressing &Ctrl;M. You can
-also use this to hide the menubar in applications that support doing so.
-
-
-The File Menu
-The File menu allows you to perform operations on the
-currently open file and access common tasks in applications.
-
-Common menu items include:
-
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;N
-FileNew
-
-
-Creates a new file.
-
-
-
-
-
-FileNew Window
-
-
-Opens a new window.
-
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;O
-FileOpen...
-
-
-Opens an already existing file.
-
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;S
-FileSave
-
-
-Saves the file. If the file already exists it will be overwritten.
-
-
-
-
-
-FileSave As...
-
-
- Saves the file with a new filename.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-FileSave All
-
-
-Saves all open files.
-
-
-
-
-
-F5
-FileReload
-
-
-Reloads the current file.
-
-
-
-
-
-FileReload All
-
-
-Reloads all open files.
-
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;P
-FilePrint...
-
-
-Prints the file.
-
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;W
-FileClose
-
-
-Closes the current file.
-
-
-
-
-
-FileClose All
-
-
-Closes all open files.
-
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;Q
-FileQuit
-
-
-Exits the program.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-The Edit Menu
-The Edit menu allows you to modify the currently
-open file.
-
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;Z
-EditUndo
-
-
-Undo the last action you performed in the file.
-
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;&Shift;Z
-EditRedo
-
-
-Redo the last action you performed in the file.
-
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;X
-EditCut
-
-
-Removes the currently selected portion of the file, if any, and places a copy of
-it in the clipboard buffer.
-
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;C
-EditCopy
-
-
-Places a copy of the currently selected portion of the file, if any, in the
-clipboard buffer.
-
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;V
-EditPaste
-
-
-Copies the first item in the clipboard buffer to the current location in the
-file, if any.
-
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;A
-EditSelect All
-
-
-Selects the entire contents of the currently open file.
-
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;F
-EditFind...
-
-
-Allows you to search for text in the currently open file.
-
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;R
-EditReplace...
-
-
-Allows you to search for text in the currently open file and replace it with
-something else.
-
-
-
-
-
-F3
-EditFind Next
-
-
-Go to the next match of the last Find operation.
-
-
-
-
-
-&Shift;F3
-EditFind Previous
-
-
-Go to the previous match of the last Find operation.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-The View Menu
-The View menu allows you to change the layout of the
-currently open file and/or the running application.
-
-This menu has different options depending on the application you are
-using.
-
-
-
-The Tools Menu
-The Tools menu allows you to perform certain actions
-on the currently open file.
-
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;&Shift;O
-ToolsAutomatic Spell Checking
-
-
-Check for spelling errors as you type. For more information, see
-.
-
-
-
-
-
-ToolsSpelling...
-
-
-This initiates the spellchecking program - a program designed to help the user
-catch and correct any spelling errors. For more information, see
-.
-
-
-
-
-
-ToolsSpelling (from cursor)...
-
-
-This initiates the spellchecking program, but only checks the portion of the
-document from the current location of the cursor to the end. For more information,
-see .
-
-
-
-
-
-ToolsSpellcheck Selection...
-
-
-This initiates the spellchecking program, but only checks the currently selected
-text in the document. For more information, see .
-
-
-
-
-
-ToolsChange Dictionary...
-
-
-This allows you to change the dictionary used to check spellings. For more
-information, see .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-The Settings Menu
-The Settings allows you to customize the application.
-
-This menu typically contains the following items:
-
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;M
-
-Settings
-Show Menubar
-
-Hides and shows the menubar.
-
-
-
-
-Settings
-Show Statusbar
-
-
-
-Toggles the display of the statusbar on and off. Some &kde; applications use statusbar at the bottom of their screen to display useful information.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-SettingsToolbars Shown
-
-
-Allows you to show and hide the various toolbars supported by the application.
-
-
-
-
-
-SettingsConfigure Shortcuts...
-
-
-Allows you to enable, disable, and modify keyboard shortcuts. For more
-information, see .
-
-
-
-
-
-SettingsConfigure Toolbars...
-
-
-Allows you to customize the contents, layout, text, and icons of toolbars. For
-more information, see .
-
-
-
-
-SettingsConfigure
-Notifications...
-This item displays a standard &kde; notifications configuration
-dialog, where you can change the notifications (sounds, visible messages,
-&etc;) used by the application.
-For more information how to configure notifications please read the documentation for
-the &systemsettings; module Manage Notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-SettingsConfigure Application...
-
-
-Opens the configuration panel for the currently running application.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-The Help Menu
-The Help menu gives you access to the application's
-documentation and other useful resources.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-F1
-
-Help
-Application Handbook
-
-
-Invokes the KDE Help system starting at the
-running application's handbook.
-
-
-
-
-
-&Shift;F1
-
-Help
-What's This?
-
-
-Changes the mouse cursor to a combination arrow and
-question mark. Clicking on items within the application; will open a help
-window (if one exists for the particular item) explaining the item's
-function.
-
-
-
-
-
-Help
-Report Bug...
-
-Opens the Bug report dialog where you can
-report a bug or request a wishlist feature.
-
-
-
-
-Help
-Switch Application Language...
-
-Opens a dialog where you can
-edit the Primary language and Fallback language
-for this application.
-
-
-
-
-Help
-About Application
-
-This will display version and author
-information for the running application.
-
-
-
-
-Help
-About KDE
-
-This displays the &kde; Development Platform version
-and other basic information.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Thanks and Acknowledgments
-
-Special thanks to an anonymous Google Code-In 2011 participant for writing
-much of this documentation.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-&TC.Hollingsworth; &TC.Hollingsworth.mail;
-
-
-
-
-Common Keyboard Shortcuts
-
-The &plasma-workspaces; provide keyboard shortcuts that allow you to
-perform many tasks without touching your mouse. If you use your keyboard
-frequently, using these can save you lots of time.
-
-This list contains the most common shortcuts supported by the workspace
-itself and many applications available within. Every application also provides
-its own shortcuts, so be sure to check their manuals for a comprehensive
-listing.
-
-
-The Meta key described below is a generic name for
-the custom key found on many different keyboards. On keyboards
-designed for &Microsoft; &Windows;, this key is usually called the
-Windows key, and will have a picture of the &Windows;
-logo. On keyboards designed for &Mac; computers, this key is known as
-the Command key and will have a picture of the
-Apple logo and/or the
-⌘ symbol. On keyboards designed for &UNIX; systems, this key
-is really known as the Meta key and is typically labeled with a
-diamond: ◆.
-
-
-
-Working with Windows
-
-These shortcuts allow you to perform all kinds of operations with windows,
-whether it be opening, closing, moving, or switching between them.
-
-
-Starting and Stopping Applications
-
-These shortcuts make it easy to start and stop programs.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Shortcut
-Description
-
-
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;Q
-Quit
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;Esc
-System Activity
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;&Alt;&Esc;
-Force Quit
-
-
-
-&Alt;F2
-Run Command Interface
-
-
-
-&Alt;F4
-Close
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Moving Around
-
-These shortcuts allow you to navigate between windows, activities, and
-desktops efficiently.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Shortcut
-Description
-
-
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;F10
-Present Windows
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;F9
-Present Windows on current desktop
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;F7
-Present Windows of current application only
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;F11
-Desktop Cube
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;F12
-Show Dashboard
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;&Alt;A
-Activate Window Demanding Attention
-
-
-
-&Alt;	
-Walk through windows
-
-
-
-&Alt;`
-Walk through windows of the current application
-
-
-
-&Alt;F3
-Open the Window Operations menu
-
-
-
-&Meta;&Alt;Up
-Switch to Window Above
-
-
-
-&Meta;&Alt;Down
-Switch to Window Below
-
-
-
-&Meta;&Alt;Left
-Switch to Window to the Left
-
-
-
-&Meta;&Alt;Right
-Switch to Window to the Right
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Panning and Zooming
-
-Need to get a closer look? The &plasma-workspaces; allow you to zoom in
-and out and move your entire desktop around, so you can zoom in even when the
-application you are using doesn't support it.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Shortcut
-Description
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-&Meta;=
-Zoom In
-
-
-
-&Meta;-
-Zoom Out
-
-
-
-&Meta;0
-Zoom Normal
-
-
-
-&Meta;Up
-Pan Up
-
-
-
-&Meta;Down
-Pan Down
-
-
-
-&Meta;Left
-Pan left
-
-
-
-&Meta;Right
-Pan Right
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Working with Activities and Virtual Desktops
-
-These shortcuts allow you to switch between and manage
-Activities
-and virtual desktops.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Shortcut
-Description
-
-
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;Q
-View all your Activities
-
-
-
-&Meta;	
-Next Activity
-
-
-
-&Meta;&Shift;	
-Previous Activity
-
-
-
-
- &Alt;D
- R
-
-Remove this Activity
-
-
-
-
- &Alt;D
- S
-
-Activities Settings
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;F1
-Switch to Desktop 1
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;F2
-Switch to Desktop 2
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;F3
-Switch to Desktop 3
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;F4
-Switch to Desktop 4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Working with the Desktop
-
-These shortcuts allow you to work with the &plasma-desktop; and panels.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Shortcut
-Description
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- &Alt;D
- A
-
-Add Widgets
-
-
-
-
- &Alt;D
- R
-
-Remove Widgets
-
-
-
-
- &Alt;D
- L
-
-Lock/Unlock Widgets
-
-
-
-
- &Alt;D
- N
-
-Next Widget
-
-
-
-
- &Alt;D
- P
-
-Previous Widget
-
-
-
-
- &Alt;D
- S
-
-Widget Settings
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;F12
-Show Dashboard
-
-
-
-
- &Alt;D
- T
-
-Run the Associated Application
-
-
-
-&Alt;&Shift;F12
-Enable/Disable Desktop Effects
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Getting Help
-
-Need some help? The manual for the current application is only a keypress
-away, and some programs even have additional help that explains the element in
-focus.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Shortcut
-Description
-
-
-
-
-
-
-F1
-Help
-
-
-
-&Shift;F1
-What's This?
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Working with Documents
-
-Whether it's a text document, spreadsheet, or web site, these shortcuts
-make performing many kinds of tasks with them easy.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Shortcut
-Description
-
-
-
-
-
-
-F5
-Refresh
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;A
-Select All
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;Z
-Undo
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;&Shift;Z
-Redo
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;X
-Cut
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;C
-Copy
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;V
-Paste
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;N
-New
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;P
-Print
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;S
-Save
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;F
-Find
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;W
-Close Document/Tab
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Working with Files
-
-Whether your in an Open/Save dialog or the &dolphin; file manager, these
-shortcuts save you time when performing operations on files. Note that some of
-the concepts used with files are the same as with documents, so several of the
-shortcuts are identical to their counterparts listed above.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Shortcut
-Description
-
-
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;Z
-Undo
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;X
-Cut
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;C
-Copy
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;V
-Paste
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;A
-Select All
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;L
-Replace Location
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;&Shift;A
-Invert Selection
-
-
-
-&Alt;Left
-Back
-
-
-
-&Alt;Right
-Forward
-
-
-
-&Alt;Up
-Up (to folder that contains this one)
-
-
-
-&Alt;Home
-Home Folder
-
-
-
-Delete
-Move to Trash
-
-
-
-&Shift;Delete
-Delete Permanently
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Changing Volume and Brightness
-
-In addition to the standard keys, many computer keyboards and laptops
-nowadays have special keys or buttons to change the speaker volume, as well as
-the brightness of your monitor if applicable. If present, you can use these
-keys in the &plasma-workspaces; to perform those tasks.
-
-If you do not have such keys, see for
-information on how to assign keys for these tasks.
-
-
-
-
-Leaving Your Computer
-
-All done? Use these shortcuts and put your computer away!
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Shortcut
-Description
-
-
-
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;&Alt;Insert
-Switch User
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;&Alt;L
-Lock Session
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;&Alt;Delete
-Logout
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;&Alt;&Shift;Delete
-Logout without confirmation
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;&Alt;&Shift;Page Down
-Shut Down without confirmation
-
-
-
-&Ctrl;&Alt;&Shift;Page Up
-Reboot without confirmation
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Modifying Shortcuts
-
-The shortcuts described in Working With
-Windows, Leaving Your Computer, and
-Changing Volume and Brightness are called
-global shortcuts, since they work regardless of which
-window you have open on your screen. These can be modified in the
-Global Shortcuts panel of
-&systemsettings;, where they are separated by &kde; component.
-
-The shortcuts described in Working with
-Activities and Virtual Desktops and Working
-with the Desktop can be modified by clicking on the
-Desktop Toolbox and
-selecting Shortcut Settings.
-
-The shortcuts described in Working with
-Documents and Getting Help are set by
-individual programs. Most &kde; programs allow you to use the
-common shortcut editing dialog to modify these.
-The shortcuts described in Working With Files
-can be edited in the same manner when used inside a file manager like &dolphin;
-or &konqueror;, but cannot be modified in the case of Open/Save dialogs, &etc;
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-breadcrumb.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-breadcrumb.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e2a8db5b..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-breadcrumb.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-button.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-button.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 845c4940..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-button.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-central-widget.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-central-widget.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b8305a7c..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-central-widget.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-check-box.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-check-box.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 32046468..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-check-box.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-color-selector.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-color-selector.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d19b369..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-color-selector.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-combo-box.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-combo-box.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b4c3d76..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-combo-box.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-context-menu.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-context-menu.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 0bbac64e..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-context-menu.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-dialog-box.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-dialog-box.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 87ef8beb..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-dialog-box.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-drop-down-box.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-drop-down-box.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 42bb4319..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-drop-down-box.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-gui1.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-gui1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 17b2a7a1..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-gui1.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-gui2.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-gui2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c2df0af..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-gui2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-gui3.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-gui3.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c8aafcef..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-gui3.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-gui4.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-gui4.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e763a42..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-gui4.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-icon-list.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-icon-list.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 89f40cad..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-icon-list.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-icon.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-icon.png
deleted file mode 100644
index be294b73..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-icon.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-list-box.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-list-box.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a7e9cbc..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-list-box.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-menu-button.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-menu-button.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 51d3f3e5..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-menu-button.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-menu.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-menu.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e235946..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-menu.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-menubar.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-menubar.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 768dfd69..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-menubar.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-panel.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-panel.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a7093bc7..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-panel.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-progress-bar.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-progress-bar.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 627ce6f5..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-progress-bar.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-radio-button.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-radio-button.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e350ff43..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-radio-button.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-scrollbar.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-scrollbar.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f5762983..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-scrollbar.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-slider.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-slider.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 27a61159..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-slider.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-spin-box.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-spin-box.png
deleted file mode 100644
index ed1fe812..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-spin-box.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-statusbar.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-statusbar.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 247dceb9..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-statusbar.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-tab.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-tab.png
deleted file mode 100644
index cf269029..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-tab.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-text-area.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-text-area.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 29b66a95..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-text-area.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-text-box.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-text-box.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b2ce3cc..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-text-box.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-titlebar.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-titlebar.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 46a1dc1f..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-titlebar.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-toolbar.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-toolbar.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 319332ce..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-toolbar.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-tree-view.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-tree-view.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c8722e7..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-tree-view.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-window.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-window.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e618521b..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-window.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-window2.png b/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-window2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 1afa2376..00000000
Binary files a/doc/fundamentals/visualdict-window2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/glossary/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/glossary/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 18cd3d05..00000000
--- a/doc/glossary/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR khelpcenter/glossary)
diff --git a/doc/glossary/checkxrefs b/doc/glossary/checkxrefs
deleted file mode 100755
index 0805ec6b..00000000
--- a/doc/glossary/checkxrefs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-DEFINED_ENTRIES=`sed -ne "s^.*.*^\1^p" *.docbook`
-REFERENCED_ENTRIES=`sed -ne "s^.*.*^\1^p" *.docbook | uniq`
-
-# Check for entries which are referenced but not defined.
-for ENTRY in $REFERENCED_ENTRIES; do
- if ! echo $DEFINED_ENTRIES | grep $ENTRY - > /dev/null 2>&1; then
- echo "'$ENTRY' referenced but not defined!"
- fi
-done
diff --git a/doc/glossary/index.docbook b/doc/glossary/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f31f04a..00000000
--- a/doc/glossary/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,611 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-
- Technologies
-
- Akonadi
- The data storage access mechanism for all PIM (Personal Information Manager) data in &kde; SC 4. One single
- storage and retrieval system allows efficiency and extensibility not possible under &kde; 3, where each PIM component had
- its own system. Note that use of Akonadi does not change data storage formats (vcard, iCalendar, mbox, maildir etc.) - it
- just provides a new way of accessing and updating the data.&newpara;
- The main reasons for design and development of Akonadi are of technical nature, ⪚ having a unique way to access PIM-data (contacts, calendars, emails..) from different applications (⪚ &kmail;, &kword; &etc;), thus eliminating the need to write similar code here and there.&newpara;
- Another goal is to de-couple GUI applications like &kmail; from the direct access to external resources like mail-servers - which was a major reason for bug-reports/wishes with regard to performance/responsiveness in the past.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://pim.kde.org/akonadi/"&linkmid;Akonadi for KDE's PIM&linkend;&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Akonadi"&linkmid;Wikipedia: Akonadi&linkend;&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://techbase.kde.org/Projects/PIM/Akonadi"&linkmid;Techbase - Akonadi&linkend;
- &GUI;
- &kde;
-
-
-
- ARts
- The sound framework in &kde; 2 and 3. Its single-tasking nature caused problems when two sources of sound were encountered. In the &plasma; desktop it is replaced by Phonon.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ARts"&linkmid; Wikipedia: ARts&linkend;&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://www.arts-project.org"&linkmid;ARts home page&linkend;
- &kde;
- Phonon
- &plasma;
-
-
-
- D-Bus
- D-Bus or Desktop Bus is an inter-service messaging system. Developed by &RedHat;, it was heavily influenced by &kde; 3 DCOP, which it supersedes. Most POSIX operating systems support D-Bus, and a port for Windows exists. It is used by Qt 4 and GNOME.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/dbus/"&linkmid;FreeDesktop.org: What is D-Bus?&linkend;&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/D-Bus"&linkmid;Wikipedia: D-Bus&linkend;
- &DCOP;
- GNOME
- &kde;
- &Qt;
-
-
-
- DCOP
- DCOP, which stands for Desktop COmmunication Protocol, is a light-weight interprocess and software componentry communication system used in &kde; 3. Replaced with &DBus; in &kde; SC 4.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DCOP"&linkmid;Wikipedia: DCOP&linkend;
- D-Bus
- &kde;
-
-
-
- Flake
- Flake is a programming library to be used in &koffice;/Calligra. Functionally, it provides Shapes to display content and Tools to manipulate content. Shapes can be zoomed or rotated and can be grouped to work as a single Shape, around which text flow is possible.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://community.kde.org/Calligra/Libs/Flake"&linkmid;&kde; Community Wiki: Flake&linkend;
- &kde;
- KParts
-
-
-
- Get Hot New Stuff
- &emstart;G&emend;et &emstart;H&emend;ot &emstart;N&emend;ew &emstart;S&emend;tuff (GHNS) is an open standard that makes it easy for users to download and install various extensions for their applications. Our implementation of GHNS is used by &plasma; (for example to get new desktop themes), and by many applications and widgets.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://ghns.freedesktop.org"&linkmid;Home of GHNS&linkend;&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://lwn.net/Articles/227855/"&linkmid;An article on GHNS in &kde; SC 4&linkend;
- &kde;
- &plasma;
-
-
-
- GHNS
- GHNS is the acronym of Get Hot New Stuff.
- Get Hot New Stuff
-
-
-
- IO Slave
- IO Slaves enable &kde; applications to
- access remote resources as easily as local resources (making them
- "network transparent"). Remote resources (⪚ files) might
- be stored on SMB shares or similar.
- SMB
- &kde;
-
-
-
- KHTML
- KHTML is the &HTML; rendering engine for the &kde; &plasma; desktop, as used by the &konqueror; browser. It also provides a KPart that enables all &kde; applications to display web content. A new introduction, &Qt; WebKit is also for Plasma and other application development.
- &kde;
- &konqueror;
- KParts
- &plasma;
- WebKit
-
-
-
- KIO
- The &kde; Input/Output system which makes use of so-called
- "IO Slaves".
- IO
-Slave
- &kde;
-
-
-
- Kiosk
- Kiosk is a framework for restricting user capabilities on a &kde; platform system, ideal for use in locked-down environments such as Internet cafés. It is present in &kde; 3 and &kde; 4, but the administration tool, Kiosktool is &kde; 3 only. It can be used to configure &kde; 4 applications, or kiosk configurations can be maintained by editing config files manually.
- &kde;
-
-
-
- KParts
- KParts is an embedding technology which allows &kde;
- applications to embed other &kde; applications. For example, the text
- view used by &konqueror; is a KPart.
- &konqueror;
-
-
-
- KSycoca
- KSycoca (&kde; &emstart;Sy&emend;stem
- &emstart;Co&emend;nfiguration &emstart;Ca&emend;che) is a
- configuration cache which, for example, guarantees fast access to the menu
- entries.
- KBuildSycoca
-
-
-
- Phonon
- A cross-platform multimedia API, interfacing with existing frameworks, such as gstreamer and xine engines. &kde; 2 and 3 depended on aRts for sound. Phonon replaces it.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phonon_(KDE)"&linkmid; Wikipedia: Phonon (KDE)&linkend;&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://phonon.kde.org"&linkmid;Phonon website&linkend;
- &arts;
- &kde;
-
-
-
- Solid
- Solid provides a single API for hardware management. Hardware is grouped into 'domains'. Since the backends for Solid are pluggable, Solid helps application developers write less code, and have it platform independent.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://solid.kde.org"&linkmid;Discover Solid&linkend;
- &kde;
-
-
-
- Threadweaver
- This thread programming library spreads work among multiple-core processors where available, prioritizing them before queuing them for execution. ThreadWeaver provides a high-level job interface for multithreaded programming.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://www.englishbreakfastnetwork.org/apidocs/apidox-kde-4.0/kdelibs-apidocs/threadweaver/html/Why.html"&linkmid;Why Multithreading?&linkend;
- &kde;
-
-
-
- WebKit
- HTML rendering engine, originating from a fork of KHTML. Adopted by Apple and developed for Safari. Webkit brings the whole functionality back to &kde; SC 4, where it is available through &Qt;.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://webkit.org/"&linkmid;WebKit home page&linkend;&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Webkit"&linkmid;Wikipedia: WebKit&linkend;
- &kde;
- KHTML
-
-
-
-
-
- X.Org
-
- Antialiasing
- If mentioned in context with &kde;, anti-aliasing often means
- the smoothing of the fonts visible on the screen. &Qt; version 3.3
- or higher used together with X.Org server makes this possible under &kde;
- as well.
- &kde;
- &Qt;
-
-
-
- &X-Server;
- The &X-Server; represents a basic layer upon which the
- various &GUI;s like &kde; are built. It manages the
- basic mouse and keyboard input (from the local host as well as from
- remote hosts) and provides elementary graphic routines to draw
- rectangles and other primitives.
- &kde;
- &GUI;
-
-
-
-
-
- Applications
-
- Dolphin
- The default file manager in &kde; SC 4. It has a side panel (Places), but navigation is mainly by the 'breadcrumb' trail above the main window. Split windows are possible, and views can be applied to individual windows. Mounting and unmounting USB devices can be done in the side panel. Other directories can be added to the Places panel. A Tree view is also possible.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dolphin_(software)"&linkmid;Wikipedia: Dolphin&linkend;&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://introducingkde4.blogspot.com/2007/12/dolphin.html"&linkmid;Introducing KDE 4 Blog - Dolphin&linkend;&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://userbase.kde.org/Tutorials/File_Management"&linkmid;Userbase: File Management Tutorial&linkend;
- &kde;
- &konqueror;
-
-
-
- KBuildSycoca
- KBuildSycoca4 is a command line
- program and regenerates the
- so-called KSycoca. This is useful, for example, if some
- or all modules in
- &systemsettings; are missing.
- KSycoca
- &systemsettings;
-
-
-
- KInfoCenter
- Kinfocenter originated as part of Kcontrol standing alone from KDE 3.1. In KDE SC 4 it is replaced by modules configured in System Settings, notably Solid, and is being reintroduced as an application in &kde; SC 4.5.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kinfocenter"&linkmid;Wikipedia: KInfoCenter&linkend;
- &kde;
- Solid
- &systemsettings;
-
-
-
- &konqueror;
- &konqueror; is a web browser, picture viewer, file manager
- and more, and a core part of the &kde; project. You can
- find more information about &konqueror; at &linkstart;"http://www.konqueror.org"&linkmid;www.konqueror.org&linkend;.
- &kde;
-
-
-
- KRunner
- The mini-command-line that is accessed from the Classic menu, the keyboard shortcut &Alt;+F2, or a right-click on the desktop. In &kde; SC 4 a partial name will display all possible matches.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://userbase.kde.org/Tutorials/Krunner"&linkmid;UserBase: KRunner Usage&linkend;
- &kde;
- &plasma;
-
-
-
- KWin
- KWin is the window manager. This is where window decorations can be changed and themes applied. &kde; SC 4 extends KWin to provide support for 3D Compositing effects on the desktop.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://userbase.kde.org/KWin"&linkmid;UserBase: KWin&linkend;
- &kde;
- &X-Server;
-
-
-
- Mini-CLI
- Mini &emstart;C&emend;ommand &emstart;L&emend;ine &emstart;I&emend;nterface. Synonym to KRunner.
- KRunner
-
-
-
- Pager
- A pager is a small program or panel applet which shows the position of windows on your desktop and usually if you have several Virtual Desktops gives an overview over all.
- &kde;
- Kickoff
- Kicker
- Panel
- &plasma;
- Virtual Desktops
-
-
-
- &systemsettings;
- This is the project and filename of the &kde; control
- center. &systemsettings; allows you to customize virtually
- every configuration option of &kde;.
- &kde;
- KInfoCenter
-
-
-
-
-
- Desktop Terminology
-
- Activities
- Activities are sets of &plasma; widgets that have their own wallpaper&newpara;
- A bit like Virtual Desktops, but not quite. For example you have a "work activity" with commit rss feeds, a note with your TODO, a Folder View with your work related files, and a subtle wallpaper.&newpara;
- Next to it, you have your freetime activity, with previews of family photos and dogs, rss feeds from your favorite blogs, a Folder View showing your movie collection, a twitter applet and of course that Iron Maiden wallpaper you have been loving since the early 80s.&newpara;
- At 17:00 hours sharp you switch from the work activity to your freetime activity.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://userbase.kde.org/Plasma"&linkmid;Plasma FAQ&linkend;
- &kde;
- Virtual Desktops
-
-
-
- Containment
- A Containment is a top level grouping of widgets. Each Containment manages the layout and configuration data of its set of widgets independently from other Containments.&newpara;
- The end result is that you can group widgets within a Containment according to the significance to your working pattern, rather than by directory grouping.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://userbase.kde.org/Plasma"&linkmid;Plasma FAQ&linkend;
- &kde;
- Widget
-
-
-
- Drag and Drop
- This concept tries to replace many actions like copying
- files from one place to another by a certain mouse movement, ⪚
- clicking on an icon in a &konqueror; window, moving the mouse to another
- window while keeping the mouse button pressed, and releasing the mouse
- button ("dropping" the object) copies files.
- &konqueror;
-
-
-
- Extender
- Extenders are a special kind of popup that can grow out of a &plasma; panel for example. Extenders have detachable parts. Extenders are a new concept that arrived in &plasma; for &kde; 4.2. The Kuiserver (the interface that collects all long running jobs and puts them into one window) will make use of extenders so you can detach various jobs and monitor their progress separately.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://userbase.kde.org/Plasma"&linkmid;Plasma FAQ&linkend;
- &kde;
- &plasma;
-
-
-
- GNOME
-
- &emstart;G&emend;NU &emstart;N&emend;etwork &emstart;O&emend;bject
- &emstart;M&emend;odel &emstart;E&emend;nvironment, one of the
- leading &UNIX; &GUI;s.
- &GUI;
-
-
-
- &GUI;
- Abbreviation for &emstart;G&emend;raphical
- &emstart;U&emend;ser &emstart;I&emend;nterface. Every desktop
- environment (like &kde;) is a &GUI;. Most
- &GUI;s feature mouse support and/or windows to manage
- the programs.
- &kde;
-
-
-
- Home Directory
- That's the place in system, where all your files are kept. You can write your files outside of this folder, but all applications are configured to propose this folder as place to write your files to. And this is easier, when you are keeping your things here.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Home_directory"&linkmid;Wikipedia: Home Directory&linkend;
- &dolphin;
-
-
-
- &kde;
- Abbreviation for "K Desktop Environment", a
- leading &GUI; for &UNIX;-based systems. You can find more
- detailed information at &linkstart;
- "http://www.kde.org"&linkmid;www.kde.org&linkend;.&newpara;
- &kde; is more than just software. It is a community made up of programmers, translators, contributors, artists, writers, distributors, and users from all over the world. Our international technology team is committed to creating the best free software for the desktop. And not only contributors, but users and fans of &kde; software can be found throughout the entire globe, giving help to other users, spreading the news, or just simply enjoying the experience.
- &GUI;
-
-
-
- &kicker;
-
- In &kde; 3, the relocatable bar, usually at the bottom of the screen (sometimes called the Panel), on which application launchers, the Pager, and buttons for running applications reside.
- Panel
- &plasma;
-
-
-
- &kickoff;
-
- In &kde; SC 4 (and some late versions of &kde; 3), a launch menu in which apps are sorted by functional group. 'Favorites' replaces the 'Most used applications' in Classic Menu, and applications can be added to it. Right-click also offers the possibility of adding applications to the desktop or panel. Rapid access to a less-used application can be by the search box. Other menus are being worked on, since &kde; SC 4 can be used with more than one launcher, should that be required.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://home.kde.org/~binner/kickoff/sneak_preview.html"&linkmid;Kickoff Sneak Preview&linkend;
- &kde;
- Pager
- Panel
- &plasma;
-
-
-
- Oxygen
-
- Oxygen is the default theme of &kde; SC 4. Designed to bring 'a breath of fresh air' to the desktop by removing the simplistic, cartoonish icons, and replacing them with a clean theme and photo-realistic icons. Oxygen uses a desaturated palette to avoid the icons becoming a distraction and uses detailed scalable graphics (SVG).&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oxygen_Project"&linkmid;Wikipedia: Oxygen Project&linkend;&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://www.oxygen-icons.org/?cat=3"&linkmid;Oxygen Icons&linkend;
- &kde;
- KSVG
- &plasma;
-
-
-
- Panel
- Refers to the panel which often resides at the bottom of the
- screen.
- &kde;
- &kicker;
- &kickoff;
- &plasma;
-
-
-
- Plasma
- In &kde; SC 4 the &plasma; Desktop replaces KDesktop, &kicker; and the SuperKaramba widget engine. The applets are called Plasmoids, and range from informational widgets to mini-apps such as a calculator or dictionary. Widgets from other sources, such as SuperKaramba widgets or Google Gadgets are also supported.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plasma_(KDE)"&linkmid;Wikipedia: Plasma&linkend;&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://plasma.kde.org/cms/1107/"&linkmid;Plasma website&linkend;&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://userbase.kde.org/Plasma"&linkmid;Plasma FAQ&linkend;&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://userbase.kde.org/Tutorials/TweakingPlasma"&linkmid;Tweaking Plasma&linkend;
- &kde;
- &kicker;
- Widget
-
-
-
- Ripping
- The process of reading audio data from a &cdrom; and
- storing it on the hard disk.
-
-
-
- Virtual Desktops
- A popular concept of &UNIX; based window managers is the one of virtual desktops. This means you have not only one screen where you can place your windows on but several. When you switch to a different desktop (usually with a pager) you will only see the windows which you started on your new desktop or moved to it. A window can also be made "sticky" which means it appears on all virtual desktops.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://userbase.kde.org/Plasma"&linkmid;Plasma FAQ&linkend;
- &kde;
- &kickoff;
- Pager
-
-
-
-
-
- &kde; Development
-
- &Qt;
- The &GUI; of &kde; is built on top of
- the &Qt; toolkit, which provides many graphical elements (so-called
- "Widgets") which are used to construct the desktop. You
- can find more information about &Qt; at &linkstart;
- "http://qt-project.org/"&linkmid;http://qt-project.org/&linkend;.
- &kde;
- &GUI;
- Widget
-
-
-
- Git
- Git is a free and open source, distributed version control system designed to handle everything from small to very large projects with speed and efficiency.&newpara;
- Every Git clone is a full-fledged repository with complete history and full revision tracking capabilities, not dependent on network access or a central server. Branching and merging are fast and easy to do.&newpara;
- Git is used for version control of files, much like tools such as Mercurial, Bazaar, Subversion, CVS, Perforce, and Visual SourceSafe.&newpara;
- It was decided that Git will be the main version control system of &kde;, replacement of SVN. It has been already used for some &kde; projects like Konversation and Amarok.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://git-scm.com/"&linkmid;Git Homepage&linkend;
- &kde;
- SVN
-
-
-
- i18n
- Abbreviation for "internationalization". &kde;
- supports many different languages, and several i18n techniques make it
- easy to translate the &GUI; as well as the accompanying
- documents of &kde; into all these languages. More information about the
- i18n process is available at &linkstart;
- "http://l10n.kde.org"&linkmid;l10n.kde.org&linkend;.
- &kde;
- &GUI;
-
-
-
- Kross
- Kross is a scripting framework, enabling support for multiple scripting languages. A plugin system allows for the support of further languages in the future.
- &kde;
-
-
-
- KDOM
- A KPart module making KHTML DOM (&emstart;D&emend;ocument &emstart;O&emend;bject &emstart;M&emend;odel) rendering capabilities available to all applications. KSVG2 is built on KDOM for &kde; SC 4.
- &kde;
- KHTML
- KParts
- KSVG
-
-
-
- KJS
- &kde; platform's JavaScript engine.
- &kde;
- KParts
- &plasma;
-
-
-
- KSVG
- KSVG enables support for scalable vector graphics in a KHTML browser. KSVG2 extends this for &kde; SC 4.
- &kde;
- KHTML
- KParts
-
-
-
- l10n
- Abbreviation for "localization", the process
- of adapting a program to the local environment. This includes ⪚ the
- currency used for monetary values or the time format.
- i18n
-
-
-
- Strigi
- A deep-indexed search daemon, Strigi aims to be fast and light-weight. It also uses SHA-1 hash which will help in the identification of duplicate files.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Strigi"&linkmid;Wikipedia: Strigi&linkend;
- &kde;
-
-
-
- Widget
- Graphical elements like scrollbars, buttons or input
- fields which are used by &kde; to construct the &GUI;.
-
- &kde;
- &GUI;
-
-
-
- SVN
- Abbreviation for &emstart;Subversion&emend;, a version control system. The SVN is a very elegant way of managing file versions that allow more than one developer to easily work on the same project. You can find a description of how to get the latest (developer) version of the &kde; sources via anonymous SVN on &linkstart;"http://developer.kde.org/source/anonsvn.html"&linkmid;http://developer.kde.org/source/anonsvn.html&linkend;.&newpara; More about SVN is available at &linkstart;"http://subversion.tigris.org/"&linkmid;http://subversion.tigris.org/&linkend;.
- Git
-
-
-
- XMLGUI
- A programmers' framework for designing the user interface. It is extensively used by KParts.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/XMLGUI"&linkmid;Wikipedia: XMLGUI&linkend;&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Qt_Style_Sheets"&linkmid;Wikipedia: Qt Style Sheets&linkend;
- &GUI;
- Kparts
- &Qt;
-
-
-
-
-
- Miscellaneous
-
- RFC
- &emstart;R&emend;equest &emstart;F&emend;or
- &emstart;C&emend;omment. A common way to publish new protocol
- ideas or procedures for evaluation of the Internet community. Though
- RFCs are not mandatory, many applications try to
- adhere to them, once they have been approved by the community.&newpara;
- More information about RFCs can be found at the
- &linkstart;"http://www.rfc-editor.org"&linkmid;RFC Homepage&linkend;.
-
-
-
-
-
- Various protocols
-
- SMB
- &emstart;S&emend;erver &emstart;M&emend;essage
- &emstart;B&emend;lock. A network protocol used in &Microsoft; &Windows;
- networks to access the file systems of other computers.
- IO Slave
-
-
-
- IRC
- &emstart;I&emend;nternet &emstart;R&emend;elay
- &emstart;C&emend;hat. A protocol defined in RFC
- 1459, which handles the specification to enable real-time text chat.
- RFC
-
-
-
- Host
- This can either be a name from your
- /etc/hosts file
- (mycomputer),
- an Internet name (www.kde.org) or an IP-Address
- (192.168.0.10).
-
-
-
-
-
- &glossary-kdeprinting;
-
diff --git a/doc/glossary/kdeprintingglossary.docbook b/doc/glossary/kdeprintingglossary.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index fffc420b..00000000
--- a/doc/glossary/kdeprintingglossary.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,941 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- Printing
-
-
-
- ACLs
- Abbreviation for &emstart;A&emend;ccess
- &emstart;C&emend;ontrol &emstart;L&emend;ists;
- ACLs are used to check for the access by a given
- (authenticated) user. A first rough support for ACLs
- for printing is available from ∪︀; this will be refined
- in future versions.
- Authentication
-
-
-
-
- AppSocket Protocol
- AppSocket is a protocol for the transfer of
- print data, also frequently called "Direct TCP/IP Printing".
- &Hewlett-Packard; have taken AppSocket, added a few minor
- extensions around it and been very successful in renaming
- and marketing it under the brand "&HP; JetDirect"...
- &HP; JetDirect Protocol
- Direct TCP/IP Printing
-
-
-
-
- APSfilter
- APSfilter is used mainly in the context of "classical"
- &UNIX; printing (BSD-style LPD). It is a sophisticated shell script,
- disguised as an "all-in-one" filtering program. In reality,
- APSfilter calls "real filters" to do the jobs needed. It sends
- printjobs automatically through these other filters, based on an
- initial file-type analysis of the printfile.
- It is written and maintained by Andreas Klemm.&newpara;
- It is
- similar to Magicfilter and mostly uses Ghostscript for file conversions.
- Some Linux Distributions (like &SuSE;) use APSfilter, others
- Magicfilter (like &RedHat;), some have both for preference selection
- (like *BSD).&newpara;
- ∪︀ has &emstart;no&emend; need for APSfilter,
- as it runs its own file type recognition (based on &MIME; types)
- and applies its own filtering logic.
- Ghostscript
- Magicfilter
- &MIME;-Types
- printcap
-
-
-
-
- Authentication
- Proving the identity of a certain person (maybe via username/password
- or by means of a certificate) is often called authentication. Once you are
- authenticated, you may or may not get access to a requested resource,
- possibly based on ACLs.
- ACLs
-
-
-
-
- Bi-directional communication
- In the context of printing, a server or a host may receive additional
- information sent back from the printer (status messages &etc;), either
- upon a query or unrequested. AppSocket ( = &HP; JetDirect), ∪︀ and IPP
- support bi-directional communication, LPR/LPD and BSD-style printing
- do not...
- AppSocket Protocol
- ∪︀
- Direct TCP/IP Printing
- &HP; JetDirect
- IPP
- LPR/LPD
-
-
-
-
- BSD-style Printing
- Generic term for different variants of the traditional &UNIX;
- printing method. Its first version appeared in the early 70s on
- BSD &UNIX; and was formally described in &linkstart;"http://www.rfc.net/rfc1179.html"&linkmid;RFC 1179&linkend; only as late
- as 1990.&newpara;
- At the time when BSD "remote" printing was first designed, printers
- were serially or otherwise directly connected devices to a host
- (with the Internet hardly consisting of more than 100 nodes!); printers
- used hole-punched, continuous paper, fed through by a tractor
- mechanism, with simple rows of ASCII text mechanically hammered on to
- the medium, drawn from a cardboard box beneath the table. It came out
- like a zig-zag folded paper "snake". Remote printing consisted of a
- neighboring host in the next room sending a file
- asking for printout.&newpara;
- How technology has changed! Printers generally use cut-sheet media, they have
- built-in intelligence to compute the raster images of pages after pages
- that are sent to them using one of the powerful page description
- languages (PDL). Many are network nodes in their own right,
- with CPU, RAM, a hard disk and their own Operation System, and
- are hooked to a net with potentially millions of users...&newpara;
- It is a vast proof of the flexible &UNIX; concept for doing things,
- that it made "Line Printing" reliably work even under these modern
- conditions. But time has finally come now to go for something new
- -- the IPP.
-
- IPP
- ∪︀
- LPR/LPD printing
-
-
-
-
- ∪︀
- Abbreviation for &emstart;C&emend;ommon
- &emstart;U&emend;NIX &emstart;P&emend;rinting
- &emstart;S&emend;ystem; ∪︀ is the most modern &UNIX; and Linux
- printing system, also providing cross-platform print services
- to &Microsoft; &Windows; and Apple &MacOS; clients. Based on IPP, it does
- away with all the pitfalls of old-style BSD printing,
- providing authentication, encryption and ACLs, plus many more
- features. At the same time it is backward-compatible enough
- to serve all legacy clients that are not yet up to IPP, via
- LPR/LPD (BSD-style).&newpara;
- ∪︀ is able to control any &PostScript; printer by
- utilizing the vendor-supplied PPD (PostScript Printer
- Description file), targeted originally for &Microsoft; Windows NT
- printing only. &kde; Printing is most powerful if based on
- ∪︀.&newpara;
- More info:&newpara;
- &linkstart;"http://www.cups.org"&linkmid;∪︀ Homepage&linkend;
- ACLs
- Authentication
- BSD-style printing
- IPP
- LPR/LPD
- PPD
-
-
-
-
-
- ∪︀-FAQ
- &linkstart;"http://www.cups.org/articles.php?L+TFAQ"&linkmid;∪︀-FAQ&linkend;
- is a valuable resource to answer many questions that anyone new to
- ∪︀ printing might have at first.
-
-
-
-
-
- Daemon
- Abbreviation for &emstart;D&emend;isk
- &emstart;a&emend;nd &emstart;e&emend;xecution
- &emstart;mon&emend;itor; Daemons are present
- on all &UNIX; systems to perform tasks independent of user
- intervention. Readers more familiar with &Microsoft; &Windows; might
- want to compare daemons and the tasks they are responsible
- with "services".&newpara;
- One example of a daemon present on most
- legacy &UNIX; systems is the LPD (Line Printer Daemon); ∪︀ is
- widely seen as the successor to LPD in the &UNIX; world and
- it also operates through a daemon.
- SPOOLing
-
-
-
-
- Database, Linuxprinting.org
- Already years ago, when Linux printing was still really difficult
- (only command line printing was known to most Linux users, no device
- specific print options were available for doing the jobs), Grant Taylor,
- author of the "Linux Printing HOWTO", collected most of the available
- information about printers, drivers and filters in his database.&newpara;
- With the emerging
- ∪︀ concept, extending the use of PPDs even to non-PostScript printers,
- he realized the potential of this database: if one puts the different
- datablobs (with content that could be described along the lines
- "Which device prints with which Ghostscript or other
- filter?", "How well?", and "What command line switches are available?") into
- PPD-compatible files, he could have all the power of ∪︀ on top of
- the traditional printer "drivers".&newpara;
- This has now developed into a broader
- concept, known as "Foomatic". Foomatic extends the capabilities
- of spoolers other than ∪︀ (LPR/LPD, LPRng, PDQ, PPR) to a certain
- degree ("stealing" some concepts from ∪︀). The Linuxprinting
- Database is not a Linux-only stop -- people running other &UNIX;
- based OSes (like *BSD or &MacOS; X) will also find valuable information
- and software there.
-
- Foomatic
- Linuxprinting database
-
-
-
-
- Direct TCP/IP Printing
- This is a method that often uses TCP/IP port 9100 to connect
- to the printer. It works with many modern network printers and has
- a few advantages over LPR/LPD, as it is faster and provides some
- "backchannel feedback data" from the printer to the host sending
- the job.
- AppSocket Protocol
- &HP; JetDirect Protocol
-
-
-
-
-
- Drivers, Printer Drivers
- The term "printer drivers", used in the same sense
- as on the &Microsoft; &Windows; platform, is not entirely applicable
- to a Linux or &UNIX; platform. A "driver" functionality
- is supplied on &UNIX; by different modular components working
- together. At the core of the printer drivers are "filters". Filters convert
- print files from a given input format to another format that is acceptable
- to the target printer. In many cases filters may be connected to a whole
- filter "chain", where only the result of the last conversion is sent to the
- printer. The actual transfer of the print data to the device is performed by
- a "backend".
-
- Filter
- PPDs
-
-
-
-
- Easy Software Products
- Mike Sweet's company, which has contributed a few substantial
- software products towards the Free Software community; amongst
- them the initial version of &linkstart;
- "http://gimp-print.sf.net/"&linkmid;Gimp-Print,&linkend; the &linkstart;
- "http://www.easysw.com/epm/"&linkmid;EPM software packaging&linkend; tool
- and &linkstart;"http://www.easysw.com/htmldoc/"&linkmid;HTMLDOC&linkend;
- (used by the "Linux Documentation Project" to build the PDF versions
- of the HOWTOs) -- but most importantly: &linkstart;
- "http://www.cups.org/"&linkmid;∪︀&linkend; (the 'Common &UNIX; Printing
- System').&newpara;
- ESP financed themselves by selling a commercial version
- of ∪︀, called ESP PrintPro,
- that includes some professional enhancements.
- ESP Print Pro was purchased by Apple Inc. in February of 2007. ESP Print Pro software and support are no longer available from Easy Software Products. ESP Print Pro users were given non-expiring, floating licenses which may be accessed from the MyESP pages.
-
- ∪︀
- ESP
- Gimp-Print
-
-
-
-
- Encryption
- Encryption of confidential data is an all-important issue if
- you transfer it over the Internet or even within intranets.&newpara;
- Printing
- via traditional protocols is not encrypted at all -- it is very easy
- to tap and eavesdrop ⪚ into &PostScript; or PCL data transferred
- over the wire.&newpara;
- Therefore, in the design of IPP, provision was made for the easy
- plugin of encryption mechanisms (which can be provided by the same
- means as the encryption standards for HTTP traffic: SSL and TLS).
- Authentication
- ∪︀
- IPP
- SSL
- TLS
-
-
-
-
-
- Epson
- Epson inkjets are among the best supported models by Free software
- drivers, as the company was not necessarily as secretive about their
- devices and handed technical specification documents to developers.
- The excellent print quality achieved by Gimp-Print on the Stylus
- series of printers can be attributed to this openness.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Escape Sequences
- The first ever printers printed ASCII data only. To
- initiate a new line, or eject a page, they included special
- command sequences, often carrying a leading [ESC]-character.
- &HP; evolved this concept through its series of PCL language
- editions until today, having now developed a full-blown
- Page Description Language (PDL) from these humble beginnings.
-
- PCL
- PDL
-
-
-
-
- ESC/P
- Abbreviation for &emstart;E&emend;pson
- &emstart;S&emend;tandard &emstart;C&emend;odes for
- &emstart;P&emend;rinters. Besides &PostScript; and PCL, Epson's ESC/P
- printer language is one of the best known.
- PCL
- &PostScript;
- hpgl
-
-
-
-
- ESP
- Abbreviation for &emstart;E&emend;asy
- &emstart;S&emend;oftware &emstart;P&emend;roducts;
- the company that developed ∪︀ (the "Common &UNIX; Printing System").
-
- Easy Software Products
- ∪︀
-
-
-
-
-
- Filter
- Filters, in general, are programs that take some input
- data, work on it and pass it on as their output data. Filters
- may or may not change the data.&newpara;
- Filters in the context of printing, are programs that convert
- a given file (destined for printing, but not suitable in the
- format it is presently) into a printable format. Sometimes
- whole "filter chains" have to be constructed to achieve the
- goal, piping the output of one filter as the input to the next.
-
- Ghostscript
- RIP
-
-
-
-
- Foomatic
- Foomatic started out as the wrapper name for a set of
- different tools available from &linkstart;"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/collaborate/workgroups/openprinting/database/foomatic"&linkmid;Linuxprinting.org&linkend;
- These tools aimed to make the usage of traditional
- Ghostscript and other print filters easier for users and
- extend the filters' capabilities by adding more command line
- switches or explain the driver's execution data.&newpara;
- More recently, Foomatic gravitated towards becoming a "meta-spooling"
- system, that allows configuration of the underlying print subsystem
- through a unified set of commands (however, this is much more
- complicated than &kde; printing &GUI; interface, which performs a similar
- task with regards to different print subsystems).
-
-
-
-
- Ghostscript
- Ghostscript is a an interpreter for the &PostScript; language and for PDF or Raster Image Processor (RIP) in software, originally developed by L. Peter Deutsch. There is always a GPL version
- of Ghostscript available for free usage and distribution.
- Ghostscript is widely used inside the Linux and &UNIX; world
- for transforming &PostScript; into raster data suitable
- for sending to non-&PostScript; devices.
- More info:
- &linkstart;"http://www.ghostscript.com/"&linkmid;Ghostscript Homepage&linkend;
- &PostScript;
- RIP
-
-
-
-
- Gimp-Print
- Contrary to its name, Gimp-Print is no longer
- just the plugin to be used for printing from the popular
- Gimp program -- its codebase can also serve to be compiled
- into...&newpara;
- ...a set of PPDs and associated filters that integrate seamlessly
- into ∪︀, supporting around 130 different printer models, providing
- photographic output quality in many cases;&newpara;
- ...a Ghostscript filter that can be used with any other
- program that needs a software-RIP;&newpara;
- ...a library that can be used by other software applications
- in need of rasterization functions.
- Lexmark Drivers
- RIP
- Ghostscript
-
-
-
-
- &HP;
- Abbreviation for &emstart;H&emend;ewlett-&emstart;Packard&emend;;
- one of the first companies to distribute their own Linux printer
- drivers. -- More recently, the Company has released their
- "HPIJS" package of drivers, including source code and a Free license.
- This is the first printer manufacturer to do so. HPIJS supports most
- current models of HP Ink- and DeskJets.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- &HP;/GL
- Abbreviation for &emstart;&HP;&emend;
- &emstart;G&emend;raphical &emstart;L&emend;anguage;
- a &HP; printer language mainly used for plotters; many CAD
- (Computer Aided Design) software programs output &HP;/GL files for
- printing.
- ESC/P
- PCL
- &PostScript;
-
-
-
-
- &HP; JetDirect Protocol
- A term branded by &HP; to describe their implementation
- of print data transfer to the printer via an otherwise "AppSocket" or
- "Direct TCP/IP Printing" named protocol.
- AppSocket Protocol
- Direct TCP/IP Printing
-
-
-
-
- IETF
- Abbreviation for &emstart;I&emend;nternet
- &emstart;E&emend;ngineering &emstart;T&emend;ask
- &emstart;F&emend;orce; an assembly of Internet, software
- and hardware experts that discuss
- new networking technologies and very often arrive at
- conclusions that are regarded by many as standards. "TCP/IP"
- is the most famous example.&newpara;
- IETF standards, as well as
- drafts, discussions, ideas and useful tutorials, are
- put in writing in the famous series of "RFCs", which
- are available to the public and included in most Linux and
- BSD distributions.
- IPP
- PWG
- RFC
-
-
-
-
- IPP
- Abbreviation for &emstart;I&emend;nternet
- &emstart;P&emend;rinting &emstart;P&emend;rotocol;
- defined in a series of RFCs accepted by the IETF with
- status "proposed standard"; was designed
- by the PWG. -- IPP is a completely new design for network printing,
- but it utilizes a very well-known and proven method for the
- actual data transfer: HTTP 1.1! By not "re-inventing the wheel",
- and basing itself on an existing and robust Internet standard,
- IPP is able to relatively easily bolt other HTTP-compatible standard
- mechanisms into its framework:&newpara;
-
- Basic, Digest or Certificate authentication mechanisms&newpara;
- SSL or TLS for encryption of transferred data&newpara;
- LDAP for directory services (to publish
- data on printers, device-options, drivers, costs or
- also to the network; or to check for passwords while
- conducting authentication)
-
-
- ∪︀
- PWG
- IETF
- RFC
- TLS
-
-
-
-
-
- Lexmark
- was one of the first companies to distribute their own Linux printer
- drivers for some of their models. However, those drivers are binary only
- (no source code available), and therefore cannot be used to integrate into
- other Free printing software projects.
-
-
-
-
-
- Linuxprinting.org
- Linuxprinting.org = not just for Linux; all &UNIX;-like OS-es,
- like *BSD and commercial Unices may find useful printing
- information on this site. This web site is the home for the interesting
- Foomatic project, that strives to develop the "Meta Print Spool and Driver
- Configuration Toolset" (being able to configure, through one common
- interface, different print subsystems and their required drivers) with the
- ability to transfer all queues, printers and configuration files seamlessly
- to another spooler without new configuration effort. -- Also, they maintain
- the Printing Database; a collection of driver and device information that
- enables everybody to find the most current information about printer models,
- and also generate online the configuration files for any
- spooler/driver/device combo known to work with one of the common Linux or
- &UNIX; print subsystems.
-
- Linuxprinting database
-
-
-
-
-
- Linuxprinting.org Database
- &linkstart;"http://www.openprinting.org/printers"&linkmid;Database&linkend; containing printers and drivers that are suitable for them.
- More info:
- &linkstart;"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/collaborate/workgroups/openprinting/database/indexfaq"&linkmid;Linuxprinting.org FAQ&linkend;
- Foomatic
-
-
-
-
- LPR/LPD printing
- LPR == some people translate &emstart;L&emend;ine
- &emstart;P&emend;rinting &emstart;R&emend;equest, others:
- &emstart;L&emend;ine &emstart;P&emend;rinter
- &emstart;R&emend;emote.
- BSD-style printing
-
-
-
-
- Magicfilter
- Similarly to the APSfilter program, Magicfilter
- provides automatic file type recognition functions and, base
- on that, automatic file conversion to a printable format,
- depending on the target printer.
- APSfilter
-
-
-
-
- &MIME;-Types
- Abbreviation for &emstart;M&emend;ultipurpose (or
- Multimedia) &emstart;I&emend;nternet &emstart;M&emend;ail
- &emstart;E&emend;xtensions; &MIME;-Types were first used to allow
- the transport of binary data (like mail attachments containing
- graphics) over mail connections that were normally only transmitting
- ASCII characters: the data had to be encoded into an ASCII representation.&newpara;
- Later this concept was extended to describe a data format in
- a platform independent, but at the same time non-ambiguous, way.
- From &Windows; everybody knows the .doc extensions for &Microsoft; Word files.
- This is handled ambiguously on the &Windows; platform: .doc extensions are also
- used for simple text files or for Adobe Framemaker files. And if a real
- Word file is renamed with a different extension, it can no longer be
- opened by the program.&newpara;
- &MIME; typed files carry a recognition string with them, describing
- their file format based on &emstart;main_category/sub_category&emend;.
- Inside IPP, print files are also described using the &MIME; type scheme.
- &MIME; types are registered with the IANA (Internet Assigning Numbers
- &emstart;Association&emend;) to keep them unambiguous.&newpara;
- ∪︀ has some &MIME; types of its own registered, like
- &emstart;application/vnd.cups-raster&emend; (for the ∪︀-internal
- raster image format).
-
- ∪︀
- Easy Software Products
- Gimp-Print
-
-
-
-
- PCL
- Abbreviation for &emstart;P&emend;rinter
- &emstart;C&emend;ontrol &emstart;L&emend;anguage;
- developed by &HP;. PCL started off in version 1 as a simple
- command set for ASCII printing; now,
- in its versions PCL6 and PCL-X, it is capable of printing graphics
- and color -- but outside the &Microsoft; &Windows; realm and &HP-UX;
- (&HP;'s own brand of &UNIX;), it is not commonly used...
- ESC/P
- &HP;/GL
- PDL
- &PostScript;
-
-
-
-
- PDL
- Abbreviation for &emstart;P&emend;age
- &emstart;D&emend;escription &emstart;L&emend;anguage;
- PDLs describe, in an abstract way, the graphical representation
- of a page. - Before it is actually transferred into
- toner or ink laid down on to paper, a PDL needs to be
- "interpreted" first. In &UNIX;, the most important PDL
- is &PostScript;.
-
- ESC/P
- &HP;/GL
- PCL
- &PostScript;
-
-
-
-
- Pixel
- Abbreviation for &emstart;Pic&emend;ture
- &emstart;El&emend;ement; this term describes the smallest
- part of a raster picture (either as printed on paper
- or as displayed on a monitor by cathode rays or LCD elements). As
- any graphical or image representation on those types of output
- devices is composed of pixels, the values of "ppi" (pixel per inch)
- and &dpi; (dots per inch) are one important parameter for the
- overall quality and resolution of an image.
- Filter
- Ghostscript
- &PostScript;
- Raster
-
-
-
-
- PJL
- Abbreviation for &emstart;P&emend;rint
- &emstart;J&emend;ob &emstart;L&emend;anguage;
- developed by &HP; to control and influence default and per-job
- settings of a printer. It may not only be used
- for &HP;'s own (PCL-)printers; also many &PostScript;
- and other printers understand PJL commands sent to them
- inside a print job, or in a separate signal.
- PCL
-
-
-
-
- &PostScript;
- &PostScript; (often shortened to "PS") is the de-facto
- standard in the &UNIX; world for printing files. It was
- developed by Adobe and licensed to printer manufacturers
- and software companies.&newpara;
- As the &PostScript; specifications were
- published by Adobe, there are also "Third Party" implementations
- of &PostScript; generating and &PostScript; interpreting software
- available (one of the best-known in the Free software world
- being Ghostscript, a powerful PS-interpreter).
-
- ESC/P
- &HP;/GL
- PCL
- PPD
-
-
-
-
- PPD
- Abbreviation for &emstart;P&emend;ostScript
- &emstart;P&emend;rinter &emstart;D&emend;escription;
- PPDs are ASCII files storing all information about the special
- capabilities of a printer, plus definitions of the (PostScript-
- or PJL-) commands to call on a certain capability (like print
- duplexing).&newpara;
- As the explanation of the acronym reveals, PPDs were originally
- only used for &PostScript; printers. ∪︀ has extended the
- PPD concept to all types of printers.&newpara;
- PPDs for &PostScript; printers are provided by the printer
- vendors. They can be used with ∪︀ and &kde; printing subsystem to have access
- to the full features of any &PostScript; printer. The &kde; Team
- recommends using a PPD originally intended for use with
- &Microsoft; Windows NT.&newpara;
- PPDs for non-PostScript printers &emstart;need&emend; a
- companion "filter" to process the &PostScript; print files into
- a format digestible for the non-PostScript target device. Those
- PPD/filter combos are not (yet) available from the vendors. After
- the initiative by the ∪︀ developers to utilize PPDs, the Free
- Software community was creative enough to quickly come up with
- support for most of the currently used printer models, through
- PPDs and classical Ghostscript filters. But note: the printout
- quality varies from "hi-quality photographic output" (using
- Gimp-Print with most Epson inkjets) to "hardly readable" (using
- Foomatic-enabled Ghostscript filters for models rated as
- "paperweight" in the Linuxprinting.org database).
-
- ∪︀
- Linuxprinting.org
- &PostScript;
-
-
-
-
- printcap
- In BSD-style print systems, the "printcap" file holds
- the configuration information; the printing daemon reads this file
- to determine which printers are available, what filters are to be
- user for each, where the spooling folder is located,
- if there are banner pages to be used, and so on...
- Some applications also depend on read access to the printcap
- file, to obtain the names of available printers.
- BSD-style printing
-
-
-
-
-
- Printer-MIB
- Abbreviation for
- &emstart;Printer&emend;-&emstart;M&emend;anagement
- &emstart;I&emend;nformation &emstart;B&emend;ase; the
- Printer-MIB defines a set of parameters that are to be
- stored inside the printer for access
- through the network. This is useful if many (in some cases, literally
- thousands) network printers are managed centrally
- with the help of SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol).
- PWG
- SNMP
-
-
-
-
- PWG
- Abbreviation for
- &emstart;P&emend;rinter &emstart;W&emend;orking
- &emstart;G&emend;roup; the PWG is a loose grouping of
- representatives of the printer industry that has, in the past
- years, developed different standards
- in relation to network printing. These were later accepted by the
- IETF as RFC standards, like the "Printer-MIB" and the IPP.
- &PostScript;
- IPP
- Printer-MIB
- SNMP
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Printer Database
- Good database of printer drivers can be found at &linkstart;"http://www.openprinting.org/printers"&linkmid;http://www.openprinting.org/printers&linkend;.
- Linuxprinting Database
-
-
-
-
- Raster Image
- Every picture on a physical medium
- is composed of a pattern of discrete dots in different colors and (maybe)
- sizes. This is called a "raster image".&newpara;
- This is as opposed to a "vector image"
- where the graphic is described in terms of continuous curves, shades,
- forms and filled areas, represented by mathematical formula. Vector images
- normally have a smaller file size and may be scaled in size
- without any loss of information and quality --- but they cannot be
- output directly, but always have to be "rendered" or "rasterized"
- first to the given resolution that the output device is capable of...&newpara;
- The rasterization is done by a Raster Image Processor (RIP,
- often the Ghostscript software) or some other filtering
- instance.
- Pixel
- Ghostscript
- &PostScript;
- Filter
- RIP
-
-
-
-
- RIP
- Abbreviation for
- &emstart;R&emend;aster &emstart;I&emend;mage
- &emstart;P&emend;rocess(or); if used in the context of
- printing, "RIP" means a hardware or software
- instance that converts &PostScript; (or other print formats
- that are represented in one of the non-Raster PDLs) into a
- raster image format in such a way that it is acceptable
- for the "marking engine" of the printer.&newpara;
- &PostScript; printers
- contain their own PostScript-RIPs. A RIP may or may not be located
- inside a printer.&newpara;
- For many &UNIX; systems, Ghostscript is the package that provides
- a "RIP in software", running on the host computer, and pre-digesting
- the &PostScript; or other data to become ready to be sent to the
- printing device (hence you may perceive a "grain of truth" in the
- slogan "Ghostscript turns your printer into a &PostScript;
- machine", which of course is not correct in the true sense of the
- meaning).
- Filter
- Ghostscript
- &PostScript;
- PDL
- Raster
-
-
-
-
-
- RLPR (Remote LPR)
- Abbreviation for &emstart;R&emend;emote
- &emstart;L&emend;ine &emstart;P&emend;rinting
- &emstart;R&emend;equest; this is a BSD-style printing system,
- that needs no root privileges to be installed, and no "printcap" to
- work: all parameters may be specified on the command
- line.&newpara;
- RLPR comes in handy for many laptop users who are
- working in frequently changing environments. This is because it
- may be installed concurrently with every other printing
- sub system, and allows a very flexible and quick
- way to install a printer for direct access via LPR/LPD.
-
- printcap
-
-
-
-
-
- SNMP
- Abbreviation for &emstart;S&emend;imple
- &emstart;N&emend;etwork &emstart;M&emend;anagement
- &emstart;P&emend;rotocol; SNMP is widely used to control
- all types of network node (Hosts, Routers, Switches, Gateways,
- Printers...) remotely.
- PWG
- Printer-MIB
-
-
-
-
- SSL(3) encryption
- Abbreviation for &emstart;S&emend;ecure
- &emstart;S&emend;ocket &emstart;L&emend;ayer;
- SSL is a proprietary encryption method for data
- transfer over HTTP that was developed by Netscape. It is now being
- replaced by an IETF standard named TLS.
-
- TLS
-
-
-
-
-
- SPOOLing
- Abbreviation for &emstart;S&emend;ynchronous
- &emstart;P&emend;eripheral &emstart;O&emend;perations
- &emstart;O&emend;n&emstart;L&emend;ine;
- SPOOLing enables printing applications
- (and users) to continue their work
- as the job is being taken care of by a system daemon,
- which stores the file at a temporary location until the printer is ready
- to print.
- Daemon
-
-
-
-
-
- TLS encryption
- Abbreviation for &emstart;T&emend;ransport
- &emstart;L&emend;ayer &emstart;S&emend;ecurity;
- TLS is an encryption standard for
- data transferred over HTTP 1.1; it is defined in RFC 2246;
- although based on the former SSL development
- (from Netscape) it is not fully compatible with it.
-
- SSL(3)
-
-
-
-
-
- System V-style printing
- This is the second flavor of traditional &UNIX;
- printing (as opposed to BSD-style printing). It uses
- a different command set (lp, lpadmin,...) to BSD,
- but is not fundamentally different from it. However, the
- gap between the two is big enough to make the two
- incompatible, so that a BSD-client cannot simply print
- to a System V style print server without additional
- tweaking... IPP is supposed to resolve this weakness
- and more.
-
- BSD-style printing
- IPP
-
-
-
-
- TurboPrint
- Shareware software providing photo quality printing for many
- inkjet printers. It is useful if you are unable to find a driver for your
- printer and may be hooked into either a traditional Ghostscript system
- or a modern ∪︀ system.
- Gimp-Print
-
-
-
-
- XPP
- Abbreviation for &emstart;X&emend;
- &emstart;P&emend;rinting &emstart;P&emend;anel;
- XPP was the first Free
- graphical print command for ∪︀, written by Till Kamppeter,
- and in some ways a model for the "kprinter" utility in &kde; 3.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index ce39a4a4..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-add_subdirectory(clock)
-add_subdirectory(colors)
-add_subdirectory(desktopthemedetails)
-add_subdirectory(joystick)
-add_subdirectory(kcmaccess)
-add_subdirectory(kcmstyle)
-add_subdirectory(solid-actions)
-add_subdirectory(splashscreen)
-add_subdirectory(powerdevil)
-add_subdirectory(kwincompositing)
-add_subdirectory(kwinscreenedges)
-add_subdirectory(bookmarks)
-add_subdirectory(icons)
-add_subdirectory(cookies)
-add_subdirectory(ebrowsing)
-add_subdirectory(useragent)
-add_subdirectory(khtml-general)
-add_subdirectory(khtml-plugins)
-add_subdirectory(khtml-java-js)
-add_subdirectory(khtml-behavior)
-add_subdirectory(khtml-adblock)
-add_subdirectory(nepomuk)
-add_subdirectory(attica)
-add_subdirectory(kcm_ssl)
-add_subdirectory(smb)
-add_subdirectory(emoticons)
-
-if ( Q_WS_X11 )
-add_subdirectory(autostart)
-add_subdirectory(bell)
-add_subdirectory(cursortheme)
-add_subdirectory(fonts)
-add_subdirectory(fontinst)
-add_subdirectory(keys)
-add_subdirectory(keyboard)
-add_subdirectory(kwindecoration)
-add_subdirectory(desktop)
-add_subdirectory(mouse)
-add_subdirectory(paths)
-add_subdirectory(screensaver)
-add_subdirectory(windowspecific)
-add_subdirectory(windowbehaviour)
-add_subdirectory(kwintabbox)
-add_subdirectory(kcmsmserver)
-add_subdirectory(workspaceoptions)
-add_subdirectory(khotkeys)
-add_subdirectory(cache)
-add_subdirectory(filemanager)
-add_subdirectory(filetypes)
-add_subdirectory(kcmcgi)
-add_subdirectory(kcmcss)
-add_subdirectory(kcmlaunch)
-add_subdirectory(kcmnotify)
-add_subdirectory(language)
-add_subdirectory(netpref)
-add_subdirectory(performance)
-add_subdirectory(proxy)
-add_subdirectory(spellchecking)
-add_subdirectory(componentchooser)
-add_subdirectory(kded)
-add_subdirectory(trash)
-add_subdirectory(history)
-add_subdirectory(solid-device-automounter)
-add_subdirectory(phonon)
-endif ( Q_WS_X11 )
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/attica/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/attica/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 63ca05e1..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/attica/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/attica)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/attica/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/attica/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f5d36ce..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/attica/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-Social Desktop
-
-FrederikGladhorn
-gladhorn@kde.org
-
-
-
-
-
-2013-11-05
-&kde; 4.12
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-Social Desktop
-
-
-
-The Social Desktop (Open Collaboration Services) settings module lets you
-configure your user accounts for Open Collaboration Service Providers.
-
-At the time of writing openDesktop.org
- is the first provider that you can use.
-You can use the web site or this settings dialog to register and manage your account.
-
-
-The benefit is that you can do more things in Get Hot New Stuff:
-vote for items, become a fan of them and upload new content. A configured
-account also allows you to use the social Plasma widgets (Community,
-Social News &etc;) to their full extent.
-
-
-Using the &systemsettings; module:
-
-You can select which provider to configure at the top.
-Either enter your existing user name and password to let &kde; use them.
-You can verify that these work by using the Test Login button
-
-
-
-If you do not have an account yet, use the Register tab.
-Here you need to fill out all fields.
-After clicking Register... you will receive an email from the
-server to activate your account.
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/autostart/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/autostart/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 635f1ebf..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/autostart/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-#
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/autostart)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/autostart/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/autostart/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f715c25..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/autostart/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-Autostart
-
-&Anne-Marie.Mahfouf;
-
-
-
-2013-12-05
-&kde; 4.12
-
-
-KDE
-System Settings
-autostart
-desktop file
-script file
-
-
-
-
-Autostart Manager
-
-This module is a configuration tool for managing what programs start up with your personal &kde;. It allows you to add programs or scripts so they automatically start during the startup of your &kde; session and to manage them.
-
-Please note that in this module all changes are immediately applied.
-
-The program scans ~/.config/autostart/, your KDE Autostart folder ($KDEHOME/Autostart as default), $KDEHOME/env and $KDEHOME/shutdown folders to check what programs and scripts are already there and displays them. It allows you to manage them easily.
-
-
-Note that you can change the location of your Autostart
-folder in Account DetailsPaths
-in the Common Appearance and Behaviour category of the &systemsettings; and set a different folder
-than $KDEHOME/Autostart.
-
-
-Files display
-The main part of the module displays the programs that are loaded when &kde; starts and scripts that are run when &kde; starts, shutdowns or before &kde; starts.
-
-
-Name
-
-
-You cannot amend this column. It states the name of the program or script you want to start with &kde;. The name is extracted from the Desktop file from the Name key for a program and is the filename for a script.
-
-
-
-
-Command
-
-
-This column lists the commands that are run to start the program. Commands can be modified through the Properties button or by double clicking the program/script row. The command is extracted from the Desktop file from the Exec key.
-
-
-For a script the command is the path to the script.
-
-
-
-
-Status
-
-
-This setting is only available for programs through Desktop files. You can keep a program in the Autostart folder but disable it from being run at &kde; start. Setting the program to Disabled will not run it on start.
-
-
-Setting a program to Disabled sets the Desktop file Hidden property to true in the Autostart folder.
-
-
-
-
-Run On
-
-
-Programs (Desktop files) can only be run on startup. Scripts can be run on Startup, Shutdown or Pre-KDE Startup. This column allows you to change when your script is run. Startup is when &kde; starts, shutdown is when you log out of &kde; and pre-KDE startup is before &kde; starts.
-
-
-Scripts and desktop files set to run on Startup are copied or symlinked in $KDEHOME/Autostart and will be run during &kde; startup.
-
-
-Scripts set on to be ran on Shutdown are copied or symlinked in the $KDEHOME/shutdown directory and will be automatically run during &kde; shutdown after the user has logged out.
-
-
-Scripts set to run at Pre-&kde; Startup are copied or symlinked in $KDEHOME/env and are sourced during &kde; startup (the startkde script will look for scripts here).
-
-
-Only scripts with the sh extension can be read by &kde; for Pre-&kde; startup and Shutdown modes.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Actions
-
-On the right you have some buttons to change the way Autostart is configure. You can add programs or scripts, remove them or change their properties.
-
-
-
-Add Program
-
-
-Clicking this button displays the standard &kde; Choose Application dialog and allows you to choose which program you want to start. After choosing the program, clicking OK brings you the properties for this program.
-
-
-This will copy the program Desktop file in your Autostart folder.
-
-
-
-
-Add Script
-
-
-This button opens a dialog which asks you for the location of the script you want to add. If you keep Create as symlink checked (default) then the script will be added as a symlink. If you uncheck this option then the script will be copied in the corresponding local folder.
-
-
-
-Remove
-
-
-Remove will immediately remove the Desktop file for the program or the script or symbolic link in the Autostart folder.
-
-
-
-Properties
-
-
-This button (only enabled for programs &ie; Desktop files) allows you to change the properties of the program or script. You have general properties, permissions properties, a preview when applicable and properties related to the application for programs.
-
-
-
-Advanced
-
-
-This button only applies to programs (&ie; Desktop files). A dialog asks you if you only want the program to autostart only in &kde; (and not in other desktop environments you might run). By default, the program will autostart in all desktop environments you might run. Checking Autostart only in KDE will autostart the program only if you start the &kde; desktop environment.
-
-
-This sets the value KDE to the OnlyShowIn key of the program Desktop file.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/bell/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/bell/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index bb5c3b37..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/bell/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/bell)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/bell/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/bell/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index f904df75..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/bell/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-System Bell
-
-
-PatDowler
-MatthiasHoelzer
-MikeMcBride
-
-
-
-2011-11-28
-&kde; 4.8
-
-
-The system bell or beep is a feature of the X server, which
-attempts to make good use of the available hardware.
-
-&kde; normally does not use the system bell; instead using its
-own system notifications, which could include log entries, message
-popups, or its own beep. You can configure these in the
-Manage Notifications &systemsettings; module.
-
-It is not always possible for the X server to actually make
-a beep sound with exactly the parameters selected due to hardware
-limitations. For example, on most PCs, volume control is not very good
-so the X server seems to fake low volume with a reduced duration of
-the sound. Thus, if the settings do not seem to do anything, this is
-because the X server and/or the hardware do not support anything
-better.
-
- Select Use system bell instead of system notification
-then you are able to set the following parameters for the bell:
-
-
-
-
-Volume (percentage of maximum volume)
-Here you can customize the volume of the system bell.
-
-
-
-Pitch (in Hz)
-Here you can customize the pitch of the system bell.
-
-
-
-Duration (in milliseconds)
-Here you can customize the duration of the system bell.
-
-
-
-
-For further customization of the bell, see the Accessibility &systemsettings; module.
-
-You can use the Test button to hear how
-the current settings will sound.
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/bookmarks/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/bookmarks/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f98e645..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/bookmarks/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/bookmarks)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/bookmarks/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/bookmarks/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f32fc43..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/bookmarks/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-Bookmarks
-
-
-XavierVello
-xavier.vello@gmail.com
-
-
-
-
-2010-09-24
-0.2 (&kde; 4.5)
-
-
-KDE
-KControl
-bookmarks
-KIO
-
-
-
-Bookmarks home page
-This module lets you configure the bookmarks home page.
-To view the bookmarks home page enter bookmarks:/ in
-the location bar.
-The settings in this module are also accessible by entering
-bookmarks:/config in the location bar.
-
-General settings
-
-
-Number of columns to show
-
-Folders are automatically distributed in several columns. The optimal number of columns depends on the width of the konqueror window and the number of bookmarks you have.
-
-
-
-
-Show folder backgrounds
-
-Disable it on slow system to disable background images.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Bookmarks
-
-
-Show bookmarks without folder
-
-If this option is unchecked, bookmarks at the root of the hierarchy (not in a folder) are not displayed. If checked, they are gathered in a "root" folder.
-
-
-
-
-Flatten bookmarks tree
-
-Sub-folders are shown within their parent by default. If you activate this option, sub-folders are displayed on their own. It looks less nice but it may help if you have a very big folder you want to spread in two columns.
-
-
-
-
-Show system places
-
-Show a box with KDE places (Home, Network, ...). Useful if you use konqueror as a file manager.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Pixmap cache
-
-
-Disk cache size
-
-Specify how much disk space is used to cache the pixmaps.
-
-
-
-
-Clear Cache
-
-Remove all cached images. This may be necessary if some favicons become corrupt and don't refresh automatically.
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/cache/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/cache/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 7509aba7..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/cache/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/cache)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/cache/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/cache/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index ce9ead36..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/cache/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-Cache
-
-
-
-LauriWatts
-
-
-
-
-2009-11-20
-&kde; 4.4
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-Konqueror
-Cache
-
-
-
-This module allows you to control the size of the local cache
-folder used by &konqueror;. Note that each user account on your
-computer has a separate cache folder, and this folder is not
-shared with other web browsers such as &Netscape;.
-
-Storing local copies of web pages that you have visited allows
-&konqueror; to quickly load their contents on subsequent visits. It
-will only be necessary to reload the contents from the original site
-if they have changed since your last visit, or if you click the reload
-button in &konqueror;.
-
-If you really do not want any of the web pages you visit to be
-stored on your computer, you can disable &konqueror;'s disk cache by
-clearing the checkbox labeled Use cache.
-
-You can set here how aggressively &konqueror; keeps the cache up
-to date. Keep cache in sync means that &konqueror;
-will hit the cache for all objects, downloading them if they are not
-there, and then display the item from the cache. Use cache
-whenever possible means that &konqueror; will try the cache,
-and if an object is not there, it will directly download it for display.
-Offline browsing mode means that &konqueror; will
-try the cache, and if an object is not there, it will not attempt to
-download it from the Internet.
-
-You can control the size of the cache by typing a number into the
-text box labeled Disk cache size. This is the
-average amount of space in kilobytes that the cache folder is allowed
-to use. When the cache grows too large, &konqueror; will delete older
-files to reduce the size of the cache folder.
-
-This is however, only an average, and during a browsing session
-the cache could become substantially larger.
-
-You can use the Clear Cache button to empty
-the cache at any time.
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/clock/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/clock/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 3cc3bc20..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/clock/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/clock)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/clock/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/clock/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 5779367e..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/clock/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-Date & Time
-
-&Mike.McBride; &Mike.McBride.mail;
-
-
-
-2013-12-05
-4.12
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-clock
-date
-time
-set
-configure
-
-
-
-
-
-Date & Time
-
-You can use this module to alter the system date and time, using a
-convenient graphical interface.
-
-As these settings do not only affect you as a user,
-but rather the whole system, you must have system administrator (root) access to change the system date and
-time. If you do not have this access level, this module will only show
-you the current settings, but your changes will not be saved.
-
-
-Date and Time
-
-If you check Set date and time automatically you are able
-to select a Time server from the drop down box and all other
-settings in this dialog are disabled.
-
-
-The applications rdate or ntpdate are used in
-this module to fetch date and time from a time server. This happens when you log in to &kde;
-while being online or when you later connect to the Internet and access to time
-servers is possible.
-Both applications are simple NTP clients that set a system's clock
-to match the time obtained by communicating with one or more NTP servers.
-This is not sufficient, however, for maintaining an accurate clock in the long run.
-This is useful for occasionally setting the time on machines that do not have full-time
-network access, such as laptops.
-
-
-If you do not use a time server, you are able to set the date manually
-using the lower half of the tab. Simply
-choose your month and year using the controls at the top of the calendar
-and the day of the month by clicking on the day in the
-calendar.
-Use the controls at the bottom of the calendar
-to select the current date, enter the date in the edit box or select the
-week of the year from the drop down box.
-
-You set the time using the spin boxes at the bottom of the analog clock.
-You can also directly enter your value.
-
-
-
-
-Time Zone
-To set a new time zone, simply select your area from the list below.
-Use the filter box to find the desired Area or Region.
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/colors/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/colors/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a8b87056..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/colors/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/colors)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/colors/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/colors/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b6def0c..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/colors/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,399 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-Colors
-
-&Matthew.Woehlke; &Matthew.Woehlke.mail;
-
-
-
-2013-11-05
-4.12
-
-
-KDE
-KControl
-color
-kcm
-
-
-
-
-Colors
-
-
- Introduction
-
- The Color Selection module is comprised of several sections:
-
-
-
- The Scheme tab,
- used to manage schemes.
-
-
- The Options tab,
- used to change the options of the current scheme.
-
-
- The Colors tab,
- used to change the colors of the current scheme.
-
-
- The state effects tabs
- (Inactive, Disabled), used to
- change the state effects of the current scheme.
-
-
-
- Note: This documentation will sometimes refer to the
- "current" scheme, or the "active" scheme.
- The "current" scheme is the set of colors and color scheme options
- that was most recently applied, &ie; what you would get if you choose
- Cancel. The "active" scheme is the set of
- colors as has been most recently edited by you, &ie; what you would get if
- you choose Apply.
-
-
-
- Scheme Management
-
- The Scheme tab lets you manage the color schemes
- on your machine. Only one scheme is active at once, but you may save schemes,
- allowing you to quickly change the scheme later. When you have created a
- scheme you like, you can save it with Save Scheme....
- You can remove schemes using Remove Scheme.
- Note that system schemes cannot be removed; trying to do so will display an
- error.
-
- &kde; ships with several schemes. If you have an Internet connection,
- you can also browse and retrieve user-created schemes using Get
- New Schemes....
-
-
- Importing Schemes
-
- You can also import schemes that you have downloaded or otherwise
- obtained, as well as import &kde; 3 schemes. &kde; 4 color schemes are
- named like "*.colors", while &kde; 3 schemes are named like
- "*.kcsrc".
-
- Because &kde; 4 has many more color roles than &kde;, importing a
- &kde; 3 scheme is different from importing a &kde; 4 scheme. When a
- &kde; 4 scheme is imported, it becomes part of your saved scheme
- collection. When a &kde; 3 scheme is imported, the colors that exist in
- &kde; 3 are overlaid onto the active scheme, and the result is not
- automatically saved into your collection. After importing a &kde; 3 scheme,
- you will likely need to adjust the colors that are new in &kde; 4, as well
- as the state effects. For best results, before importing a &kde; 3 scheme,
- select a similar &kde; 4 scheme (you do not need to apply the scheme before
- importing).
-
-
-
-
- Color Scheme Options
-
- The Options tab allows you to change some
- properties that deal with how the color scheme is used, as well as some
- options that change the color scheme that are different from actually
- assigning colors.
-
-
- Apply inactive window color effects
- — If checked, state effects (see below) will be applied to inactive
- windows. This can help visually identify active versus inactive windows,
- and may have aesthetic value, depending on your taste. However, some
- users feel that it causes distracting "flickering" since
- windows must be repainted when they become inactive. Unlike desktop
- effects, color state effects do not require compositing support and will
- work on all systems, however they will only work on &kde; 4 applications.
-
- Inactive selection changes color
- — If checked, the current selection in elements which do not have
- input focus will be drawn using a different color. This can assist visual
- identification of the element with input focus in some applications,
- especially those which simultaneously display several lists.
-
- Shade sorted column in lists
- — If checked, multi-column lists will use a slightly different
- color to paint the column whose information is being used to sort the
- items in the list.
-
- Apply colors to non-KDE4 applications
- — If checked, &kde; will attempt to export its color scheme so that
- non-&kde; 4 applications will use the same colors. Most applications will
- honor the exported scheme to varying degrees, though some may have bugs
- or otherwise not honor the exported scheme.
-
- Contrast
- — This slider controls the contrast of shaded elements, such as
- frame borders and the "3D" effects used by most styles. A lower
- value gives less contrast and therefore softer edges, while a higher
- value makes such edges "stand out" more.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Colors
-
- The Colors tab allows you to change the colors in
- the active color scheme.
-
- Creating or changing a scheme is a simple matter of clicking on the
- swatch in the color list and selecting a new color. You can check your
- changes at any time by pressing Apply. It is suggested
- that you save your scheme (via the Scheme tab) when you
- are done.
-
- The Common Colors set, which is displayed
- initially, is not actually a "set" in the sense used by &kde; (see
- next section), but presents a number of color roles in a way that makes it
- easier to edit the scheme as a whole. When creating a new color scheme, you
- will usually change these colors first, and use the other sets to tweak
- specific colors if needed.
-
- Note that Common Colors makes available roles from
- all sets. For example, "View Background" here is shorthand for the
- Normal Background role from the View set. Also, setting colors that do not
- refer to a specific set will change that color in all
- sets. (As an exception, "Inactive Text" will change the color for
- all sets except for Selection; there is a separate
- "Selection Inactive Text" for Inactive Text in the Selection set.)
- Some roles may not be visible under Common Colors at
- all, and can only be changed (if needed) by selecting the appropriate
- set.
-
-
- Color Sets
-
- &kde; 4 breaks the color scheme into several sets based on the type
- of user interface element, as follows:
-
- View —
- information presentation elements, such as lists, trees, text input boxes, etc.
-
- Window —
- window elements that are not buttons or views.
-
- Button —
- buttons and similar elements.
-
- Selection —
- selected text and items.
-
- Tooltip —
- tool tips, "What's This" tips, and similar elements.
-
- Window Manager —
- window title bars and related elements.
-
-
-
- Each set contains a number of color roles. Except for the Window
- Manager colors, each set has the same roles. All colors are associated with
- one of the above sets.
-
-
-
- Color Roles
-
- Each color set is made up of a number of roles which are available in
- all other sets. (The Window Manager set is an exception; it has its own
- unique roles that do not exist in any other set, and does not use the same
- roles as the other sets.) In addition to the obvious Normal Text and Normal
- Background, these roles are as follows:
-
-
- Alternate Background —
- used when there is a need to subtly change the background to aid in
- item association. This might be used ⪚ as the background of a
- heading, but is mostly used for alternating rows in lists, especially
- multi-column lists, to aid in visually tracking rows.
-
- Link Text —
- used for hyperlinks or to otherwise indicate "something which may
- be visited", or to show relationships.
-
- Visited Text —
- used for "something (⪚ a hyperlink) that has been
- visited", or to indicate something that is "old".
-
- Active Text —
- used to indicate an active element or attract attention, ⪚ alerts,
- notifications; also for hovered hyperlinks.
-
- Inactive Text —
- used for text which should be unobtrusive, ⪚ comments,
- "subtitles", unimportant information, etc.
-
- Negative Text —
- used for errors, failure notices, notifications that an action may be
- dangerous (⪚ unsafe web page or security context), etc.
-
- Neutral Text —
- used to draw attention when another role is not appropriate; ⪚
- warnings, to indicate secure/encrypted content, etc.
-
- Positive Text —
- used for success notices, to indicate trusted content, etc.
-
-
-
- As well as the text roles, there are a few additional
- "decoration" roles that are used for drawing lines or shading
- UI elements (while the above may, in appropriate circumstances, also be
- used for this purpose, the following are specifically
- not meant for drawing text). These are:
-
-
- Focus Decoration —
- used to indicate the item which has active input focus.
-
- Hover Decoration —
- used for mouse-over effects, ⪚ the "illumination" effects for
- buttons.
-
-
-
- In addition, except for Inactive Text, there is a corresponding
- background role for each of the text roles. Currently (except for Normal
- and Alternate Background), these colors are not chosen by the user, but are
- automatically determined based on Normal Background and the corresponding
- Text color. These colors may be previewed by selecting one of the sets
- other than "Common Colors".
-
- The choice of color role is left to the developer; the above are
- guidelines intended to represent typical usage.
-
-
-
- Window Manager Colors
-
- As previously stated, the Window Manager set has its own roles,
- independent of those in other sets. These are (currently) only accessible
- via Common Colors, and are as follows:
-
-
- Active Titlebar —
- used to draw the title bar background, borders, and/or decorations for
- the active window (that is, the one with input focus). Not all window
- decorations will use this in the same way, and some may even use the
- Normal Background from the Window set to draw the title bar.
-
- Active Titlebar Text —
- used to draw the title bar text when Active Titlebar is used to draw
- the title bar background. May also be used for other foreground
- elements which use Active Titlebar as the background.
-
-
-
- The Inactive Titlebar [Text] roles are the same as the above, but for
- inactive windows, rather than active windows.
-
-
-
-
-
- Color State Effects
-
- Color state effects are applied to interface elements in the inactive
- (windows that do not have focus; only if Apply inactive window
- color effects is enabled) or disabled states. By changing the
- effects, the appearance of elements in these states can be changed. Usually,
- inactive elements will have reduced contrast (text fades slightly into the
- background) and may have slightly reduced intensity, while disabled elements
- will have strongly reduced contrast and are often notably darker or lighter.
-
-
- Three types of effect may be applied to each state (with the effects
- of the two states being independent). These are Intensity, Color and
- Contrast. The first two (Intensity, Color) control the overall color, while
- the last (Contrast) deals with the foreground colors relative to the
- background.
-
-
- Intensity
-
- Intensity allows the overall color to be lightened or darkened.
- Setting the slider to the middle produces no change. The available effects
- are:
-
-
- Shade —
- makes everything lighter or darker in a controlled manner. Each
- "tick" on the slider increases or decreases the overall
- intensity (&ie; perceived brightness) by an absolute amount.
-
- Darken —
- changes the intensity to a percentage of the initial value. A slider
- setting halfway between middle and maximum results in a color half as
- intense as the original. The minimum gives a color twice as intense as
- the original.
-
- Lighten —
- conceptually the opposite of darken; lighten can be thought of as
- working with "distance from white", where darken works with
- "distance from black". The minimum is a color twice as
- "far" from white as the original, while halfway between
- middle and maximum gives an intensity halfway between the original
- color and white.
-
-
-
-
-
- Color
-
- Color also changes the overall color, but is not limited to
- intensity. The available effects are:
-
-
- Desaturate —
- changes the relative chroma. The middle setting produces no change;
- maximum gives a gray whose perceptual intensity equals that of the
- original color. Lower settings increase the chroma, giving a color that
- is less gray / more "vibrant" than the original.
-
- Fade —
- smoothly blends the original color into a reference color. The minimum
- setting on the slider produces no change; maximum gives the reference
- color.
-
- Tint —
- similar to Fade, except that the color (hue and chroma) changes more
- quickly while the intensity changes more slowly as the slider value is
- increased.
-
-
-
-
-
- Contrast
-
- The contrast effects are similar to the color effects, except they
- apply to the text, using the background color as the reference color, and
- desaturate is not available. Fade produces text that "fades out"
- more quickly, but keeps its color longer, while Tint produces text that
- changes color to match the background more quickly while keeping a greater
- intensity contrast for longer (where "longer" means higher
- settings on the slider). For Contrast effects, the minimum setting on the
- slider produces no change, while maximum causes the text to completely
- disappear into the background.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/componentchooser/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/componentchooser/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 9164b121..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/componentchooser/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/componentchooser)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/componentchooser/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/componentchooser/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e353603..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/componentchooser/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-Default Applications
-
-BurkhardLück
-lueck@hube-lueck.de
-
-
-
-
-
-2013-12-05
-&kde; 4.12
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-component
-
-
-
-In this module you can change &kde; default components.
-
-Components are programs that handle basic tasks, like the terminal emulator, the text
-editor and the email client. Different &kde; applications sometimes need to
-invoke a console emulator, send a mail or display some text.
-
-To do so consistently, these applications always call the same components. Here you
-can select which programs these components are.
-
-The list on the left shows the configurable component types:
-
-
-Email Client
-
-
-Embedded Text Editor
-
-
-File Manager
-
-
-Instant Messenger
-
-
-Terminal Emulator
-
-
-Web Browser
-
-
-Window Manager
-
-
-
- Click the component you want to configure. In the right part of the dialog then all available
-applications for this service are displayed and you are able to select your favorite terminal emulator, text
-editor and the email client &etc;
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/cookies/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/cookies/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 88fac298..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/cookies/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/cookies)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/cookies/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/cookies/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index cd817332..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/cookies/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,208 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-Cookies
-
-&Krishna.Tateneni; &Krishna.Tateneni.mail;
-&Jost.Schenck; &Jost.Schenck.mail;
-
-
-
-2012-11-11
-&kde; 4.10
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-cookie
-
-
-
-
-
-Cookies
-
-Cookies are a mechanism used by web sites to store and retrieve
-information using your browser. For example, a web site may allow you
-to customize the content and layout of the pages you see, so that your
-choices are persistent across different visits to that web site.
-
-The web site is able to remember your preferences by storing a
-cookie on your computer. Then, on future visits, the web site retrieves
-the information stored in the cookie to format the content of the site
-according to your previously specified preferences.
-
-Thus, cookies play a very useful role in web browsing.
-Unfortunately, web sites often store and retrieve information in cookies
-without your explicit knowledge or consent. Some of this information may
-be quite useful to the web site owners, for example, by allowing them to
-collect summary statistics on the number of visits different areas of
-the web sites get, or to customize banner advertising.
-
-The cookies page allows you to set policies
-for the use of cookies when you are browsing the web with the
-&konqueror; web browser.
-
-Note that the policies that you set using this control
-module will not apply to other web browsers such
-as &Netscape;.
-
-
-
-Policy
-
-Using the Policy tab, you can configure the
-&kde; applications that will handle cookies. You can do this by specifying a
-general cookie policy as well as special cookie policies for certain
-domains or hosts.
-
-The top of the policy tab has a check box labeled Enable
-cookies. If you leave this unchecked, cookies will be
-completely disabled. However, this may make browsing rather
-inconvenient, especially as some web sites require the use of browsers
-with cookies enabled.
-
-You will probably want to enable cookies and then set
-specific policies on how you want them to be handled.
-
-The first group of options create settings that apply to all cookies.
-
-
-
-Only accept cookies from originating server
-
-Some pages try to set cookies from servers other than the one
-you are seeing the &HTML; page from. For example,
-they show you advertisements, and the advertisements are from another
-computer, often one that belongs to a large advertising group. These
-advertisements may try to set a cookie which would allow them to
-track the pages you view across multiple web sites.
-Enabling this option will mean only cookies that come from the
-same web server as you are explicitly connecting to will be
-accepted.
-
-
-
-Automatically accept session cookies
-
-
-An increasingly common use for cookies is not to track your
-movements across many visits to a web site, but to just follow what you
-do during one single visit. Session cookies are saved as long as you
-are looking at the site, and deleted when you leave it.
-
-Web sites can use this information for various things, most
-commonly it is a convenience so that you do not have to keep logging in
-to view pages. For example, on a webmail site, without some kind of
-session ID, you would have to give your password
-again for each email you want to read. There are other ways to
-achieve this, but cookies are simple and very common.
-
-Enabling this option means that session cookies are always
-accepted, even if you don't accept any other kind, and even if you
-choose to reject cookies from a particular site, session cookies from
-that site will be accepted.
-
-
-
-
-The section for Default Policy sets some
-further options that are mutually exclusive — you can choose only one
-of these options as the default, but you are free to set a different
-option for any specific web server.
-Site specific policies always take precedence over the default
-policy.
-
-
-
-Accept all cookies
-
-If this option is selected, all cookies will be accepted without
-asking for confirmation.
-
-
-
-Accept until end of session
-
-Cookies will be accepted, but they will expire at the end
-of the session.
-
-
-
-Ask for confirmation
-
-If this option is selected, you will be asked for confirmation
-every time a cookie is stored or retrieved. You can selectively accept
-or reject each cookie. The confirmation dialog will also allow you to
-set a domain specific policy, if you do not want to confirm each
-cookie for that domain.
-
-
-
-Reject all cookies
-
-If this option is selected, all cookies will be rejected without
-asking for confirmation.
-
-
-
-
-In addition to the default policy for handling of cookies, which you can
-set by selecting one of the three options described above, you can also set
-policies for specific host domains using the controls in the Site
-Policy group.
-
-The Ask, Accept, Accept until end of session, or Reject policy can be applied to a specific
-domain by clicking on the New... button, which
-brings up a dialog. In this dialog, you can type the name of the
-domain (with a leading dot), then select the policy you want to apply
-to this domain. Note that entries may also get added while you are
-browsing, if the default policy is to ask for confirmation, and you
-choose a general policy for a specific host (for example, by selecting
-Reject when asked to
-confirm a cookie).
-
-You can also select a specific host domain from the list and click the
-Change button to choose a different policy for that
-domain than the one shown in the list.
-
-To delete a domain specific policy, choose a domain from the list, and
-then click the Delete button. The default policy will
-apply to domains which have been deleted from the list.
-
-
-
-
-Management
-
-In the Management tab you can browse and selectively
-delete cookies that have been set in the past.
-
-In the upper part of this dialog, you can see a list of domains displayed
- as a tree. Click on the little > next to a domain to see all
-cookies that have been set for this particular target domain. If you select one
-of these cookies, you will notice that its contents will show up in the frame
-Details below.
-
-By clicking the Delete button you can now delete the selected
-cookie. Click Delete All to delete all cookies stored.
-
-If a domain is selected, you can use Configure Policy to set
-a site policy.
-
-Choose Reload List to reload the list
-from your hard disk. You might want to do this if you have had the
-module open and are testing web sites, or have made many changes in the
-module itself.
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/cursortheme/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/cursortheme/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index ad525ad4..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/cursortheme/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/cursortheme)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/cursortheme/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/cursortheme/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index e316df8c..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/cursortheme/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-Cursor Theme
-
-&Mike.McBride; &Mike.McBride.mail;
-&Brad.Hards; &Brad.Hards.mail;
-
-
-
-2013-06-02
-&kde; 4.11
-
-
-This is the documentation for the &kde; &systemsettings; module to
-customize the mouse cursor appearance.
-
-
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-mouse
-cursor
-
-
-
-
-This module allows you to select from a number of installed cursor themes.
-A preview of the cursor display is shown above the list box.
-
-
-The features provided by this module may not be available on some systems.
-Your system may need to be updated to support cursor themes.
-
-
-
-If you have additional cursor themes available, you can install and remove
-them using the buttons right to the list box. Note that you cannot remove the default themes.
-
-
-Use the Get New Themes button to launch the Get Hot New Stuff dialog and
-download additional themes from the Internet.
-
-Some themes allow to
-choose the cursor size using the combobox below to the label Size.
-
-
-
-The size can be set to the resolution dependent or one of the sizes available for your system.
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/desktop/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/desktop/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 2728822f..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/desktop/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/desktop)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/desktop/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/desktop/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index e4a08926..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/desktop/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-Virtual Desktops
-
-
-
-&Mike.McBride; &Mike.McBride.mail;
-&Jost.Schenck; &Jost.Schenck.mail;
-
-
-
-2013-06-02
-4.11
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-desktop
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Virtual Desktops
-
-
-Desktops
-
-&kde; offers you the possibility to have several virtual
-desktops. In this tab you can configure the number of desktops, the number of rows in the Pager icon
-as well as their names. Just use the input box to adjust the number of
-desktops. You can assign names to the desktops by entering text into the
-text fields below.
-
-Enable Different widgets for each desktop
-to use independent widgets and wallpapers on each individual desktop.
-
-
-
-
-
-Switching
-
-
-
-Desktop navigation wraps around
-Enable this option if you want keyboard or active desktop border navigation
-beyond the edge of a desktop to take you to the opposite edge of the new desktop.
-
-
-
-
-Desktop Effect Animation
-Select No Animation, Slide,
-Desktop Cube Animation or Fade Desktop
-from the drop down box. If the selected animation has settings options, click on the
-tools icon on the right of the drop down box to launch a configuration dialog.
-
-
-
-
-Desktop Switch On-Screen Display
-Enable this option if you want to have an on-screen display for desktop switching.
-
-
-
-
-Show desktop layout indicators
-Enabling this option will show a small preview of the desktop layout
-indicating the selected desktop.
-
-
-
-
-Shortcuts
-This section displays the configured shortcuts for switching the desktops
-and allows you to edit them.
-
-
-
-
-
-Scrolling the mouse wheel over an empty space on the
-desktop or on the Pager icon in the panel will change to the next
-virtual desktop numerically, in the direction you scrolled (either up or down).
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/desktopthemedetails/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/desktopthemedetails/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 0714fb27..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/desktopthemedetails/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-#
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/desktopthemedetails)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/desktopthemedetails/clicking-apply.png b/doc/kcontrol/desktopthemedetails/clicking-apply.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f57723b4..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/desktopthemedetails/clicking-apply.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/desktopthemedetails/customizing.png b/doc/kcontrol/desktopthemedetails/customizing.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a16743fd..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/desktopthemedetails/customizing.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/desktopthemedetails/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/desktopthemedetails/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index adc35ceb..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/desktopthemedetails/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,182 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-Desktop Theme
-
-
-Andrew
-Lake
-
-
-
-2013-06-02
-&kde; 4.11
-
-
-KDE
-System Settings
-desktop
-theme
-plasma
-
-
-
-
-Theme tab
-
-A list of available themes is displayed on this tab. Select a theme by clicking on an item in the list.
-
-Use the Get New Themes button to launch the Get Hot New Stuff dialog and
-download additional themes from the Internet.
-
-
-
-
-Details tab
-
-A &kde; plasma desktop theme is made up of several components or items,
-consisting mostly in svg backgrounds and colors schemes. This module allows you
-to customize your desktop Plasma theme and to replace theme items
-with items from other themes or from files.
-
-
-Desktop theme items consist in panel theme item, kickoff theme item,
-analog clock, ...
-
-
-If you want to change your current theme for a full new theme (for example from
-Air to Glassified) then you can do so in the Theme tab.
-
-
-
-Quick start
-First download one or several themes you want to use to customize your
-desktop items by clicking the Get New Themes...
-button in the Theme tab.
-
-All the available themes will be displayed on top, the current one being highlighted.
-
-In the theme list, select a base theme that will be used for most widgets and start
-customizing each item you want to change with a new theme, for example you can
-have the panel in Glassified theme, the widget
-backgrounds in Air and so on.
-
-Here Air is the theme for most widgets and we changed the panel background
-to Glassified, the Analog clock to Glassified and the Notes to Oxygen.
-
-
-
-Customizing your plasma theme
-
-
-
-
-
- Customizing your plasma theme
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Clicking the Apply will create a new theme named
-(Customized) and will apply it to your desktop.
-
-
-
-
-Creating a custom theme
-When the module is opened, it will show items from the current desktop
-theme. If you would like to start customizing with a different theme, select it
-from the box above the list of theme items. This theme from the box is the
-starting theme, the base for your new customized desktop theme.
-
-
-In the list of items, for each item you would like to replace, select
-replacement item from the drop list for that item. You may select the
-corresponding item from another theme, or you may select a file. &plasma;
-desktop theme items are svg files, except for the color scheme which is a &kde;
-color scheme file.
-
-
-
-Click Apply when all the changes have been made. This
-will create a new theme named (Customized) which you can
-select from the Appearance Settings dialog on the desktop.
-
-
-
-
-Your custom theme
-
-
-
-
-
- Customized
-
-
-
-
-
-
-The theme items listed are the most visible components of the plasma
-desktop theme. Other theme components are not listed. Your newly created
-theme will use these unlisted components from the theme that you selected at
-the start of creating the customized theme.
-
-
-
-
-Naming a custom theme
-
-To provide a name for your customized theme, click on the
-More checkbox and
-enter the name of the theme. You may also provide your name (author), a theme
-version and a description of your theme. Click Apply
-when done.
-
-
-
-
-Removing a theme
-
-Select the theme you would like to remove from the box above the list of
-theme items. Click on the More check box. Click the
-Remove Theme button to
-remove the selected theme.
-
-
-
-
-Exporting a theme to a file
-
-You can share your newly customized theme with the community by exporting the
-theme to a file. Select your customized theme from the box above the list
-of theme items. Click on the More check box. Click the
-Export Theme to
-File.... Enter the name of the zip file to which the theme will be
-saved.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/ebrowsing/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/ebrowsing/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 2bdd4b02..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/ebrowsing/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/ebrowsing)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/ebrowsing/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/ebrowsing/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 63e6f693..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/ebrowsing/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-Web Shortcuts
-
-&Krishna.Tateneni; &Krishna.Tateneni.mail;
-&Yves.Arrouye; &Yves.Arrouye.mail;
-
-
-
-2013-05-30
-&kde; 4.11
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-enhanced browsing
-web shortcuts
-browsing
-
-
-
-
-
-Web Shortcuts
-
-
-
-Introduction
-
-&konqueror; offers some features to enhance your browsing
-experience. One such feature is Web Shortcuts.
-
-You may already have noticed that &kde; is very Internet friendly.
-For example, you can click on the Run menu
-item or type the keyboard shortcut assigned to that command (&Alt;F2,
-unless you have changed it) and type in a &URI;.
-Uniform Resource Identifier. A standardized way of
-referring to a resource such as a file on your computer, a World Wide
-Web address, an email address,
-etc....
-
-Web shortcuts, on the other hand, let you come up with new pseudo
-&URL; schemes, or shortcuts, that basically let you
-parameterize commonly used
-&URI;s. For example, if you like the Google search
-engine, you can configure &kde; so that a pseudo &URL;
-scheme like gg will trigger a search on
-Google. This way, typing gg:my
-query will search for my
-query on Google.
-
-One can see why we call these pseudo &URL;
-schemes. They are used like a &URL; scheme, but the
-input is not properly &URL; encoded, so one will type
-google:kde apps and not
-google:kde+apps.
-
-You can use web
-shortcuts wherever you would normally use
-&URI;s. Shortcuts for several search engines should
-already be configured on your system, but you can add new keywords, and
-change or delete existing ones in this module.
-
-
-
-
-
-Web Shortcuts
-
-The descriptive names of defined web shortcuts are shown in a
-list box. As with other lists in &kde;, you can click on a column
-heading to toggle the sort order between ascending and
-descending, and you can resize the columns.
-
-At the bottom of the list the option Enable Web shortcuts
-has to be checked to enable this feature. Use the buttons on the right to
-create, modify or delete shortcuts.
-
-If Use preferred shortcuts only is checked, only
-web shortcuts marked as preferred in the third column of the list
-are used in places where only a few select
-shortcuts can be shown at one time.
-
-
-Below the list you find two additional options:
-
-Default Web shortcuts
-
-Select the search engine to use for input boxes that provide automatic
-lookup services when you type in normal words and phrases instead of a &URL;.
-To disable this feature select None from the list.
-
-
-Keyword delimiter
-
-Choose the delimiter that separates the keyword from the phrase or word to
-be searched.
-
-
-
-If you double-click on a specific entry in the list of defined
-search providers or click the Change button,
-the details for that entry are shown in a popup
-dialog. In addition to the descriptive name for the item, you can
-also see the &URI; which is used, as well as the
-associated shortcuts which you can type anywhere in &kde; where
-&URI;s are expected. A given search provider can have
-multiple shortcuts, each separated by a comma.
-
- The text boxes are used not only for displaying information
-about an item in the list of web shortcuts, but also for modifying or
-adding new items.
-
-You can change the contents of either the Shortcut
-URL or the Shortcuts text box.
-Click OK to save your changes or
-Cancel to exit the dialog with no
-changes.
-
-If you examine the contents of the Shortcuts
-URL text box, you will find that most, if not all of the
-entries have a in them. This sequence of four
-characters acts as a parameter, which is to say that they are replaced
-by whatever you happen to type after the colon character that is
-between a shortcut and its parameter. To add this query placeholder
-to a shortcuts url, click on the button at the right of the text box.
-Let's consider some examples to clarify how to use web shortcuts.
-
-Suppose that the &URI; is
-http://www.google.com/search?q=\{@}, and
-gg is a shortcut to this
-&URI;. Then, typing
-gg:alpha is
-equivalent to
-http://www.google.com/search?q=alpha.
-You could type anything after the : character;
-whatever you have typed simply replaces the
-characters, after being converted to the appropriate character set for
-the search provider and then properly
-&URL;-encoded. Only the part of
-the search &URI; is touched, the rest of it is
-supposed to be properly &URL;-encoded already and is
-left as is.
-
-You can also have shortcuts without parameters. Suppose the
-&URI; was
-file:/home/me/mydocs/calligra/words and the
-shortcut was mywords. Then, typing
-mywords: is the same as typing the complete
-&URI;. Note that there is nothing after the colon
-when typing the shortcut, but the colon is still required in order for
-the shortcut to be recognized as such.
-
-By now, you will have understood that even though these shortcuts
-are called web shortcuts, they really are shortcuts to parameterized
-&URI;s, which can point not only to web sites like
-search engines but also to anything else that can be pointed to by a
-&URI;. Web shortcuts are a very powerful feature of
-navigation in &kde;.
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/emoticons/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/emoticons/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index c8a3d7aa..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/emoticons/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-#
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/emoticons)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/emoticons/emoticons.png b/doc/kcontrol/emoticons/emoticons.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c467272..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/emoticons/emoticons.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/emoticons/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/emoticons/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index c5283b1f..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/emoticons/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-Emoticons
-
-&Anne-Marie.Mahfouf;
-
-
-
-2013-12-05
-&kde; 4.12
-
-
-KDE
-System Settings
-emoticons
-KCMEmoticons
-
-
-
-
-Emoticons Themes Manager
-
-Introduction
-
-
-
-Screenshot of the Emoticons Theme Manager
-
-
-
-
-
- The Emoticons Theme Manager
-
-
-
-
-
-Emoticons can be used in several &kde; applications: &kopete;, &konversation;, &kmail;... This module offers you to easily manage your emoticons sets. You can:
-
-
-add emoticons themes
-remove emoticons themes
-install an existing theme
-add, remove or edit emoticons within a theme
-
-
-Please note that you will set emoticons themes per application.
-
-
-The module is separated in two parts: on the left you can manage your themes and on the right you can manage emoticons within themes.
-
-
-
-An emoticon consists in two parts: an icon (typically a .png, .mng or .gif picture) and a text describing the emoticon. The text can be some ASCII symbols like ]:-> or the emoticon short description enclosed within * like *FRIEND*. The user types the symbol or the text and the emoticon icon replaces it.
-
-
-
-The emoticons themes will be saved locally in your home in $KDEHOME/share/emoticons.
-
-
-
-
-
-Emoticons Themes
-
-
-This section allows you to manage emoticons themes.
-
-
-
-Require spaces around emoticons
-
-
-When this option is checked, you need to separate the emoticon with a white space before and after it so it is changed to an icon. If you type "Hello:-)" then this string will stay as it is while if you type "Hello :-)" you will get "Hello" followed by the :-) emoticon.
-
-
-When this option is not checked (default), each emoticon string will be replaced by its icon.
-
-
-
-
-New Theme...
-
-
-You can create your own new theme from scratch. Clicking on this button brings a dialog asking for the name of the new theme. You can then use the Add... button on the right to create new emoticons and their associated text.
-
-
-
-Get New Icon Themes...
-
-
-You need to be connected to the Internet to use this action. A dialog displays a list of emoticons themes from http://www.kde-look.org and you can install one by clicking the Install button on the right side of the theme description in the list.
-
-
-
-Install Theme File...
-
-
-This action allows you to install a theme you downloaded yourself. A theme file is an archive file, usually a .tar.gz or a .zip file or any other archive files. A dialog asks you for the location of this local archive file and after you entered or dragged the URL and clicked OK, the theme is installed and will appear in the themes list.
-
-
-
-Remove Theme
-
-
-This action will remove the selected theme from your disk. Select the theme you want to remove in the list. Click the Remove Theme button. This theme will be removed from the disk if you click Apply.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Emoticons Management
-
-
-This section allows you to manage emoticons within the selected theme. The list on the right displays all emoticons of the selected theme. You can add, edit or remove any emoticon. Select a theme in the list on the left and then select the action you want to perform.
-
-
-
-Add...
-
-
-This button allows you to add an emoticon to the selected theme. The dialog asks you to choose an icon for your emoticon and to enter the corresponding ASCII symbol or text attached to it. After that, clicking OK will add your new emoticon in the emoticon list, you will see the icon and the corresponding text displayed. If you want to modify either the icon or the text, you can use the Edit... button described below.
-
-
-
-
-Edit...
-
-
-The Edit... button allows you to change either the icon or the text of the selected emoticon. You need to click the OK button to validate this action.
-
-
-
-Remove
-
-
-This will remove the selected emoticon from the selected theme. You need to click the Yes button to validate this action.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/filemanager/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/filemanager/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 65689b05..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/filemanager/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/filemanager)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/filemanager/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/filemanager/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f638d54..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/filemanager/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-File Management
-
-&Mike.McBride; &Mike.McBride.mail;
-
-
-
-2009-12-18
-&kde; 4.4
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-file manager
-
-
-
-In these modules, you can configure various aspects of
-&konqueror;'s file manager functionality.
-
-&konqueror;'s web browser functionality has its own configuration
-modules.
-
-
-Misc Options
-
-Open folders in separate windows
-If this option is checked, a new
-&konqueror; window will be created when you open a
-folder, rather than simply showing that folder's contents in the
- current
-window.
-
-
-
-Show 'Delete' menu entries which
-bypass the trashcan
-
-Check this if you want Delete menu commands to be
-displayed on the desktop and in the file manager's context menus.
-You can always delete files by holding the &Shift; key while calling
-Move to Trash.
-
-
-
-
-The settings for &konqueror;'s file manager mode on the View Modes,
-Navigation, Services, General
-and Trash pages are used by &dolphin; as well.
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/filetypes/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/filetypes/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index e12793e3..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/filetypes/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/filetypes)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/filetypes/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/filetypes/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 36a31291..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/filetypes/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,367 +0,0 @@
-
-Calligra Words">
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-File Associations
-
-&Mike.McBride; &Mike.McBride.mail;
-
-
-
-2013-12-05
-&kde; 4.12
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-files association
-association
-
-
-
-File Associations
-
-
-Introduction
-
-One of the most convenient aspects of &kde;, is its ability to
-automatically match a data file with its application. As an example,
-when you click on your favorite &calligrawords; document in the filemanager, &kde;
-automatically starts &calligrawords;, and automatically loads that file into
-&calligrawords; so you can begin working on it.
-
-In the example above, the &calligrawords; Data file is
-associated with &calligrawords; (the application). These
-file associations are crucial to the functioning of &kde;.
-
-When &kde; is installed, it automatically creates hundreds of file
-associations to many of the most common data types. These initial
-associations are based on the most commonly included software, and the
-most common user preferences.
-
-Unfortunately, &kde; can not:
-
-
-predict every possible combination of software and data files
-prepare for file formats not yet invented
-or predict everyone's favorite application for certain file formats
-
-
-You can change your current file associations or add new file
-associations using this module.
-
-Each file association is recorded as a mime type.
-&MIME; stands for Multipurpose Internet Mail
-Extensions. It allows a computer to determine the type of file,
-without opening and analyzing the format of each and every file.
-
-
-
-
-How to use this module
-
-You can start this module
-by opening &systemsettings; and selecting File Associations in the
-Common Appearance and Behavior category. Alternatively, you can start it by
-typing kcmshell4 filetypes from the terminal or &krunner;.
-
-The file associations are organized into several categories, and
-at a minimum you will have:
-
-
-Application
-Audio
-Image
-Inode
-Message
-Multipart
-Text
-Video
-
-
-All of the file associations are sorted into one of these
-categories.
-
-There is no functional difference between any of the
-categories. These categories are designed to help organize your file
-associations, but they do not alter the associations in any way.
-
-
-The categories are listed in the box labeled Known
-Types.
-
-You can explore each of these categories, and see the file
-associations contained within each one, by simply double-clicking on the
-category name. You will be presented with a list of the associated
-mime-types under that category.
-
-You can also search for a particular &MIME; type by using the
-search box. The search box is labeled Find file type or filename
-pattern and is located above the category list.
-
-Simply type the first letter of the &MIME; type you are interested
-in. The categories are automatically expanded, and only the mime-types
-that include that letter are displayed.
-
-You can then enter a second character and the mime-types will be
-further limited to mime types containing those two
-characters.
-
-
-Adding a new mime type
-
-If you want to add a new &MIME; type to your file associations,
-you can click on the Add... button. A small
-dialog box will appear. You select the category from the drop down
-box labeled Group, and type the &MIME; name in the blank labeled Type
-name. Click OK to add the new mime
-type, or click Cancel to not add any new
-mime-types.
-
-
-
-
-Removing a mime type
-
-If you want to remove a &MIME; type, simply select the &MIME;
-type you want to delete by clicking once with the mouse on the &MIME;
-type name. Then click the button labeled
-Remove. The &MIME; type will be deleted
-immediately.
-
-
-
-
-Editing a mime types properties
-
-Before you can edit a &MIME; types property, you must first
-specify which &MIME; type. Simply browse through the categories until
-you find the &MIME; type you want to edit, then click once on it with
-the mouse.
-
-As soon as you have selected the &MIME; type, the current values of
-the &MIME; type will appear in the module window.
-
-You will notice the current values are split into two tabs:
-General and Embedding
-
-
-
-General
-
-There are 4 properties for each &MIME; type in this tab:
-
-
-Mime Type Icon is the icon that
-will be visible when using &dolphin; or &konqueror; as a file
-manager.
-Filename Patterns is a search
-pattern which &kde; will use to determine the &MIME; type.
-Description is a short description
-of the file type. This is for your benefit only.
-Application Preference Order
-determines which applications will be associated with the specified
-&MIME; type.
-
-
-
-
-
-Embedding Tab
-
-The Embedding tab allows you to determine if a file will be
-viewed within a filemanager window, or by starting the
-application.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Changing the Icon
-
-To change the icon, simply click on the Icon button. A dialog box
-will appear, which will show you all available icons. Simply click once
-with the mouse on the icon of your choice, and click
-OK.
-
-
-
-
-Editing the mime-type patterns
-
-The box labeled Filename Patterns, determines
-what files will be included within this mime-type.
-
-Usually, files are selected based on their suffix. (Examples:
-Files that end with .wav are sound
-files, using the WAV format and files that end in .c are program files written in C).
-
-You should enter your filename mask in this combo box.
-
-The asterisk (*) is a wildcard character that
-will be used with nearly every mime type mask. A complete discussion
-of wildcards is beyond the scope of this manual, but it is important
-to understand that the asterisk (in this context),
-matches any number of characters. As an example:
-*.pdf will match
-Datafile.pdf, Graphics.pdf
-and User.pdf, but not PDF,
-Datafile.PDF, or
-.pdf.
-
-It is very beneficial to have multiple masks. One for lower
-case, one for upper case, &etc; This will help ensure that &kde; can
-determine the file type more accurately.
-
-
-
-
-Editing a mime types description.
-
-You can type a short description of the &MIME; type in the text
-box labeled Description. This label is to help
-you, it does not affect the function of the &MIME; type.
-
-
-
-
-Editing the application associations
-
-There are five buttons (Move Up,
-Move Down, Add, Edit and
-Remove) and a list box (which lists the
-applications) which are used to configure the applications.
-
-The list box lists all of the applications associated with a
-specific &MIME; type. The list is in a specific order. The top
-application is the first application tried. The next application down
-the list is the second, &etc;
-
-What do you mean there is more than one application per
-&MIME; type? Why is this necessary?
-
-We started out by saying that &kde; comes preconfigured with
-hundreds of file associations. The reality is, each system that &kde;
-is installed on has a different selection of applications. By
-allowing multiple associations per &MIME; type, &kde; can continue to
-operate when a certain application is not installed on the
-system.
-
-As an example:
-For the &MIME; type pdf, there are two
-applications associated with this file type. The first program is
-called &okular;. If your system does not
-have &okular; installed, then &kde;
-automatically starts the second application &krita;.
-As you can see, this will help keep &kde; running
-strong as you add and subtract applications.
-
-We have established that the order is important. You can change
-the order of the applications by clicking once with the mouse on the
-application you want to move, and then clicking either Move
-Up or Move Down. This will shift
-the currently selected application up or down the list of
-applications.
-
-You can add new applications to the list by clicking the button
-labeled Add. A dialog box will appear. Using the
-dialog box, you can select the application you want to use for this mime
-type. Click OK when you are done, and the
-application will be added to the current list.
-
-To change the options of an application for a particular &MIME; type
-select it in the list and then press the Edit... button.
-This opens a new dialog with General,
-Permissions, Applications and
-Preview tabs.
-On the Applications tab you can edit Name,
-Description and Comment.
-In the Command field you can have several place holders
-following the command, which will be replaced with the actual values
-when the actual program is run:
-
-%f - a single file name
-%F - a list of files; use for applications that can open several local files
-at once
-%u - a single URL
-%U - a list of URLs
-%d - the folder of the file to open
-%D - a list of folders
-%i - the icon
-%m - the mini-icon
-%c - the caption
-
-
-You can remove an application (thereby ensuring that the
-application will never run with this &MIME; type by clicking once on the
-name of the application, and clicking the Remove
-button.
-
-It is a good idea to use the Move Up
-and Move Down buttons to adjust the unwanted
-application to a lower position in the list, rather than deleting the
-application from the list entirely. Once you have deleted an
-application, if your preferred application should become compromised,
-there will not be an application to view the data document.
-
-
-
-
-Embedding
-These settings are valid only for &konqueror; used as file manager, &dolphin;
-is not able to use embedded views and opens a file always in the associated application.
-By clicking on the Embedding tab, you are
-presented with four radio buttons in the Left click
-action group. These determine how the filemanager views the selected
-&MIME; type:
-
-
-Show file in embedded viewer
-If this is selected, the file will be shown within the filemanager window.
-Show file in separate viewer
-This will cause a separate window to be created when showing this mime-type.
-Use settings for 'application' group
-This will cause the mime-type to use the settings for the mime-type group.
-(if you are editing an audio mime type, then the settings for the audio group are used).
-Ask whether to save to disk instead
-This setting applies only to &konqueror; in browser mode and determines
-if the file is shown in an embedded viewer or if you are asked to save the file to disk instead.
-
-
-Below this is a listbox labeled Services Preference
-Order.
-
-When you use a filemanager like &dolphin; or &konqueror;, you can
-right mouse click, and a menu will with an
-entry labeled Open with... will appear. This box
-lists the applications that will appear, in the order they will
-appear, under this menu.
-
-You can use the Move Up and
-Move Down buttons to change the order.
-
-
-
-
-Making changes permanent
-
-When you are done making any changes to mime types, you can click
-Apply to make your changes permanent, but keep
-you in this module.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/fontinst/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/fontinst/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index bd208d21..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/fontinst/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/fontinst)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/fontinst/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/fontinst/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index cfeff1c4..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/fontinst/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-Font Management
-
-
-&Craig.Drummond; &Craig.Drummond.Mail;
-
-
-
-
-2013-06-19
-&kde; 4.11
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-fonts
-
-
-
-
-Font Management
-
-This module is responsible for installing, un-installing, previewing and managing your fonts.
-
-
-Font Groups
-There are 4 special pre-defined font groups:
-
-
- All Fonts This will display all fonts, both personal and system-wide.
- Personal Fonts The fonts shown will be your personal fonts, and will not be available to other users.
- System Fonts The fonts shown will be those available to all users. Installing a font system-wide, or removing a system-wide font, will require administrator privileges.
- Unclassified This will list all fonts that have not been placed into any user-defined groups. This group will only appear if you have some user-defined groups.
-
-To add a font to a group, drag it from the list of fonts onto a group. To remove a font from a group, drag the font onto the All Fonts group.
-Below this list you find buttons to create a new group, remove a group and enable or disable the fonts in the current group.
-In the context menu of this list you have additional menuitems to print font samples and export a font to a zip archive.
-
-
-Enabling and Disabling
-Users with many fonts may find it useful to only have certain fonts enabled (or active) at certain times. To facilitate this, this module will allow you to disable individual fonts, or whole groups of fonts. Disabling a font does not remove the font from the system, it simply hides it so that it no longer appears within applications. Re-enabling a font will then allow it to be used.
-
-
-
-
-
-Font List
-
-The main display is a list of the installed fonts, grouped via the fonts' family name - the number in square brackets represents the number of installed styles for that family. e.g. The Times font may be listed as:
-
-
- Times [4]
-
- Regular
- Italic
- Bold
- Bold Italic
-
-
-
-
-
-To install a font, press the Add... button, and select the desired fonts from within the file dialog. The selected font group will control where the fonts will be installed.
-To un-install fonts, select the appropriate fonts from the list, and press the Delete... button.
-
-Click with the &RMB; to open a context menu with some additional actions like Enable, Disable, Print, Open in Font Viewer and Reload.
-
-
-Font Filtering
-A text field on top of the font preview allows you to filter the list of fonts. You can filter fonts based upon different categories:
-
- Family.
- Style.
- Foundry.
- FontConfig match. This allows you to enter a family name, and see the family that fontconfig would actually use.
- Font file type.
- Font file name.
- Font file location.
- Writing system.
-
-
-
-
-Get New Fonts
-New fonts may be installed from local files, or downloaded from kde-look.org. The Get New Fonts entry in the tool button (located above the group list), allows you to install fonts from kde-look.org. The fonts downloaded in this manner will be installed into your Personal Fonts group. To install system-wide, you will need to move them to the System Fonts group - this may be achieved by dragging the fonts over the System Fonts group entry and will require administrator privileges.
-
-
-
-
-
-Duplicate Fonts
-If you have lots of fonts installed on your system it is possible that you may have duplicates.
-Click on the tools icon above the group list and select the Scan For Duplicate Fonts... tool, a simple tool that will scan your system looking for fonts that have multiple files associated with them. For example, if you have times.ttf and times.TTF installed in /usr/local/share/fonts the underlying font mechanism (called FontConfig) will only see one of these. So, if you un-installed the font, it would re-appear, as only one of the files would have been removed. Running this tool will produce a dialog listing each font that has multiple files, and the corresponding list of files. To select a file for deletion, click on the column containing the trash can icon.
-
-
-
-Preview
-This displays a preview text in different font sizes.
-Using the context menu enables you to zoom in and out, select a preview type (Standard Preview or All Characters) and change the preview text.
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/fonts/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/fonts/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 6238f15e..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/fonts/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/fonts)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/fonts/adjust-all.png b/doc/kcontrol/fonts/adjust-all.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 506a6179..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/fonts/adjust-all.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/fonts/anti-aliasing.png b/doc/kcontrol/fonts/anti-aliasing.png
deleted file mode 100644
index d88cacae..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/fonts/anti-aliasing.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/fonts/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/fonts/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 1bb5e2e2..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/fonts/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-Fonts
-
-&Mike.McBride; &Mike.McBride.mail;
-&Anne-Marie.Mahfouf; &Anne-Marie.Mahfouf.mail;
-
-
-
-2013-12-05
-&kde; 4.12
-
-
-KDE
-KControl
-fonts
-
-
-
-
-
-Fonts
-
-This module is designed to allow you to easily select different
-fonts for different parts of the &kde; Desktop.
-
-
-
-Here's a screenshot of the fonts settings module
-
-
-
-
-
- The fonts settings module
-
-
-
-
-
-The panel consists of different font groups to give you a lot of
-flexibility in configuring your fonts:
-
-
-General: Used everywhere when the other font
-groups do not apply
-
-Fixed width: Anywhere a
-non-proportional font is specified
-
-Small: When small fonts are used
-
-Toolbar: Font used in &kde; application
-toolbars
-
-Menu: Font used in &kde; application
-menus
-
-Window title: Font used in the window
-title
-
-Taskbar: Font used in the taskbar
-panel applet
-
-Desktop: Font used on the desktop
-to label icons
-
-
-
-Each font has a corresponding Choose...
-button. By clicking on this button, a dialog box appears. You can
-use this dialog box to choose a new font, a font style and size.
-Then press Ok.
-
-An example of the font you have chosen will be displayed in the space
-between the font group name and the Choose...
-button.
-
-When you are done, simply click OK and
-all the necessary components of &kde; will be restarted so your changes
-can take affect immediately.
-
-The Adjust All Fonts... button allows you to
-quickly set properties for all the fonts selected
-above. A font selection dialog similar to the standard one will
-appear, but you will notice checkboxes that allow you to change the
-Font, Font style or
-Size independently of each other. You can
-choose any one, two, or three of these options, and they will be
-applied to all the font groups.
-
-
-
-Adjusting all fonts
-
-
-
-
-
- The Adjust All Fonts... dialog
-
-
-
-
-
-For example, if you have selected several different font faces
-above, and realize they are all a size too big (this often happens
-when you change screen resolution, for instance), you can apply a new
-font size to all the fonts, without affecting your customized font
-faces and styles.
-
-
-Anti-aliasing text
-
-Default anti-aliasing settings are those used system wide by your distribution and labelled System Settings. You can disable all anti-aliasing by choosing Disabled in the drop down box.
-
-To use and set up anti-aliasing, simply choose Enabled from the box on the right of Use anti-aliasing:. The Configure... button will then get enabled and clicking on it will bring you a dialog to configure anti-aliasing.
-
-
-
-Anti-aliasing properties
-
-
-
-
-
- The anti-aliasing properties dialog
-
-
-
-
-
-Placing a mark in the Exclude range: checkbox will allow you to specify which range of fonts will not be anti-aliased. This range is specified
-with the two combo boxes on the same line.
-
-You can also choose the method that &kde; uses to create an anti-alias
-look to your fonts, and how strongly it should be applied. If you are not
-familiar with the individual methods, you should leave this option
-alone.
-
-
-
-
-The ability to use anti-aliased fonts and icons requires that you have
-support in both X and the &Qt; toolkit, that you have suitable fonts
-installed, and that you are using the built-in font serving capabilities
-of the X server. If you still are having problems, please contact the
-appropriate &kde; mailing list, or check the
-FAQ.
-
-
-
-
-Fonts DPI
-
-Force fonts DPI: proposes you an alternate DPI other than your system one which is used as default when this setting is on Disabled. You can check what DPI your X server is set to by running xdpyinfo | grep resolution in a terminal window and then change the DPI using the drop down box. This will be applied to newly started applications only.
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/fonts/main.png b/doc/kcontrol/fonts/main.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c0346c4..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/fonts/main.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/history/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/history/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index fcd8d597..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/history/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/history)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/history/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/history/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index ffc074d4..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/history/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-History Sidebar
-
-
-&Burkhard.Lueck;
-
-
-
-2009-11-24
-&kde; 4.4
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-history
-
-
-
-
-This dialog allows you to configure the history sidebar.
-
-
-
-Limits
-
-The options in this section can be used to set the maximum size of your history and set a time after which
-items are automatically removed.
-
-
-
-
-Custom Font
-
-Here you can also set different fonts for new and
-old &URL;s by selecting the Choose Font button.
-
-
-
-
-Details
-
-The Detailed tooltips check box controls how much
-information is displayed when you hover the mouse pointer over an item in the
-history page.
-If checked the number of times visited and the dates of the first and last
-visits are shown, in addition to the URL.
-
-
-
-
-Selecting Clear History will
-clear out the entire history.
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/icons/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/icons/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 9629f320..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/icons/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/icons)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/icons/delete-theme.png b/doc/kcontrol/icons/delete-theme.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8421b7e5..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/icons/delete-theme.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/icons/effects.png b/doc/kcontrol/icons/effects.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 78f27292..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/icons/effects.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/icons/get-new-theme.png b/doc/kcontrol/icons/get-new-theme.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a6ba6fe7..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/icons/get-new-theme.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/icons/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/icons/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index eaec490e..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/icons/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,354 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-Icons
-
-&Mike.McBride; &Mike.McBride.mail;
-&Jost.Schenck; &Jost.Schenck.mail;
-&Anne-Marie.Mahfouf; &Anne-Marie.Mahfouf.mail;
-
-
-
-2013-12-05
-&kde; 4.12
-
-
-KDE
-KControl
-icon
-
-
-
-Icons
-
-
-Introduction
-
-&kde; comes with a full set of icons in several sizes. These icons
-are being used all over &kde;: the desktop, the panel, the &konqueror; file
-manager, in every toolbar of every &kde; application, etc. The icons
-control module offers you very flexible ways of customizing the way &kde;
-handles icons.
-
-
-
-Here's a screenshot of the icon theme manager
-
-
-
-
-
- Customizing &kde; icons
-
-
-
-
-
-In this module you can:
-
-install and choose icon themes
-choose different icon sizes
-assign effects to icons (for example make them
-semi-transparent or colorize them)
-configure these settings for each of the different places
-icons will be used in: for example the desktop, toolbars &etc;
-
-
-
-Please note that some of these settings may depend on
-your selected icon theme. &kde; comes with three icon themes by default,
-Oxygen, Monochrome and Crystal SVG. There are additional color themes
-in the kdeartwork package.
-
-There are two pages in this module: Theme and Advanced. Theme manages the icon themes while Advanced lets you configure how icons will be used in &kde;.
-
-
-
-Theme
-
-At the top is a preview of the current theme icons. Most default
-installations will have only one icon theme available, the &kde; default
-Oxygen theme. There are other themes contained separately in the
-kdeartwork package, and you can also download more from the Internet from http://www.kde-look.org.
-
-
-Get New Themes...
-
-
-You need to be connected to the Internet to use it. Clicking on this button will display a dialog where you can choose a new icon theme. Clicking on Install in the dialog will install the chosen icon theme and after you Close the installer your new theme is immediately available.
-
-
-
-Get New Icon Themes
-
-
-
-
-
- Get New Icon Themes
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Install Theme File...
-
-
-If you dowloaded new themes from the internet, you can use this to browse to the
-location of those newly downloaded themes. Clicking on this button will bring you a small dialog to point to the icon theme tarball you have on your disk.
-
-
-Installing A New Icon Theme
-
-
-
-
-
- Installing A New Icon Theme
-
-
-
-
-Clicking OK in this dialog will install the theme you pointed to and make it available in the theme list.
-
-
-
-Remove Theme
-
-
-Clicking this button will remove all files for this theme from your system. A confirmation message is displayed and will ask you if you are really sure you want to remove all the files for this theme.
-
-
-
-Removing A Theme
-
-
-
-
-
- Removing A Theme
-
-
-
-
-Clicking Delete will remove the theme files and clicking Cancel will not delete anything and will cancel the remove action.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Advanced
-
-Looking at this second page of the icons control module, you
-will see two areas:
-
-
-
-An area labelled Use of Icon. Here you can
-choose which particular usage of icons you want to configure, for
-example Toolbar or Panel.
-
-
-
-Choosing the icons to configure
-
-
-
-
-
- Choosing the icons to configure
-
-
-
-
-
-
-A preview area where you can see how
-icons of the selected kind will look using the current
-settings. Note that the state of this preview also depends on the icon
-state selected in the effects below (do not worry
-about that now, we will explain that below).
-
-
-When you want to configure icons, first select the usage of icons
-you want to configure. Change the settings until you like the
-preview. You can then choose a different icon usage and configure
-that. At the end, if you are satisfied with your settings, click
-OK or Apply to take the
-changes in effect.
-
-There are two further options to consider,
-Size and Effects.
-
-
-Icon Size
-
-
-
-Setting icons sizes
-
-
-
-
-
- Setting icons sizes
-
-
-
-
-
-You can choose
-from a list of icon sizes. The largest icon sizes are especially useful
-for visually impaired people.
-
-Which sizes will be offered by the icon size listbox depends on
-the icon theme you have selected in the icon themes control module. For
-example, the low color icon theme only offers the sizes 16 and 32 for
-desktop icons and 16, 22 and 32 for toolbar icons. The HiColor theme
-offers icon sizes 16, 32 and 48 as well as sizes from 64 to 128.
-However, as &kde; can not have all these icon sizes in store, icons
-using size 64 to 128 will be automatically generated which may result in
-a loss of quality.
-
-
-
-You can also choose animated icons. Many of the icons have
-animations associated with them. Enable the checkbox labelled
-Animate Icons, to enable this effect, but note
-that it may appear slow or jerky if your graphics card is old or you
-are low on memory.
-
-
-
-
-Effects
-
-
-Setting icons effects
-
-
-
-
-
- Setting icons effects
-
-
-
-
-
-Finally you can configure certain filters to be
-applied on icons which are in one of three states:
-
-
-
-Default
-This is how the icon will look normally.
-
-
-Active:
-This is how the icon will look when the mouse cursor is over the icon.
-
-
-Disabled:
-This is how the icon will look if its corresponding action is
-disabled, &ie; clicking on it will not lead to any
-result.
-
-
-
-Select one of these states, and press the Set
-Effect... button to configure a corresponding icon effect.
-Please note that this configuration will only affect icons of the
-currently selected Use of Icon category (see
-above): configuring an effect for active icons, while
-Toolbar icon usage is selected, will
-not affect active icons used in other
-places.
-
-Below the list of icon states there are two options: you can
-configure an effect and you can select the
-Semi-transparent option, which will make the
-background shine through the icon. To the right of the
-effects list box there is a slider button to pass additional parameters to
-a filter for colours and Amount.
-
-
-The following effects can be applied to icons:
-
-
-
-No Effect:
-Icons will be used without applying any
-effect.
-
-
-To Gray:
-This filter will apply a grayish look to the icon. Use the
-Amount slider to configure the intensity of this filter. Note
-that it is customary for most user interfaces to use this effect for disabled
-icons only.
-
-
-Colorize:
-Icons will be colorized using a custom color. For example, you
-may configure active icons (&ie; the icon the mouse cursor is over) to
-shine golden. Use the color buttons and the Amount slider
-to configure the used color and the intensity of the colorization.
-
-
-Gamma:
-A different gamma value will be applied to all icons. If you're
-no photographer and don't know what Gamma is: it's quite similar to what people
-call contrast. Just play around with the gamma settings by moving the
-Amount slider to get a feeling for this
-effect.
-
-
-Desaturate:
-Icons will be drawn desaturated. This is quite similar to the
-Color setting on your television. Use the slider to configure
-the amount of desaturation.
-
-
-
-To Monochrome:
-
-Icons will be drawn using only the two colours selected.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/icons/install-theme.png b/doc/kcontrol/icons/install-theme.png
deleted file mode 100644
index fbe5316d..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/icons/install-theme.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/icons/main.png b/doc/kcontrol/icons/main.png
deleted file mode 100644
index bae9e469..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/icons/main.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/icons/size.png b/doc/kcontrol/icons/size.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 599c162b..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/icons/size.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/icons/use-of-icons.png b/doc/kcontrol/icons/use-of-icons.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5132bcc9..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/icons/use-of-icons.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/joystick/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/joystick/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index eb9c4901..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/joystick/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-#
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/joystick)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/joystick/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/joystick/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 36a496c5..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/joystick/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-Joystick
-
-
-Michael
-Anderson
-
-nosrednaekim@gmail.com
-
-
-
-
-
-2013-12-05
-4.12
-
-
-KDE
-System Settings
-joystick
-calibrate
-
-
-
-
-Joystick configuration module
-
-This module provides an interface to calibrate your joystick device as well as
-see which functions on your joystick are mapped to which logical button or
-axis.
-
-
-
-Here's a screenshot of the joystick module
-
-
-
-
-
- The joystick module
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Device
-
-
-Here you can see the logical location of the device. If you have more
-than one joystick device, you can also select which one to configure.
-
-
-
-
-Position
-
-
-The plotted location of the X and Y axes of the joystick. Enable Show trace
-to plot the path of the joystick from one point to another.
-
-
-If the joystick cannot reach every point on this graph, or if it does not center correctly, you need to calibrate your device.
-
-
-
-
-Buttons
-
-
-A place to see the pressed state of buttons on your joystick and if the buttons
-are mapped correctly. When a joystick button is pressed, PRESSED will appear
-next to the logical number (as the computer sees it) of the button which was
-pressed.
-
-
-
-
-Axes
-
-
-This displays the numerical values of the axis positions. 0 is centered and the
-maximum and minimum values depend on the joystick and the particular axis.
-
-
-
-
-Calibrate
-
-
-Clicking on Calibrate will open a dialog to calibrate every axis on your joystick.
-
-
-
-
-Calibrating your joystick
-
-
-
-
-
- Calibrating your joystick
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Each axis will have to be moved to the minimum position, then the center, and finally the
-maximum position. A meter in the bottom left corner of the dialog will help
-determine which way increases and which way decreases the values.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/joystick/joystick-calibration.png b/doc/kcontrol/joystick/joystick-calibration.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ff3bda1..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/joystick/joystick-calibration.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/joystick/joystick-main.png b/doc/kcontrol/joystick/joystick-main.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f5a8071f..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/joystick/joystick-main.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kcm_ssl/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/kcm_ssl/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index ce2344b7..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kcm_ssl/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/kcm_ssl)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kcm_ssl/details.png b/doc/kcontrol/kcm_ssl/details.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f4131b3a..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/kcm_ssl/details.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kcm_ssl/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/kcm_ssl/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index f74d0cac..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kcm_ssl/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-SSL Versions and Certificates
-
-
-SubhashishPradhan
-&TC.Hollingsworth; &TC.Hollingsworth.mail;
-
-
-
-2013-12-05
-&kde; 4.12
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-SSL
-certificates
-
-
-
-
-Introduction
-&kde; provides a list of all the X.509 certificates used by the system. They
-can be accessed in the SSL Preferences module in
-&systemsettings;.
-
-This module provides a categorized listing of all SSL versions and
-certificates. You can see the details of each of the certificates and add, delete,
-disable, or enable them.
-
-The certificates are categorized into System certificates
-and User-added certificates. The System
-certificates are further categorized by the organization that issued
-them.
-
-
-The SSL Versions and Certificates Module
-
-
-The SSL Versions and Certificates module.
-
-
-
-
-Viewing the Details of a Certificate
-
-Select a certificate under a listed organization, and click on the
-Display underneath the list to view the details of the
-certificate.
-
-
-Viewing the Details of a Certificate
-
-
-The certificate details window.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Enabling or Disabling a Certificate
-
-First, select a certificate listed under an organization. Then, click the
-Enable button to enable the certificate, or click the
-Disable button to disable an enabled certificate.
-
-Alternatively, you can enable or disable a certificate by selecting or
-clearing the check box before the certificate.
-
-
-You can enable or disable multiple certificates by selecting them while
-holding the &Ctrl; key and then clicking on the Enable or
-Disable button below the list.
-
-
-
-
-
-Adding a Certificate
-
-
-First, click on the Add button below the certificate
-list. It will open the file selector dialog allowing you to locate where the
-certificate files are stored. After locating the certificate file, select it
-and click on the Open button to add it.
-
-
-The certificates must be in one of the following formats:
-DER, PEM, or &Netscape;-encoded X.509
-certificate.
-
-
-
-
-
-Removing a Certificate
-
-Select the listed certificate that you want to remove, and click the
-Remove button to remove the certificate.
-
-
-System certificates cannot be removed.
-
-
-
-
-
-Thanks and Acknowledgments
-
-Special thanks to Google Code-In 2011 participant Subhashish Pradhan for
-writing this article.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kcm_ssl/module.png b/doc/kcontrol/kcm_ssl/module.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 80253e23..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/kcm_ssl/module.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kcmaccess/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/kcmaccess/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f3a11cc..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kcmaccess/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-#
-#
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/kcmaccess)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kcmaccess/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/kcmaccess/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 99b6b5a9..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kcmaccess/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-Accessibility
-
-
-&Mike.McBride; &Mike.McBride.mail;
-
-
-
-2013-12-05
-&kde; 4.12
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-accessibility
-keys
-bell
-
-
-
-
-Accessibility
-
-
-Introduction
-
-This module is designed to help users who have difficulty hearing
-audible cues, or who have difficulty using a keyboard.
-
-
-The module is divided into four tabs: Bell, Modifier keys, Keyboard Filters and Activation Gestures.
-
-
-
-Bell
-
-
-This panel is divided into an Audible Bell section
-and a Visible Bell section.
-
-
-
-The top check box labeled Use System Bell, determines
-whether the normal System bell rings. If this option is disabled, the
-System bell will be silenced.
-
-
-
-The next check box down can be used to play a different sound whenever
-the system bell is triggered. To activate, place a mark in the check
-box labeled Use customized bell, and enter the
-complete pathname to the sound file in the text box labeled
-Sound to play. If you want, you can select the
-Browse button to navigate through your filesystem
-to find the exact file.
-
-
-
-For those users who have difficulty hearing the System bell, or those
-users who have a silent computer, &kde; offers the visible bell. This
-provides a visual signal (inverting the screen or flashing a color
-across it) when the system bell would normally sound.
-
-
-
-To use the visible bell, first place a mark in the check box labeled
-Use visible bell.
-
-
-
-You can then select between Invert screen, or
-Flash screen. If you select Invert
-screen, all colors on the screen will be reversed. If you
-choose Flash screen, you can choose the color by
-clicking the button to the right of the Flash
-screen selection.
-
-
-
-The slider bar can be used to adjust the duration of the visible
-bell. The default value is 500ms, or half a second.
-
-
-
-
-
-Modifier keys
-
-There are the two sections Sticky Keys
-and Locking Keys to this panel.
-
-
-
-Use Sticky Keys
-
-
-If this option is enabled, you can press and release the &Shift;,
-&Alt; or &Ctrl; keys, and then press another key to get a key combo
-(example: &Ctrl; &Alt;
-Del could be done with &Ctrl; then &Alt;
-then Del).
-
-
-
-Also in this section is a check box labeled Lock Sticky
-Keys. If this check box is enabled, the &Alt;, &Ctrl;
-and &Shift; keys stay selected until you
-de-selected them.
-
-
-
-As an example:
-
-
-
-With Lock Sticky Keys disabled:
-
-If you press the &Shift; key then press the
-F key, the computer interprets this as &Shift;F. Now if you
-type a P, the computer interprets this as the letter p
-(no shift).
-
-
-
-
-
-With Lock Sticky Keys enabled:
-
-
-If you press the &Shift; key twice then press the F key,
-the computer interprets this as &Shift;F. Now if you
-type a P, the computer interprets this as the letter P
-(&Shift;P). To
-de-select the &Shift; key, press it again.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Keyboard Filters
-
-There are two sections to this panel.
-
-
-
-Use slow keys
-
-
-If this option is enabled, you must hold the key down for a
-specified length of time (adjustable with the slider) before the
-keystroke will be accepted. This helps prevent accidental key strokes.
-
-
-
-
-
-Use bounce keys
-
-
-If this option is enabled, you must wait for a specified length of time
-(configurable with the slider) before the next key press can be
-accepted. This prevents accidental multiple key strokes.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Activation Gestures
-
-There are two sections to this panel.
-
-
-
-Activation Gestures with these options:
-
-
-
-Use gestures for activating sticky keys and slow keys
-Here you can activate keyboard gestures that turn on the following features:
-Mouse Keys: Press &Shift;+NumLock
-Sticky keys: Press &Shift; key 5 consecutive times
-Slow keys: Hold down &Shift; for 8 seconds
-Turn sticky keys and slow keys off after a certain period of inactivity
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Notification with these options:
-
-
-
-Use the system bell whenever a gesture is used to turn an accessibility
-feature on or off
-
-Show a confirmation dialog whenever a keyboard accessibility feature is
-turned on or off
-If this option is checked, &kde; will show a confirmation dialog whenever a
-keyboard accessibility feature is turned on or off.
-Ensure you know what you are doing if you uncheck it, as the keyboard
-accessibility settings will then always be applied without confirmation.
-
-Use &kde;'s system notification mechanism whenever a keyboard accessibility
-feature is turned on or off
-
-
-
-
-
-Click the Configure Notifications button to open a dialog
-which allows you to edit the notifications for status changes of all keys.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kcmcgi/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/kcmcgi/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 44b16910..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kcmcgi/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/kcmcgi)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kcmcgi/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/kcmcgi/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 8958aca0..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kcmcgi/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-CGI Scripts
-
-BurkhardLück
-lueck@hube-lueck.de
-
-
-
-
-2009-11-20
-&kde; 4.4
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-cgi
-
-
-
-
-The CGI KIO slave lets you execute local CGI programs
-without the need to run a web server.
-
-In this system settings module you can
-configure the paths that are searched for CGI scripts.
-
-
-Paths to CGI scripts are displayed in the list box at the
-bottom of this dialog.
-
-
-Use the buttons below the list box to add or remove paths from the search.
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kcmcss/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/kcmcss/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index f2c5b585..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kcmcss/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/kcmcss)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kcmcss/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/kcmcss/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 050a72ab..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kcmcss/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,367 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-Appearance
-
-&Lauri.Watts; &Lauri.Watts.mail;
-
-
-
-2009-12-01
-&kde; 4.4
-
-
-KDE
-CSS
-Appearance
-Font
-CSS
-Stylesheets
-Accessibility
-
-
-
-
-
-Appearance
-This module consists of three tabs with configure options how to display web pages.
-
-
-General
-
-The check box labeled Automatically load
-images allows you to control whether images on web pages are
-loaded by default. Unless you have a very slow connection, you will
-probably want to leave this option selected, as there are many web pages
-that are difficult to use without images. If you don't select the option
-to automatically load images, you can still view the text on the page,
-and then load the images if you need them.
-
-If Draw frame around not completely loaded images
-is checked, &konqueror; will draw a frame as a placeholder
-around images embedded in a web page that are not yet fully loaded. You
-will probably want to check this box to enhance your browsing experience,
-especially if have a slow network connection.
-
-Many web pages use animated gif images, and these can be very
-annoying, and in some cases, quite a drain on your system resources.
-The Animations option lets you choose when
-animations are enabled. The default is enabled, but you can set this
-to disabled, or to run the animation only once, even if the file
-itself contains instructions that the animation should run more times,
-or continuously.
-
-The next setting is Underline links:. You can
-choose to underline links Enabled. If this option
-is selected, any text on web pages that acts as a link will be shown in
-an underlined font. While many web pages do use color to distinguish
-text that acts as a link, underlining makes it very easy to spot
-links.
-
-If you don't like underlined links, you can choose
-Disabled, so that no links are underlined. Or you
-can choose a middle ground, Only on Hover, so that links
-are underlined when the mouse cursor is resting over them, and not
-underlined the rest of the time.
-
-The site's CSS definitions can override this value.
-
-Smooth scrolling
-determines whether &konqueror; should use smooth steps to scroll &HTML;
-pages, or whole steps:
-
-Always: Always use smooth steps
-when scrolling.
-Never: Never use smooth scrolling, scroll
-with whole steps instead.
-When Efficient: Only use smooth
-scrolling on pages where it can be achieved with moderate usage of system
-resources.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Fonts
-Under this tab, you can select various options related to the use
-of fonts. Although the shapes and sizes of fonts are often part of the
-design of a web page, you can select some default settings for
-&konqueror; to use.
-
-The first thing you can set here is the font size. There are two
-settings which work together to allow you a comfortable browsing
-experience.
-
-Firstly, you can set a Minimum font size.
-This means, even if the font size is set specifically in the page you
-are viewing, &konqueror; will ignore that instruction and never show
-smaller fonts than you set here.
-
-Next you can set a Medium font size. This is
-not only the default size of text, used when the page does not specify
-sizes, but it is also used as the base size that relative font sizes are
-calculated against. That is, the &HTML; instruction
-smaller, it means smaller than the size you set for this
-option.
-
-For either option, you can select the exact font size in points by
-using the up/down spin control (or just typing) next to the option
-label.
-
-These options are independent of each other. Pages that do not
-set a font size, or ask for the default, will display with the size
-you set from Medium font size, while any pages
-that ask for a size smaller than your Minimum font
-size setting will instead show that size. The one does not
-affect the other.
-
-The remaining options are for the fonts to be associated with
-different types of markup used in &HTML; pages. Note
-that many web pages may override these settings. For any type of font
-(Standard, Fixed, Serif, &etc;) you can select a different font if you like.
-
-Below this, you can set a Font size adjustment for this
-encoding. Sometimes the fonts you want to use for a
-particular encoding or language are much larger or smaller than average,
-so you can use this setting to bring them into line.
-
-You can set a default encoding that &konqueror; should assume
-pages are when rendering them. The default setting is Use
-Language Encoding, but you can change it to any encoding
-available in the list.
-
-
-
-
-
-Stylesheets
-
-
-Introduction
-
-CSS style sheets affect the way web pages
-appear. CSS stands for
-Cascading Style
-Sheets.
-
-&kde; can use its own stylesheet, based on simple defaults and
-the color scheme you are using for your desktop. &kde; can also use a
-stylesheet that you have written yourself. Finally, you can specify a
-stylesheet in this module. The options presented in this module are
-tuned for accessibility purposes, especially for people with reduced
-vision.
-
-Your choices here affect every &kde; application that renders HTML
-with &kde;'s own renderer, which is called khtml. These include
-&kmail;, &khelpcenter; and of course &konqueror;. Choices here do not
-affect other browsers such as &Netscape;.
-
-
-
-
-Stylesheets
-
-This section contains the following options:
-
-
-
-Use default stylesheet
-
-&kde; will use the default stylesheet. Some of the colors will
-default to those defined in your chosen color scheme. Most settings are
-easily overridden by the page you are viewing.
-
-
-
-
-Use user-defined stylesheet
-
-&kde; will use a stylesheet that you have written yourself. You
-can use the browse button to locate the stylesheet on your system.
-CSS files traditionally have a .css extension, but this is not
-required.
-
-
-
-
-Use accessibility stylesheet
-
-Use the settings defined in the Customize
-dialog. Enabling this option will enable the Customize
-button lo launch a dialog to define stylesheet settings.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Customize
-
-In this dialog you can set up a user stylesheet. The options available are
-only a subset of the instructions you can add in a stylesheet, and they
-are geared towards people with reduced vision, to allow users to create
-a stylesheet that makes web pages and the &kde; help files more
-readable.
-
-The options in this dialog are disabled unless you chose
-Use accessibility stylesheet.
-
-
-Font Family
-
-
-
-Base family
-
-Choose a font family to use for body text.
-
-
-
-
-Use same family for all text
-
-If you enable this, then the same font family will be used for all
-text, regardless of the settings on the page you are viewing. This is
-useful for pages which have used a decorative or hard to read font for
-headlines.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Font Size
-
-
-
-Base font size
-
-This is the default size for text on the page. Many web sites set
-their font sizes relative to this default, using larger
-or +1 to make the text bigger, and smaller
-or -1 to make the text smaller.
-Many people design their web pages on platforms where the ordinary
-default text size is too large for the average user to read, so it is
-very common to come across web pages that have forced the font smaller
-in this way.
-This setting will allow you to set the default font to a
-comfortable size, so that the relative sizes are also enlarged enough to
-be comfortable.
-Do not forget you can also have &konqueror; enforce a minimum size,
-so that text is never too small to read.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Use same size for all elements
-
-If you enable this option, then all text will be rendered at your
-specified font size, regardless of the instructions the page contains.
-Relative font sizes as discussed earlier, and even specific instructions
-that text should be rendered at a certain size will be overridden
-here.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Images
-
-
-
-Suppress images
-
-If you do not want to view images, you can turn this off
-here.
-
-
-
-Suppress background images
-
-One major problem for reduced vision users is that background
-images do not give sufficient contrast to allow them to read the text.
-You can disable background images here, independently of your choice
-above to view all images.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Colors
-
-
-
-Black on white
-
-Many people with reduced vision find black text on a white screen
-gives the most contrast, and is easiest to read. If this applies to
-you, you can set this here.
-
-
-
-
-White on black
-
-Many other people with reduced vision find the opposite to be
-true, that white text on a black screen is easier to read.
-
-
-
-
-Custom
-
-Still other people find that pure black and white, in either
-order, is difficult to read. You can set custom colors here for both
-the Background and the
-Foreground.
-
-
-
-
-Use same color for all text
-
-Many web sites use a different, often contrasting color for
-headings or other flourishes. If this interferes with your ability to
-read the content, you can enable this check box to have &kde; use the
-colors you have set above for all text.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Preview
-
-The Preview section allows you to see the effect of
-your changes. Several types of headings are displayed with your stylesheet,
-and a sentence in the default body text.
-
-This should allow you to fine-tune your stylesheet until you have
-something that you can comfortably read.
-
-Happy surfing!
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kcmlaunch/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/kcmlaunch/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 12f7ee5f..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kcmlaunch/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/kcmlaunch)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kcmlaunch/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/kcmlaunch/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 68d3e352..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kcmlaunch/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-Launch Feedback
-
-&Lauri.Watts; &Lauri.Watts.mail;
-
-
-
-2013-12-05
-&kde; 4.12
-
-
-
-Sometimes it is reassuring to know that your computer didn't just
-ignore your command, and something is happening behind the scenes. In
-this module you can configure visible feedback to help you know if you
-really hit that icon or not.
-
-The traditional way to indicate that your computer is busy is to
-modify the cursor, and you can turn this on by choosing a
-Busy Cursor.
-
-With this option enabled, your cursor will have an icon attached
-to it for a short time, when a new application is being launched. You
-can configure how long this icon is displayed beside your cursor with the
-Startup indication timeout: spinbox. The
-default is 10 seconds.
-
-There are several variations of busy cursor available, including
-a Blinking Cursor, a Bouncing Cursor
-or a Passive Busy Cursor icon with no animation.
-
-Traditional &kde; launch notification has taken another form,
-which you can also enable and disable here. Normally when you start an
-application, it gets an immediate entry in the taskbar, with the icon
-replaced by a spinning hourglass to let you know something is
-happening. You can toggle this behavior on and off with the
-Enable taskbar notification checkbox, and when it's
-enabled, you can set a time in the
-Startup indication timeout spinbox.
-
-Not all applications that you start will eventually show a
-window, or an entry in the taskbar. Some of them, for example, are
-docked into the &kde; system tray. Alternatively, it might be that you
-sent it off to a different virtual desktop, and in the Filters
-section of the
-Task Manager Settings the option Only show
-tasks from the current desktop is checked. Setting a timeout ensures that,
-even in these cases, you can still get launch feedback, but also that
-it will go away when the job is done.
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kcmnotify/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/kcmnotify/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 446889dc..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kcmnotify/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/kcmnotify)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kcmnotify/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/kcmnotify/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index a1726040..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kcmnotify/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-System Notification Settings
-
-
-
-&Mike.McBride; &Mike.McBride.mail;
-
-
-
-2013-12-05
-&kde; 4.12
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-system notification
-notification
-
-
-
-
-System Notification Settings
-
-&kde;, like all applications, needs to inform the user when a
-problem occurs, a task is completed, or something has happened. &kde;
-uses a set of System Notifications to keep the user
-informed on what is happening.
-
-Using this module, you can determine what &kde; does to communicate
-each event.
-
-This settings module consists of the two tabs Applications
-and Player Settings.
-
-
-Applications
-To configure a notification, simply select the application from the drop down box at the top
-of the dialog labeled Event source:. This will lead to a list of
-all configurable notifications for the application. The list of notifications includes 6 columns to
-the left of the notification name. These columns (from left to right) are:
-
-
-
-Play a sound
-This does exactly what you think it does. If an icon is present in this column, &kde; will play a specific sound over the speakers. This is commonly used by games in &kde; for starting a new game, or other action within the game.
-
-
-
-Show a message in a pop up
-If an icon is present in this column, &kde; will open a message box and inform the user of the notification. This is probably the most commonly selected option for alerting users to an error.
-
-
-
-Log to a file
-If an icon is present in this column, &kde; will write certain information to a file on disk for later retrieval. This is useful for tracking problems or important system changes.
-
-
-
-Mark taskbar entry
-If an icon is present in this column, &kde; will cause the taskbar to flash until the user has clicked the taskbar entry. This is most useful when you want the user to look at the program (such as a new email message was received, or the users name was said on an IRC channel).
-
-
-
-Speech
-If a mark is in this checkbox, &kde; will cause the taskbar of the program sending the notification to flash until the user has clicked the taskbar entry.
-
-
-
-
-Run command
-If an icon is present in this column, a separate program will be executed when this notification is performed. This can be used to execute a program to help restore data, shutdown a potentially compromised system or email another user to alert them to a problem.
-
-
-
-
-Change a notification
-To make a change to a notification, click on the name of the notification once with the &LMB;. The notification will be highlighted
-and the checkboxes for all notification types are enabled.
-
-You can have more than one event triggered by a single notification. As an example, it is easy to have a sound played and
-a message box appear in response to a system notification. One notification does not prevent other notifications from operating.
-
-The following list details each of the notification types and how to use them.
-
-
-
-Play a sound
-If a mark is in this checkbox, &kde; will play a sound everytime this notification is initiated. To specify the sound, use the text box to the right of the checkbox to enter the folder location of the sound file you want &kde; to play. You can use the folder button (located to the far right of the dialog box) to browse your directory tree. To hear a test of your sound, simply click on the play button (small button directly to the right of Play a sound.)
-
-
-
-Show a message in a pop up
-If a mark is in this checkbox, &kde; will open a message box and inform the user of the notification. The text of the box can not be changed from this dialog.
-
-
-
-Log to a file
-If a mark is in this checkbox, &kde; will write certain information to a file on disk for later retrieval. To specify the log file to use, enter the pathname in the text box to the right of the checkbox. You can use the folder button (located to the far right of the dialog box) to browse your directory tree.
-
-
-
-Mark taskbar entry
-If a mark is in this checkbox, &kde; will cause the taskbar of the program sending the notification to flash until the user has clicked the taskbar entry.
-
-
-
-Run command
-If a mark is in this checkbox, a separate program will be executed when this notification is performed. To specify the program to execute, enter the pathname in the text box to the right of the checkbox. You can use the folder button (located to the far right of the dialog box) to browse your directory tree.
-
-
-
-Speech
-If a mark is in this checkbox, &kde; will use Jovie to speak the event
-message, event name or custom text.
-If you select Speak Custom Text, enter the text in the box.
-You may use the following
-substitution strings in the text:
-
-%e Name of the event
-%a Application that sent the event
-%m Message sent by the application
-
-
-
-
-
-You can use the icon columns (located to the left of the notifications) to quickly select or deselect the options. Clicking in the column with the &LMB; will toggle the notification on and off.
-
-
-
-
-Player Settings
-
-
-
-Use the &kde; sound system
-If a mark is in this radio button, &kde; will play all sound notifications through the &kde; sound system. You can adjust the volume of system notifications using the slider.
-The slider only affects &kde; system notifications. Changes to this slider will not affect other sounds on your computer.
-
-
-Use an external player
-If a mark is in this radio button, &kde; will not use the &kde; sound system to play the sound. This is a good choice if the sound format you want to use is not supported by the &kde; notification system. After checking the radio box, enter the full path and name of the program you want to use into the text field. You can use the folder button (located along the right side) to browse the directory tree.
-
-
-No audio output
-Disables all sound notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kcmsmserver/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/kcmsmserver/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 954e9f31..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kcmsmserver/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-#KDE_LANG = en
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/kcmsmserver)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kcmsmserver/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/kcmsmserver/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index fe387e04..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kcmsmserver/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-Session Management
-
-&Jost.Schenck; &Jost.Schenck.mail;
-
-
-
-2013-12-05
-&kde; 4.12
-
-
-KDE
-KControl
-session
-System Settings
-
-
-
-
-Session Management
-
-
-Use
-
-In this &systemsettings; module you can configure &kde;'s session
-manager and logout settings.
-
-Session management refers to &kde;'s ability to save the state
-of applications and windows when you log out of &kde; and restore them
-when you log back in.
-
-
-General
-
-
-Confirm logout
-
-If this option is checked, when logging out, &kde; will display a
-dialog asking for confirmation. In this dialog you can also choose
-whether you want to restore your current session when you login the next
-time.
-
-
-
-Offer shutdown options
-
-If this option is checked, &kde; will offer a choice of actions during
-logout. These include simply ending the current session (the
-action performed if shutdown options are not enabled) turning off the
-computer, or restarting the computer.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Default Leave Option
-You can configure what should happen by default when you log out of
-&kde;. These options are not possible on all operating systems, and some of
-them may not appear unless you are using &kdm; as your login manager.
-
-The options available are self explanatory, if you are in doubt,
-leave the default settings. They are:
-
-
-End current session (this is the default)
-Turn off computer
-Restart computer
-
-
-
-
-On Login
-You may choose one of three options on what should happen when
-you log into &kde;:
-
-
-
-Restore previous session
-If this option is checked, &kde; will save your current
-session's state when you logout. &kde; will restore your session on the
-next login, so you can continue to work with a desktop just like you
-left it.
-
-
-
-Restore manually saved session
-Instead of restoring &kde; to the state it was when
-you logged out last, it will be restored to a specific state that you
-have saved manually.
-If this option is checked, the start menu offers an additional item
-LeaveSave Session.
-
-
-
-Start with an empty session
-
-If you choose this option, &kde; will never restore sessions that it has saved.
-
-
-
-Finally, you can enter a colon (:) or comma (,)
-separated list of applications that should not be saved in sessions,
-and therefore will not be started when restoring a session. For example
-xterm:konsole or xterm,konsole.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kcmstyle/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/kcmstyle/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a3947ea..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kcmstyle/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/kcmstyle)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kcmstyle/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/kcmstyle/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index faf1a682..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kcmstyle/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-Style
-
-&Mike.McBride; &Mike.McBride.mail;
-
-
-
-2013-06-02
-&kde; 4.11
-
-
-KDE
-System Settings
-style
-
-
-
-Style
-
-
-Introduction
-
-This module is used to configure how the individual widgets are
-drawn by &kde;.
-
-A Widget is a commonly-used
-programmer's term for referring to User Interface elements such as
-buttons, menus, and scroll bars. You can think of them as the
-fundamental pieces that are assembled to make your
-application.
-
-You can configure how the widgets are drawn with this module,
-but to change the color of the widgets, you should refer to the
-section entitled Colors.
-
-This panel is divided into two tabs: Applications
-and Fine Tuning.
-
-
-Applications tab
-
-The top drop down box, labeled Widget Style
-contains a list of the pre-defined styles.
-Each style has a name, and a brief description.
-
-To change styles, simply click on the style name, and a preview
-of the style will be displayed in the preview box below the style list.
-
- If a style is configurable, the Configure... button
-at the right side of the drop down box is enabled and can be used to open
-a dialog to select further settings.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Fine Tuning tab
-
-
-
-
-Graphical effects
-
-&kde; applications will run internal animations with the selected display resolution and CPU usage.
-
-
-
-
-Show icons on buttons
-
-If this option is selected, action buttons (like OK and
-Apply) will have a small icon located within them to act
-as a visual reference. If this option is not selected, then only text
-will appear on the button.
-
-
-
-
-Show icons in menus
-
-If this option is selected, &kde; applications will show small icons alongside
-most menu items. If this option is not selected, then only text
-will appear in the menus. Changes to the visibility of menu icons will only affect newly started
-applications.
-
-
-
-
-Main toolbar text, Secondary toolbar text
-
-These drop down boxes lets you determine where on the button in both toolbars the
-text name of the button will appear as the default.
-If No Text is selected, then there is no text on the toolbar buttons.
-If Text Only is selected, then the button's icon is replaced with a text name of
-the button. If Text Beside Icons is selected, then the name of the button
-will be placed to the right of the icon.
-If Text Below Icons is selected, the default will be to have the text
-of the button below the icon.
-
-This option only specifies the default location.
-Each application can override the setting used in this panel.
-
-
-
-
-Menubar style
-
-In application: The classic menubar at the top of the application window.
-Title bar button: The window has an additional menu button top left.
-All changes will take effect only for newly started applications.
-Top screen menubar: This will turn on a menubar at the top of the screen that
-is hidden by default and revealed on mouse over or a menu button on the window decoration.
-This menubar will reflect the menu options of the active application.
-Only export: for use by plasma runners + applets.
-To use this feature you need a KRunner plugin like Appmenu action launcher.
-Select an application, press &Alt;F2
-and type the menu action you want to perform.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kded/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/kded/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 101c29b8..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kded/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/kded)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kded/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/kded/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index b63668ac..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kded/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-Service Manager
-
-BurkhardLück
-lueck@hube-lueck.de
-
-
-
-
-2013-12-05
-&kde; 4.12
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-Service
-
-
-
-
-The Service Manager module allows you to have an overview of all
-plugins of the &kde; Daemon, also referred to as &kde; Services. Generally,
-there are two types of service:
-
-
-
-
-Load-on-Demand Services
-
-This is a list of available &kde; services which will be started on demand.
-They are only listed for convenience, as you cannot manipulate these
-services.
-
-
-
-
-Startup Services
-
-This shows all &kde; services that can be loaded on &kde; startup.
-Services checked in the Use column will be invoked on next startup.
-Be careful with deactivation of
-unknown services: some services are vital for &kde;; do
-not deactivate services if you do not know what you are doing.
-
-To change the Status of a service, select it in the list.
-Then you can use the Start and Stop
-to change the status of a service from Not running to Running
-and vice versa.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/keyboard/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/keyboard/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 23797c03..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/keyboard/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/keyboard)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/keyboard/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/keyboard/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 31c9dcdc..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/keyboard/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,218 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-Keyboard
-
-
-
-&Mike.McBride; &Mike.McBride.mail;
-&Anne-Marie.Mahfouf; &Anne-Marie.Mahfouf.mail;
-
-
-
-2013-12-05
-&kde; 4.12
-
-
-KDE
-System Settings
-keyboard
-
-
-
-This module allows you to choose how your keyboard works.
-
-There are three tabs in this module.
-
-
-The Hardware tab
-The actual effect of setting these options depends upon the
-features provided by your keyboard hardware and the X server on which
-&kde; is running. As an example, you may find that changing the key
-click volume has no effect because that feature is not available on your
-system.
-
-
-
-Keyboard model:
-
-
-Here you can set your keyboard model. This setting is independent of your
-keyboard layout and refers to the "hardware" model, i.e. the way your
-keyboard is manufactured. Modern keyboards that come with your computer usually
-have two extra keys and are referred to as "104-key" models, which is
-probably what you want if you do not know what kind of keyboard you have.
-
-
-
-
-
-NumLock on KDE Startup
-
-You can choose to either always Turn on or
-Turn off the NumLock when &kde; starts, or you can
-choose to have &kde; leave NumLock at whatever it was set to before &kde;
-started up.
-
-
-
-
-Keyboard Repeat
-
-When this option is turned on, pressing and holding down a key
-emits the same character repeatedly until the key is released. Pressing
-and holding the key will have the same effect as pressing it multiple
-times in succession.
- Almost all users will want to have this option enabled, because it
-makes navigating through documents with the arrow keys significantly
-easier.
-
-
-
-Delay
-
-This option allows you to set the delay after which a pressed
-key will start generating keycodes.
-
-
-
-Rate
-
-This option allows you to set the rate at which keycodes are
-generated while a key is pressed.
-
-
-
-Key click volume
-
-If supported, this option allows you to hear audible clicks from
-your computer's speakers when you press the keys on your keyboard. In
-essence, this simulates the click of a mechanical
-type-writer. You can change the loudness of the key click feedback by
-dragging the slider button. Setting the volume to 0% by moving the slider
-to the left turns off the key click.
-Type some characters into the Test area text box to
-verify the volume you selected.
-Many computers won't support this function.
-Very few people would choose to enable this option, since it
-generally annoys everyone else in the room. However, if your heart
-yearns for the pre-soft-key era, this may help you to re-experience the
-warm sentimentality of days-gone-by.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-The Layouts tab
-This tab lets you choose what keyboard layouts you want to use, what
-indicator you want in the system tray, how you want to switch and which
-shortcuts you will use.
-
-
-
-Layout Indicator
-
-You can choose to Show layout indicator
-which will show the language iso name in the system tray. You can choose to
-show the indicator even if you have a single layout enabled
-and you can show the language flag instead of only the ISO code by checking
-Show flag.
-
-
-
-
-Switching Policy
-
-If you select Application or
-Window switching policy, changing the keyboard layout will
-only affect the current application or window. Global will
-change the keyboard layout globally and Desktop will change
-it only for the current virtual desktop.
-
-
-
-
-
-Shortcuts for Switching Layout
-
-Main shortcuts is a shortcut for switching
-layouts which is handled by X.org. 3rd level shortcuts is a
-shortcut for switching to a third level of the active layout (if it has one)
-which is handled by X.org. It allows modifier-only shortcuts.
-Alternative shortcut is a shortcut for switching layouts
-which is handled by &kde;. It does not support modifier-only shortcuts and also
-may not work in some situations (⪚ if popup is active or from screensaver).
-
-
-
-
-
-Configure layouts
-
-If you check Configure layouts you will be able to
-add and remove keyboard layouts in order to switch between them when you need.
-
-Clicking on Add will open a dialog where you
-will be able to choose the new keyboard layout you want to add as well as its
-variant, label and shortcut.
-
-
-The list of layouts right to the Layout label in the
-Add Layout dialog can be narrowed down using
-Limit selection by language drop-down list. You
-can click on Preview button to preview chosen layout
-in a separate window.
-
-You can order the layouts with the up and down buttons, the top one being
-the default one.
-
-
-
-
-Spare layouts
-
-This option can be enabled only if you have more than two layouts.
-Spare layouts allow to toggle between small number of layouts easily
-while keeping more layouts handy close by. For example you might use 3
-languages: English, Ukrainian and German but first two are used often
-and third one just occasionally. In this case you can configure first
-two as main layouts (setting Main layout count: 2)
-and German one as spare one - when you toggle with
-keyboard and left mouse button the switch will happen between main
-layouts only but you can always choose 3rd layout with context menu.
-When spare layout is chosen it replaces the last main layout (this is
-done for technical reasons, usually global shortcuts work based on the
-1st active layout so it's more reliable to preserve the 1st layout when
-allowing to activate spare layouts).
-
-As X.org only allows to have 4 layouts to switch spare layouts feature
-also allows to overcome this limitation: user can have up to 4 main
-layouts (managed by X.org) but 4 more spare layouts allowed (managed by
-layout switcher). Thus user can conveniently work with up to total of 8
-layouts (although the 4 spare layouts limit can be raised in the future).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-The Advanced tab
-In this tab, if you check Configure keyboard options
-you will then be able to set a few options regarding some keys settings. You can
-expand these options by clicking on the > symbol on the left of the option
-then you choose your setting in the expanded list.
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/keys/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/keys/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 2fe4a4ef..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/keys/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/keys)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/keys/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/keys/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index f06fff13..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/keys/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-Shortcuts
-
-
-&Mike.McBride; &Mike.McBride.mail;
-&Jost.Schenck; &Jost.Schenck.mail;
-
-
-
-2013-12-05
-&kde; 4.12
-
-
-KDE
-KControl
-key bindings
-bindings
-shortcuts
-
-
-
-
-Shortcuts
-
-
-Introduction
-
-While most of the functionality offered by &kde; can be accessed
-using a simple point and click interface, many people
-prefer using the keyboard for some tasks. Pressing something like
- &Ctrl;F is often
-just faster than moving your hands off the keyboard to the mouse,
-opening the Edit menu and selecting
-Find.
-
- As different people have different preferences about keyboard
-shortcuts, &kde; offers full customization of key
-bindings. A key binding or shortcut is a combination of an
-action with a key or a combination of keys.
-
-
-
-
-Standard Shortcuts and Global Shortcuts
-
-Standard shortcuts and Global shortcuts work just the same.
-Actually, in a certain way standard or application shortcuts are
-global as well. The only
-difference is:
-
-
-Standard keyboard shortcuts refer to actions
-that are often available in applications, such as Save, Print, Copy
-&etc;
-Global keyboard shortcuts are shortcuts for
-actions that make sense even when no application is opened. These
-shortcuts usually refer to actions like switching desktops, manipulating
-windows &etc;
-
-
-Please note, that the application shortcuts configured here are
-only the standard actions often found in
-applications. Most applications will define their own actions as well,
-for which you have to customize key bindings using the application's
-key bindings dialog.
-
-
-Standard Keyboard Shortcuts page
-At the top of this dialog you see an input box, where you can
-search interactively for shortcut names (⪚ Copy) or combination of keys
-(⪚ Ctrl+C) by typing them literally here.
-Below the search box you can see a list of key bindings, &ie; associations between actions
-(⪚ Copy) shown in the Actions column and keys or combination of keys
-(⪚ &Ctrl;C) shown in the
-Shortcut or Alternate column.
-
-
-
-
-
-Global Keyboard Shortcuts page
-At the top of this page is a drop down box which allows you
-to select a KDE component like KWin, Plasma Desktop &etc;
-The defined shortcuts for the selected component are displayed in the
-Action and Global column in the list view.
-Click the File drop down box at the right to import/export a
-Scheme, set all shortcuts to none and remove a component.
-This page has the same search box as the Standard Keyboard
-Shortcuts tab.
-
-
-
-
-Configuring Key Bindings
-
-Configuring key bindings is pretty easy. In the middle of
-these &systemsettings; modules you will find a list of available
-actions. If there's a key binding configured for that action you will
-find it in the columns right to it. Just select the action you want to
-configure.
-
-After you have selected an action in the list you will notice that
-this item is highlighted and you see two additional check boxes below
-this item in the list view. There you can configure a
-combination of keys or maybe no key binding at all for the selected
-action.
-
-
-
-Default: the selected action
-will be associated with &kde;'s default value. This is a good choice
-for most actions, as &kde; comes with reasonable key bindings we have
-thought about.
-
-Custom: if this option is
-enabled, you can create a key combination for the selected
-action. Click on the button labeled either None
-or labeled with the previously selected custom shortcut. Now the button label
-changes to Input. Then press any modifier key
-(&ie; &Shift;, &Ctrl;, or &Alt;) and then normal key or a function key (⪚ F11)
-you want to assign to this key combination.
-Clicking on the Alternate column of a row in the list
-allows to edit the second shortcut for the action.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index cf166228..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/khotkeys)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/groups-comment.png b/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/groups-comment.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ef80c3a..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/groups-comment.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 3097c446..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,751 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-Custom Shortcuts
-
-
-
-SubhashishPradhan
-&TC.Hollingsworth; &TC.Hollingsworth.mail;
-
-
-
-
-2011
-Subhashish Pradhan
-
-
-2012
-&TC.Hollingsworth;
-
-&FDLNotice;
-
-2013-12-05
-&kde; 4.12
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-shortcuts
-hotkeys
-Custom Shortcuts
-khotkeys
-
-
-
-
-Introduction
-
-The Custom Shortcuts &systemsettings; module
-allows you to configure custom keyboard shortcuts and mouse gestures. You can
-use them to control applications, run specific commands, and more.
-
-
-
-
-
-Managing Shortcuts and Groups
-
-
-Adding Groups
-
-The module allows to you to sort related shortcuts into Groups. For
-instance, if you have some shortcuts that relate to your music player, you
-could create a group for them called Music Player.
-
-
-To add a new group, click on the Edit button below
-the left pane and select the New Group option.
-
-
-
-
-Adding Shortcuts
-
-To add a new shortcut, click on the Edit button
-below the left pane and select the New option.
-
-The first menu that appears allows you to select the type of trigger. The
-following options are available:
-
-
-
-
-Global Shortcut
-These are standard keyboard shortcuts that will be recognized
-anywhere, as long as a &kde; &plasma; Workspace is running.
-
-
-
-Window Action
-Window Actions are triggers that occur when something happens
-to a particular window, like when it appears, gains focus, or is closed.
-
-
-
-
-Mouse Gesture Action
-A mouse gesture action is triggered when a particular movement
-of the mouse (or touchpad or touchscreen) is performed.
-
-
-
-
-Once you've selected the type of trigger, another submenu appears that allows
-you to select an action type. The following types are available:
-
-
-
-
-Command/&URL;
-This action will launch a command or open a &URL; when the
-shortcut is triggered.
-
-
-
-&DBus; Command
-This action will call a &DBus; method in a running application or
-system daemon. For more information on &DBus;, see the
-&DBus;
-Introduction on &kde; TechBase.
-
-
-
-Send Keyboard Input
-This action will send keyboard input to the currently
-running application, just as if you had typed it in yourself.
-
-
-
-
-Once you've selected the action type, you can then edit the shortcut to
-your liking. See for more information.
-
-
-
-
-Deleting Shortcuts and Groups
-
-To delete a shortcut or group, select it, then click on the
-Edit button below the left pane, and select the
-Delete option.
-
-
-
-
-Exporting Groups
-
-You can export a group, so you can save the shortcuts contained within and
-use them on another computer or maintain a backup.
-
-To export a group, select the group to be exported, then click on the
-Edit button below the left pane and select the
-Export Group... option, which opens a new window that
-lets you define some options about the exported group. The following options
-are available:
-
-
-
-
-Export Actions
-This allows you to select the state the shortcuts will be in
-when they are imported later. Select Actual State to
-maintain their current state, Enabled to ensure they are
-all enabled, or Disabled to ensure they are all disabled.
-
-
-
-
-Id
-Here you may enter text to identify the group. If the group is
-included by default, this text may be filled in by default.
-
-
-
-Allow Merging
-This defines what happens if the group already exists on the
-system the exported group is imported to. When enabled, any new actions will
-be added to the group on the target system, while actions that have the same
-name but a different configuration will updated with the configuration from the
-imported file. When disabled, the module will refuse to import the file.
-
-
-
-
-Filename
-Here you may enter the filename you wish to export the
-shortcut to. You may also select the Browse button to
-the right of the text box to open the File dialog and select a file from there.
-
-
-Exported files use the extension .khotkeys by
-default.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Exporting a Group
-
-
-The Export Group dialog.
-
Exporting a group of shortcuts.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Importing Groups
-
-To import a group, click the Edit button below the
-left pane and select Import.... A file selection dialog
-opens that permits you to locate a file previously created using the Export
-function.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Modifying Groups
-
-In the left section of the window, the default shortcuts are categorized
-into groups. These groups can be expanded by clicking the arrow beside them to
-reveal the shortcuts.
-
-When you click on a group, you are presented with two tabs to configure
-the group itself. The Comment allows you to store notes
-about the group, and are not actually used by the system for anything. The
-Conditions tab allows you to restrict which windows a group
-of shortcuts works with.
-
-
-The Comment Tab
-
-
-The Comment tab in a group.
-
Modifying a group's comment.
-
-
-
-Conditions are displayed in a tree, the top level of which is
-And. All conditions beneath And must
-be satisfied for shortcuts in the group to be triggered.
-
-You may add additional groups of conditions by clicking the
-New drop down box to the right of the tree of conditions. Types
-of groups include the aforementioned And,
-Or, in which only one member of the group must be
-satisfied, or Not, in which the inverse of all
-members will trigger the shortcuts in the group.
-
-To add a window definition to the list, press the New
-button. You may select Active Window... if you want
-the shortcut to be triggered only if the specified window currently has focus,
-or you may select Existing Window... if you want the
-shortcut to be triggered as long as that window is open , regardless of
-whether or not you are using it. Selecting either of these options opens a
-window where you can edit the window definitions.
-
-Click the Edit... button to edit an existing set
-of window definitions. A window opens with the window definition editor. For
-more information, see .
-
-To remove a window definition from the conditions list, click the
-Delete button.
-
-
-
-
-
-Modifying Shortcuts
-
-In the left section of the window, the default shortcuts are categorized
-into groups. These groups can be expanded by clicking the arrow beside them to
-reveal the shortcuts.
-
-The Preset Actions group, when expanded, reveals a
-shortcut configuration named PrintScreen which, when
-selected, reveals section on the right side, with three tabs:
-
-
-The Comment Tab
-
-The Comment tab allows you to describe how to use the
-shortcut, what it does, or anything else you might want to include.
-
-
-
-
-The Trigger Tab
-The Trigger tab contains the trigger configuration,
-which depends on the type of trigger specified:
-
-
-
-
-Global (Keyboard) Shortcut
-
-
-To modify a keyboard shortcut, click on the button that contains a wrench,
-and then enter the desired keyboard shortcut. To erase the shortcut, click on
-the button with the icon to the right of the
-change shortcut button.
-
-
-Modifying a Keyboard Trigger
-
-
-The Trigger tab for a keyboard shortcut.
-
Modifying a trigger for a keyboard shortcut.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Window Action
-
-
-Window actions contain several options:
-
-
-
-
-Trigger When
-
-
-This configures the particular window action that must occur for the
-shortcut to be triggered. The following options are available:
-
-
-
-Window appears -
-Triggered when a window is opened.
-
-Window disappears -
-Triggered when a window is closed.
-
-Window gets focus -
-Triggered when you switch to a window.
-
-Window loses focus -
-Triggered when you switch away from a window.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Window
-This is where you define the actual window or windows the trigger applies
-to. For more information, see
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Mouse Gesture
-
-
-A mouse gesture can be changed by clicking the Edit
-button below the area that displays the mouse gesture, which will open a window.
-Hold down the &LMB; and draw the desired mouse gesture in the area provided.
-The gesture will be saved when you release the &LMB;.
-
-
-Modifying a Mouse Gesture Trigger
-
-
-The Trigger tab for a mouse gesture shortcut.
-
Modifying a trigger for a mouse gesture.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-The Action Tab
-
-The Action tab is where you configure the action that
-will be performed when the shortcut is triggered. There are several types of
-actions that have different configuration options:
-
-
-
-
-Command/&URL;
-
-
-When using a Command or &URL; is a trigger, a text box is provided where
-you may enter the command to run or &URL; to open when the shortcut is triggered.
-You may also click the Browse button to the right of the
-text box to open a file selection dialog in which you can select a file on your
-local or a remote system.
-
-
-Modifying a Command Action
-
-
-The Action tab for a command.
-
Modifying a command action.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-&DBus; Command
-
-
-The following options are provided that allow you to specify a &DBus;
-method to be performed:
-
-
-
-
-Remote application
-The service name of the remote application the method is to
-be performed on, for instance org.kde.kate if you wanted
-to perform it on the &kate; Advanced Text Editor.
-
-
-
-Remote object
-The path to the remote object the method is to be performed on,
-for instance /Document/1, if you wanted to perform it on
-the first document opened in &kate;.
-
-
-
-Function
-The name of the &DBus; method to be called, for instance
-print if you wanted to print the document.
-
-
-
-
-For more information on &DBus;, see the
-&DBus;
-Introduction on &kde; TechBase.
-
-
-
-
-
-Send Keyboard Input
-
-
-At the top of the Action tab, there is a large text
-entry where you may enter the keystrokes you wish to be sent when the shortcut
-is triggered.
-
-Most keys contain a single character, and to enter them here you just
-enter that character. For instance, to type an A, just enter
-A. Some keys have longer names, and you can also use
-those names. For instance, to press the &Alt; key, simply enter
-Alt.
-
-
-Individual keystrokes should be separated by a colon
-(:). For instance, to type foo, enter
-F:O:O.
-
-Keys that need to pressed at the same time should be separated by a plus
-sign. For instance, to press
-&Ctrl;C, enter
-Ctrl+C.
-
-
-Remember, you must enter keystrokes here exactly as you would on a keyboard.
-To capitalize letters, you must enter the &Shift; key. For instance, to type
-Hello, enter Shift+H:E:L:L:O.
-
-This also applies to special characters. For instance, to type the
-at-sign on the U.S. English keyboard layout, enter Shift+2.
-
-
-
-
-The action that is performed is dependent on the currently selected
-keyboard layout. If you change keyboard layouts and trigger a shortcut, it
-may have undesired consequences.
-
-
-Beneath the keystroke entry text box, you may select which window the
-keystrokes will be directed to. You may choose from the following options:
-
-
-
-Active window -
-The window that is currently open.
-
-Specific window -
-The window that you describe using the form below. For more information on
-describing windows, see .
-
-Action window -
-When using the Window Actions trigger type, enter the keystrokes in the window
-that triggered the shortcut.
-
-
-
-
-Modifying a Keyboard Input Action
-
-
-The Action tab for keyboard input.
-
Modifying the keyboard input action for a shortcut.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Defining Windows
-
-Several areas of the module allow you to define a list of windows. They
-all use the same interface, which contains the following options:
-
-
-
-
-Comment
-This is merely an informational text box you can use to explain
-what the trigger applies to or save other useful information. It is not
-actually used by the system for anything.
-
-
-
-Window List
-Beneath the Comment box on the left is the
-list of all window definitions currently present in the trigger. Simply click
-on one to perform an operation on it.
-
-
-
-Edit...
-
-
-Press this button to modify the currently selected window definition. A
-new window is opened that allows you to edit it. This window contains the
-following options:
-
-
-
-
-Window Data
-
-
-This is where you describe the window the trigger should apply to.
-
-At the top, there is a Comment field, which is
-informational just like the one in the main Trigger tab.
-
-Three window characteristics are available:
-
-
-
-Window title -
-The title that appears at the top of the window.
-
-Window class -
-Usually the name of the application.
-
-Window role -
-Usually the name of the &Qt; class that makes up the window.
-
-
-
-Each window characteristic provides a drop-down box, and a text box below
-it. Enter the value you wish to test windows for in the text box. From the
-drop-down box, select which kind of test you wish to apply. You can use
-Is to require an exact match, Contains
-to require that the text entered be somewhere inside the full value, or
-Matches Regular Expression to use a regular expression to
-define the match. You may also perform the inverse of all these operations.
-Select Is Not Important if you do not wish for that
-particular characteristic to be examined.
-
-The easiest way to fill in this information is to open the desired window,
-then click the Autodetect button at the bottom of this
-section, and finally click on the desired trigger window. All three window
-characteristics will be populated with the information from that window, and
-you can then adjust the settings as necessary.
-
-
-
-
-
-Window Types
-
-
-This lets you restrict the match to a particular type of window. The
-following options are available:
-
-
-
-Normal -
-A regular application window.
-
-Desktop -
-The main desktop is actually a special window all its own.
-
-Dialog -
-A small window that is part of a normal application, such as a message box or
-a configuration screen.
-
-Dock -
-A small window that can be attached or detached from a main application window.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-New...
-Create a new window definition. This opens the edit dialog
-described above.
-
-
-
-Duplicate...
-This creates a new window definition with the exact same
-specifications as the currently selected window definition. It will open the
-edit dialog described above so you may make further changes.
-
-
-
-Delete
-Removes the currently selected window definition.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Settings
-
-When you first enter the module, or when you click the
-Settings button below the left pane, there will be
-several configuration options in the right pane:
-
-
-
-
-Start the Input Actions daemon on login
-This configures whether or not to activate the background
-application that monitors for keyboard shortcuts and triggers configured
-actions. It is enabled by default.
-
-
-
-Gestures
-
-Select this check box to enable mouse gestures.
-
-There are two options specific to mouse gestures:
-
-
-
-
-Timeout
-This specifies the maximum time interval during which the mouse
-gesture will be monitored and recognized by the system, in milliseconds.
-
-
-
-
-Mouse Button
-This specifies the mouse button to be used for mouse gestures.
-Usually, 1 is the &LMB;, 2 is the
-&RMB;, and 3 is the middle or wheel button. If your
-mouse has more buttons, you can also use those instead.
-
-
-Button 1 is unavailable, so mouse gestures do not interfere with the
-normal operation of your system.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Settings
-
-
-The Settings screen.
-
Editing Custom Shortcuts settings.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Credits and License
-
-Special thanks to Google Code-In 2011 participant Subhashish Pradhan for
-writing much of this article.
-
-
-
-&underFDL;
-&underGPL;
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/manage-export.png b/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/manage-export.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 20a6fd89..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/manage-export.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/oxygen-22x22-edit-clear-locationbar-rtl.png b/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/oxygen-22x22-edit-clear-locationbar-rtl.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2bc48d86..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/oxygen-22x22-edit-clear-locationbar-rtl.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/settings.png b/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/settings.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 95c297d2..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/settings.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/shortcuts-action-command.png b/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/shortcuts-action-command.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ed9b2bb..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/shortcuts-action-command.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/shortcuts-action-keyboard.png b/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/shortcuts-action-keyboard.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b2a7fca2..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/shortcuts-action-keyboard.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/shortcuts-trigger-keyboard.png b/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/shortcuts-trigger-keyboard.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 564665c9..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/shortcuts-trigger-keyboard.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/shortcuts-trigger-mouse.png b/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/shortcuts-trigger-mouse.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 0eedf6f5..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/khotkeys/shortcuts-trigger-mouse.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/khtml-adblock/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/khtml-adblock/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index c50b0f11..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/khtml-adblock/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/khtml-adblock)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/khtml-adblock/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/khtml-adblock/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index e153d5f4..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/khtml-adblock/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-AdBlocK Filters
-
-&Krishna.Tateneni; &Krishna.Tateneni.mail;
-
-
-
-2011-11-22
-&kde; 4.8
-
-
-&konqueror; AdBlocK can be configured to replace or remove
-images or frames from web pages that match a series of filters.
-
-The setting Enable filters enables or
-disables the use of list of URL filters.
-If Hide filtered images is enabled then
-blocked images are completely removed from the page and the space they
-occupied is reclaimed. If the option is disabled then a placeholder
-image is used in place of filtered images.
-
-
-
-Manual Filter
-
-The main part of this tab is a list of
-URLs that will be compared against image and frame names to decide
-on fitlering actions. The wildcards can be given as filename style
-regular expressions.
-
-Use the Search edit box above the list box
-to filter matching entries an the fly.
-
-Each filter can either be expressed as a file style wildcard
-string (e.g. http://www.site.com/ads/*) or as a full regular expression
-by enclosing the filter with forward slashes (e.g. //(ads|dclk)\./).
-
-Any filter string can be preceded by @@ to whitelist
-(allow) any matching &URL;, which takes priority over any blacklist (blocking)
-filter.
-
-Import and Export will
-save or read the current filter list to a plain text file. The file begins with a
-header line [AdBlock], then all of the filters follow each
-on a separate line. Lines prefixed with an exclamation mark (!)
-and the header line are treated as comments and can be used
-to clarify or label a set of filters.
-
-Highlight an entry from the list to change it in the edit box or remove this item.
-Enter a new filter string here and add it to the list using the
-Insert button.
-
-
-
-
-Automatic Filter
-
-
-This tab shows a list of names and &URL;'s with predefined AdBlock filter entries.
-To enable an entry tick the checkbox beside the filter name and adjust the
-Automatic update interval (default 7 days).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-If AdBlock filters are enabled, an icon at the right side of status bar is shown.
-Use a &RMB; click on this icon to open the context menu with actions to show all blockable
-elements on a web page, open this &systemsettings; module and disable blocking for a site
-or page temporarily.
-
-A click with the &LMB; shows the dialog with all blockable elements on the opened web page
-as well. From this dialog you can add new filters directly without opening this &systemsettings;
-module.
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/khtml-behavior/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/khtml-behavior/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 71ad7fbb..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/khtml-behavior/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/khtml-behavior)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/khtml-behavior/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/khtml-behavior/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index f101feac..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/khtml-behavior/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-Web Browsing
-
-&Krishna.Tateneni; &Krishna.Tateneni.mail;
-
-
-
-2011-11-11
-&kde; 4.10
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-konqueror
-browsing
-
-
-
-
-Web Browsing
-
-The &konqueror; Browser module of &systemsettings; allows you to select
-various options for the behavior of &konqueror;, the
-integrated web browser of &kde;.
-
-If Ask for name and folder when adding bookmarks
-is checked, &konqueror; will allow you to change the title of the
-bookmark and choose a folder in which to store it when you add a new
-bookmark.
-
-Enable Show only marked bookmarks in bookmark toolbar
-and &konqueror; will show only those bookmarks in the
-bookmark toolbar which you have marked to do so in the bookmark editor.
-
-The next option you can enable on this page is Form
-Completion. If you check this box, &konqueror; will
-try to remember what you answer to form questions, and will try to fill
-in forms for you with the answers you previously used.
-
-You can configure the number of form items &konqueror; remembers
-with the spin box labelled Maximum
-completions
-
-Of course, anything &konqueror; fills in a form with, you
-can still edit before submitting the form!
-
-The next option is Change cursor over
-links. If this option is selected, the shape of the cursor
-will change (usually to a hand) whenever it moves over a
-hyperlink. This makes it easy to identify links, especially when they
-are in the form of images.
-
-If Middle click opens URL in selection
-is checked, you can open the &URL; in the selection by middle
-clicking on a &konqueror; view.
-
-As a convenience feature, if you enable Right click
-goes back in history, then clicking an empty area (&ie; not
-a link) in the &konqueror; window will act as if you pressed the
-Back button on the toolbar.
-
-Enabling Allow automatic delayed
-reloading/redirecting allows websites to send you to
-another page without your interaction. In many cases, this is a
-convenience. For example, the website has moved to a new
-&URL;. Many webmasters in this situation will put up
-a page on the old site, telling you that it has moved and you may like
-to change your bookmark, and then automatically move you along to the
-new website. However, such features can be confusing, or annoying,
-when misused, and so you may wish to disable it.
-
-Enable Access Key activation with &Ctrl; key:
-Pressing the &Ctrl; key when viewing web pages activates Access Keys.
-Unchecking this box will disable this accessibility feature. &konqueror;
-needs to be restarted for this change to take effect.
-
-Send the DNT header to tell web sites you do not want
-to be tracked. Check this box if you want to inform a web site
-that you do not want to your web browsing habits tracked.
-
-
-Offer to save website passwords.
-Uncheck this box from being prompted to save website passwords
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/khtml-general/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/khtml-general/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 23cdaef4..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/khtml-general/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/khtml-general)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/khtml-general/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/khtml-general/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 70c14f08..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/khtml-general/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-General &konqueror; Behavior
-
-
-
-&Burkhard.Lueck;
-
-
-
-2011-11-22
-&kde; 4.8
-
-
-On this page you find settings for home and start page and the behavior
-of tabbed browsing both for &konqueror;'s file manager and browser mode.
-
-
-
-When Konqueror starts
-
-This option determines which page is displayed when &konqueror; starts,
-the introduction page, your home page, a blank page or your bookmarks page.
-
-
-
-
-Home page
-This is the &URL; (⪚ a
-folder or a web page) where &konqueror; in browser mode will jump to
-when the Home Page button in the toolbar is pressed.
-You can set a path that is your Home page by
-typing into the text field, or using the browse
-icon to select a local folder. &konqueror; needs to be restarted for
-changes to take effect.
-When &konqueror; is used in file manager mode, the Home Page
-button in the toolbar is replaced by a Home Folder button
-which makes it jump to your local home folder instead.
-
-
-
-Default web browser engine
-
-This option provides an easy way to select the preferred web engine in &konqueror;, either
-KHTML or Webkit, if installed.
-Using the ViewView Mode
-menu allows you to change the web engine temporarily on the fly.
-
-
-
-
-
-Open links in
-new tab instead of in new window
-&konqueror; defaults to a single window per page, but has the
-capability to open multiple tabs inside a
-single window. &konqueror; also, by default, has a &MMB; shortcut to
-open any link in a new window. If you enable Open links in
-new tab instead of in new window you can &MMB; click on a
-link to have it open in a new tab.
-
-
-
-Open popups in new tab instead of in new window
-Whether or not JavaScript popups if allowed shall open in a new tab or in a
-new window.
-
-
-
-Open as tab in existing Konqueror when URL is called externally
-When you click a &URL; in another &kde; program or call kfmclient to open a &URL;,
-the current desktop will be searched for a non-minimized &konqueror; and, if
-found, the &URL; opened as a new tab within it. Otherwise a new &konqueror;
-window will be opened with the required &URL;.
-
-
-
-Open new tabs in the background
-If you are using tabbed browsing, you can choose if a newly
-opened tab becomes the active (front) tab, or goes to
-the back. On a slow Internet connection, or while browsing a page
-that has a list of headlines or other links in a list, you may like to
-have the new tabs load in the background while you continue reading.
-In this case, enable this setting. If you prefer to go
-straight to the new page, leaving the old one in the background to
-return to later, disable it.
-
-
-
-Open new tab after current tab
-This will open a new tab opened from a page after the current tab, instead
-of after the last tab.
-
-
-
-Hide the tab bar when only one tab is open
-This will display the tab bar only if there are two or more tabs. Otherwise
-it will always be displayed.
-
-
-
-Show close button on tabs
-This will display close buttons inside each tab instead of websites' icons.
-
-
-
-Middle-click on a tab to close it
-When you click on a tab using the middle mouse button or mouse wheel, it
-will close that tab. &konqueror; needs to be restarted for changes to take
-effect.
-
-
-
-Confirm when closing windows with multiple tabs
-If you close a window in &konqueror; that has multiple tabs
-open, &konqueror; will ask you if you're sure that you meant to close
-it. You can toggle on and off this behavior with this
-check box.
-
-
-
-Activate previously used tab when closing the current tab
-When checking this the previous used or opened tab will be activated when
-you close the current active tab instead of the one right to the current tab.
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/khtml-java-js/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/khtml-java-js/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index c91facf6..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/khtml-java-js/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/khtml-java-js)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/khtml-java-js/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/khtml-java-js/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b0e5dad..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/khtml-java-js/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-Java and JavaScript
-
-&Krishna.Tateneni; &Krishna.Tateneni.mail;
-
-
-
-2009-11-24
-&kde; 4.4
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-konqueror
-browsing
-Java
-JavaScript
-
-
-
-
-&Java; and JavaScript
-
-
-&Java;
-
-&Java; allows applications to be downloaded and run by a web
-browser, provided you have the necessary software installed on your
-machine. Many web sites make use of &Java; (for example, online
-banking services or interactive gaming sites). You should be aware
-that running programs from unknown sources could pose a threat to the
-security of your computer, even if the potential extent of the damage
-is not great.
-
-The check box Enable Java globally allows
-you to turn &Java; support on for all web sites by default. You can
-also select to turn &Java; on or off for specific hosts. To add a
-policy for a specific host, click the New...
-button to bring up a dialog in which you can type the host name and
-then choose to accept or reject &Java; code from that particular host,
-which will add the domain to the list on the left of the page.
-
-You can select a host in the list, and click the
-Change... button to choose a different policy for
-that host. Clicking the Delete button removes the
-policy for the selected host; after deletion, the global settings will
-then apply to that host.
-
-Finally, the group of controls labeled Java Runtime
-Settings allows you to set some options for the way in
-which &Java; should run.
-
-Use security
-manager is normally enabled by default. This setting will
-cause the JVM to run with a Security Manager in place. This will keep
-applets from being able to read and write to your file system, creating
-arbitrary sockets, and other actions which could be used to compromise
-your system. Disable this option at your own risk. You can modify your
-$HOME/.java.policy file with the
-&Java; policytool utility to give code downloaded from certain sites
-more permissions.
-
-Use KIO will cause the
-JVMto use &kde;'s own KIO
-transports for network connections.
-
-The Shutdown applet server when inactive for more than
-check box allows you to save resources by closing the &Java; Applet
-Server when it is not in use, rather than leaving it running in the
-background. Leaving this disabled may make &Java; applets start up
-faster, but it will use system resources when you are not using a
-&Java; applet. If you enable this, you can set a timeout.
-
-You can either opt to have &konqueror; automatically detect the
-&Java; installation on your system, or specify the path to the
-installation yourself by selecting Path to Java
-executable or 'java'. You may want to choose the latter method, for
-instance, if you have multiple &Java; installations on your system,
-and want to specify which one to use. If the &Java; Virtual Machine
-you are using requires any special startup options, you can type them
-in the text box labeled Additional Java
-arguments.
-
-
-
-
-JavaScript
-
-Despite the name, JavaScript is not related at all to
-&Java;.
-
-The first part of this tab works the same as the &Java; settings.
-
-The checkbox Enable JavaScript globally allows
-you to turn JavaScript support on for all web sites by default. You
-can also select to turn JavaScript on or off for specific hosts. To
-add a policy for a specific host, click the
-New... button to bring up a dialog in which you
-can type the host name and then choose to accept or reject JavaScript
-code from that particular host, which will add the domain to the list
-on the left of the page.
-
-You can select a host in the list, and click the
-Change... button to choose a different policy for
-that host. Clicking the Delete button removes the
-policy for the selected host; after deletion, the global settings will
-then apply to that host.
-
-The final set of options in the section Global JavaScript
-Policies determine what happens
-when a page uses JavaScript for specific actions.
-
-You can individually enable or disable the ability of JavaScript
-to manipulate your windows by moving, resizing or changing focus. You
-can also disable JavaScript from changing the status bar text, so that
-for instance, you can always see where links will take you when
-clicked. The choices for these options are Allow and
-Ignore.
-
-For opening a new window, there is even more control. You can
-set &konqueror; to Allow all such requests,
-Ask each time a request is made, or
-Deny all popup requests.
-
-The Smart setting will only allow
-JavaScript popup windows when you have explicitly chosen a link that
-creates one.
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/khtml-plugins/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/khtml-plugins/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index f65154b2..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/khtml-plugins/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/khtml-plugins)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/khtml-plugins/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/khtml-plugins/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 410162be..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/khtml-plugins/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-Browser Plugins
-
-&Krishna.Tateneni;&Jost.Schenck;
-
-
-
-
-2009-11-24
-&kde; 4.4
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-Konqueror
-Browsing
-Plugins
-
-
-
-
-
-Browser Plugins
-
-
-Global Settings
-
-The first setting here is Enable Plugins
-globally. If you disable this check box, then &konqueror;
-will not use any plugins. If you enable it, then any installed and
-configured plugins that it can find will be used by &konqueror;
-
-You can also restrict &konqueror; to Only allow HTTP
-and HTTPS URLs for plugins by checking the box.
-
-The next option determines, if plugins are loaded on demand only.
-Use the slider labeled CPU priority for plugins
-to adjust this setting.
-
-
-Click the Domain-Specific Settings button to open
-a dialog where you can set specific plugin policies for any particular
-host or domain. These policies will be used instead of the default policy for
-enabling or disabling plugins on pages sent by these domains or hosts.
-
-Add a new policy here or select a policy and use the controls on the right to modify it.
-
-
-
-
-Plugins
-
-
-Introduction
-
-As &Netscape;'s Navigator has been a
-web browsing standard for many years, so-called &Netscape; plugins have
-appeared that allow rich web content. Using those plugins, web sites
-can contain PDF files, flash animations, video, &etc;
-With &konqueror;, you can still use these plugins to take advantage of
-rich web content.
-
-&Netscape; plugins should not be confused with &konqueror;
-plugins. The latter ones specifically extend &konqueror;'s
-functionality; they are normally not used to display rich web
-content.
-
-
-
-
-Scan for Plugins
-
-&konqueror; has to know where your &Netscape; plugins are
-installed. This can be in several places, &ie; you might have
-system-wide plugins in /opt/netscape/plugins and your personal
-plugins in $HOME/.netscape/plugins.
-However, &konqueror; will not automatically use the installed plugins:
-it first has to scan a list of folders. You can initiate the scan
-by clicking Scan for Plugins.
-
-To find plugins, &konqueror; will look in the folders
-specified in the Folders frame. When you
-use this control module for the first time, this list will already be
-filled with reasonable paths that should work on most operating systems.
-If you need to provide a new path, click the New
-button; then you can either enter the new path in the text edit box to
-the left, or choose a folder using the file dialog by clicking the
-Open file icon. As scanning the folders can take
-a little time, you might want to remove folders from the list where
-you know that no plugins are installed: do this by selecting a folder
-and clicking Remove. Using the
-Up and Down buttons you
-can change the order in which folders will be scanned by moving the
-selected folder up or down.
-
-As usual, click Apply to save your changes
-permanently.
-
-
-
-
-Plugins
-
-In this section, you can see a list of the &Netscape; plugins found by
-&konqueror;, displayed as a tree. Double click on a plugin to fold it
-out and you will see that the different mime types this plugin can handle
-will be displayed as branches. Fold out a mime type to see its
-info.
-
-This list is only for informational purposes.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kwincompositing/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/kwincompositing/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 877a45ce..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kwincompositing/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/kwincompositing)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kwincompositing/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/kwincompositing/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index dce55c39..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kwincompositing/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-Desktop Effects
-
-&Mike.McBride; &Mike.McBride.mail;
-
-
-
-2013-12-05
-&kde; 4.12
-
-
-KDE
-KControl
-desktop
-effects
-
-
-
-Desktop Effects
-
-
-Introduction
-
-This module is used to configure desktop effects
-for &kde;.
-
-
-This panel is divided into three tabs: General,
-All Effects and Advanced.
-
-
-General tab
-
-At the top of this tab in the section Activation is a checkbox labeled Enable
-desktop effects at startup. If there is no mark in front of this checkbox, then all
-visual effects are disabled.
-All desktop effects can be turned on and off using the global shortcut
-&Alt;&Shift;F12.
-
-Below that section there are some settings for the simple desktop effects like
-improved window management, various animations, effects for desktop switching and
-the animation speed.
-
-
-
-All Effects tab
-
-The main part of this page is a list of all available effects grouped
-by Accessibility, Appearance,
-Candy, Focus, Tools
-and Window Management.
-Use the incremental search bar above the list window to find items in the list.
-
-Check an effect in the list to enable it. Display the About
-dialog by clicking the info button at the right side of the list item.
-Some effects have settings options, in this case there is a tool button
-at the left of the info button. Click it to open a configuration dialog.
-
-
-
-Advanced tab
-
-On this tab you can select a Compositing type and the Qt graphics system.
-In the next two sections you can configure General Options and OpenGL Options.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kwindecoration/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/kwindecoration/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index ab136bcf..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kwindecoration/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/kwindecoration)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kwindecoration/buttons.png b/doc/kcontrol/kwindecoration/buttons.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c4fdf7c..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/kwindecoration/buttons.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kwindecoration/decoration.png b/doc/kcontrol/kwindecoration/decoration.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 9fc84e54..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/kwindecoration/decoration.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kwindecoration/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/kwindecoration/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 17ea824d..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kwindecoration/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-Window Decorations
-
-&Rik.Hemsley; &Rik.Hemsley.mail;
-&Anne-Marie.Mahfouf; &Anne-Marie.Mahfouf.mail;
-
-
-
-2013-12-05
-&kde; 4.12
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-kwin
-window
-border
-theme
-style
-
-
-
-Window Decoration
-
-This module allows you to select a style for the buttons and borders around
-windows.
-
-
-Window Decorations
-
-
-
-Window Decoration Configuration Module
-
-
-
-
-
- Window Decoration Configuration Module
-
-
-
-
-
-Choose a window decoration style from the preview list, using the
-search field at the top of the screen.
-
-The &kde; default window decoration is called "Oxygen".
-
-Each style has a different look, but also a different
-feel. Some have (sometimes invisible)
-resize borders all around the edge, which make resizing
-easier but moving more difficult. Some have no borders on certain
-edges. One (BII) even has a dynamically sized and
-positioned title element.
-
-You are encouraged to experiment with the different styles until
-you find one which best suits your pattern of work.
-
-Below the preview pane you find three buttons to open configuration dialogs
-for decoration and buttons of the selected style or to download additional
-styles.
-
-
-
-
-Decorations
-
-In this dialog you can change the decoration of the window.
-
-The available options depend on the selected style.
-
-
-
-Oxygen Decoration Options
-
-
-
-
-
- Oxygen Decoration Options
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Buttons
-
-This dialog allows you to customize the buttons location on the titlebar. You can move Close button to the left for example. Check the Use custom titlebar button positions option in order to customize your titlebars. Then use the &kde; titlebar below and the buttons on its left and right to rearrange them as you want them.
-
-
-
-
-Window Decoration Configuration Module
-
-
-
-
-
- Window Decoration Configuration Module
-
-
-
-
-
- By default, Show window button tooltips is checked and tooltips are shown.
-
-
-This page has instructions directly on it - just drag around the
-buttons until you have the order that makes you comfortable.
-
-
-Not all the window decorations are able to comply with your custom
-set button order. The ones that cannot are being converted, but at the
-time of this release they have not been all been changed.
-
-
-Apart from choosing the window decoration itself, you can choose
-here two further options: if there should be a tooltip while you hover
-your mouse over a window decoration button, and if the window
-decoration should attempt to use a custom set button order.
-
-
-The tooltips can be quite useful if you have set a custom button
-order, and then changed to an unfamiliar window decoration.
-
-
-
-For accessibility purposes, some window decorations support
-extra wide borders. If this is available, you can also choose a
-border size here. These large borders are easier to see for low
-vision users, and easier to grab for people with limited mobility or
-difficulty using a mouse.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kwindecoration/main.png b/doc/kcontrol/kwindecoration/main.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 1946aa3e..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/kwindecoration/main.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kwinscreenedges/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/kwinscreenedges/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 84580ea8..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kwinscreenedges/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/kwinscreenedges)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kwinscreenedges/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/kwinscreenedges/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a401d4d..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kwinscreenedges/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-
-Screen Edges
-
-&Mike.McBride; &Mike.McBride.mail;
-
-
-
-2014-03-05
-&kde; 4.11
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-desktop
-effects
-
-
-
-Active screen edges allow you to activate effects by pushing your mouse
-cursor against the edge of the screen. Here you can configure which effect
-will get activated on each edge and corner of the screen.
-
-
-Click with any mouse button onto a square and select an effect
-in the context menu. Edges with a black square have already an attached effect,
-a grey colored square indicates that no effect is selected for this edge.
-
-The number of accessible items in the context menu depends on the settings in the module
-
-Desktop Effects in the Workspace Appearance and Behavior
-category. Enable desktop effects to activate compositing, select the compositing type,
-and then choose your favorite effects on the
-All Effects tab from the Windows Management
-group. This activates the corresponding items in the context menu.
-
-If you are looking for the setting to enable switching of
-desktops by pushing your mouse cursor against the edge of
-the screen choose one of the above mentioned
-Window Management effects from the context menu.
-
-The section Window Management has two additional options when moving windows to screen edges:
-
-Maximize windows by dragging them to the top of the screen.
-
-Tile windows by dragging them to the side of the screen. The windows will be tiled to a quarter of the screen if dragged to the upper or lower part of the screen height determined by the value in the spinbox, otherwise to the full height of the screen.
-
-
-
-
-The Other Settings configure the behavior pushing the mouse cursor to a screen edge.
-Switch desktop on edge: Change desktop when the mouse cursor is pushed against the edge of the screen.
-If Always Enabled is selected all effects configured for screen edges in the first section of this module will be disabled.
-
-Activation delay: The amount of time required for the mouse cursor to be pushed against the edge
-of the screen before the action is triggered
-
-Reactivation delay: The amount of time required after triggering an action until the next trigger can occur.
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kwintabbox/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/kwintabbox/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index d170cde3..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kwintabbox/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/kwintabbox)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/kwintabbox/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/kwintabbox/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 9bd26c96..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/kwintabbox/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-Task Switcher
-
-&Martin.Graesslin;&Martin.Graesslin.mail;
-
-
-
-2014-03-10
-&kde; 4.11
-
-
-KDE
-System Settings
-desktop
-window
-navigation
-
-
-
-
-Navigating through Windows
-
-This module offers the possibility to configure the behaviour for Navigating through windows often referred to as &Alt;	. There are two independent sets of effects which can have different settings. For each of this sets there is an own tab (Main and Alternative) in this module.
-
-
-
-The first set of effects on the Main tab has predefined shortcuts. If you want to use the second set of effects on the Alternative tab, you have to set a shortcut for these effects in the Shortcut Editor manually.
-
-
-For navigating through windows without &Alt;	, you can define screen edge actions in the &systemsettings; module Screen Edges.
-
-
-The following documentation of options applies to the general settings and the alternative settings as well.
-
-
-Visualization
-
-There are several effects which can be used instead of the normal window list when compositing is enabled. By default the Thumbnails effect is used. This effect displays a small thumbnail of each window inside a box and the currently selected window is highlighted.
-There are several additional predefined layouts which provide an informative or compact view, small or large icons, a grid and window title only.
-Selecting one of these layouts you will have a button to show a preview.
-If you enable Show selected window it will be shown as background of the task switcher window.
-
-
-Cover Switch and Flip Switch effect are more fancy effects which require OpenGL. Cover Switch displays the windows in a gallery with a large thumbnail of the currently selected window in the center of the screen while all other windows are rotated on the left and right. Flip Switch displays all windows on a 3D stack. The selected window is on top of the stack and navigating through the windows will move the stack so that the new selected window is on the top.
-
-
-If the effect provides additional settings the configure button will be activated. By clicking this button a configuration dialog will be shown.
-
-
-When compositing is not active or gets suspended the normal window list will be shown. There is no loss in functionality if an effect is selected and compositing is not active.
-
-
-
-Shortcuts
-
-The shortcut editor provides the configuration interface for the keyboard shortcuts for navigating through windows. Each of the two possible sets of effects has two shortcuts: one for the forward direction and one for the reverse direction. Please note that the window list can only be shown if you select a shortcut with a keyboard modifier such as the &Alt; or &Ctrl; key. This modifier has to be hold while switching. Selecting a shortcut without a modifier key can break the behaviour of navigating through windows.
-
-
-
-
-Content
-It is possible to influence the sort order, you can either use a sort order based on the last usage of the windows or the stacking order of the windows.
-
-If you check Include "Show Desktop" icon an entry for the desktop will be added to list with application windows. Then you can select this entry in the list to minimize all windows.
-If Only one window per application is selected then only the last used instance of an application is contained in the list. Switching to other instances is possible only via the panel then.
-
-
-
-Filter windows
-
-You can configure which windows should be shown in the list initiated by pressing &Alt;	 (predefined for the settings on the Main tab) or the user defined shortcut for the alternative settings.
-
-So it is possible to only show windows on the current virtual desktop or windows from all other desktops. Additionally you can apply similar rules for windows in activities or on screens for a multimonitor setup.
-
-The last option allows you to filter on the minimization status of windows.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/language/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/language/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index b4f20027..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/language/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/language)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/language/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/language/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index cf15342e..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/language/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,633 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-Country/Region & Language
-
-&Mike.McBride; &Mike.McBride.mail;
-&Krishna.Tateneni; &Krishna.Tateneni.mail;
-
-
-
- 2013-12-05
- 4.12
-
-
- KDE
- Systemsettings
- locale
- country
- language
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Country/Region & Language
-
-
-This module of the &kde; &systemsettings; allows you to select customization
-options that depend on the region of the world that you happen to live in.
-There are seven different tabs in this module, each of which is described in
-detail in the following sections.
-
-
-
-In most cases, you can simply select the country and the language, and the
-other options will be set in an appropriate manner.
-
-
-
-Below the tabs of this module you can see a preview of what the settings look
-like. In addition to positive and negative numbers, you can see how positive
-and negative currency values, long and short dates, and times are displayed.
-When you change any of the settings, the preview shows the effects of the
-changes before you apply them.
-
-
-
-Each setting option in the various tabs has an individual
-
- default button which
-is activated whenever that setting is different to your country default value.
-Clicking on the button will restore only that setting to your Country default.
-
-
-
-
-
-Country
-
-
-In this tab you can select the country or region that you want to use.
-
-
-
-The Country drop down box contains the list of available
-countries and will initially show your currently selected country. If the
-selection shows System Country then you have not set a country
-and are defaulting to the Country set by the system, which will also be shown.
-Changing the country will automatically change the settings to the defaults for
-that country, except were you have set your own settings which will be left
-unchanged. You can easily see where your personal settings differ from the
-country settings by looking at the Default button next to the individual
-setting. If the button is enabled then your personal setting is different and
-you can click on the button to restore the country setting for that option
-only.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Languages
-
-
-In this tab you can set your preferred languages for the &kde; Workspace and
-Applications to be displayed in.
-
-
-
-The &kde; Workspace and Applications are written in American English and are
-translated into many different languages by teams of volunteers. These
-translations need to be installed first before you can choose to use them. The
-list of Available Languages shows what KDE translations
-are installed and available on your system. If the language you want to use is
-not shown in this list then you will need to install it using the usual method
-for your system. Your system may have enabled the
-Install more languages button to make this easy for you.
-
-
-
-The Preferred Languages list shows the languages that will
-be used when displaying the &kde; Workspace and Applications. Because not all
-of the KDE Workspace and Applications may be translated into every language
-&kde; will try to find suitable translations for you by working down the
-Preferred Languages list until it finds a translation. If
-none of your preferred languages have a required translation then the original
-American English will be used.
-
-
-
-You can add a language to the Preferred Languages list by
-selecting it in the Available Languages and then clicking
-on the Add arrow button. You can remove a language from the
-Preferred Languages list by selecting it and then clicking
-on the Remove arrow button. You can change the order of preference in the
-Preferred Languages list by selecting a language and
-clicking on the Up or Down arrow button.
-
-
-Only languages listed in Preferred Languages and
-Available Languages will be offered as options
-for Primary language and Fallback language
-in the Switch Application Language dialog of the
-Help menu.
-
-
-
-
-Language and Country/Region are independent settings. Changing a language does
-not automatically change the settings for numbers,
-currency &etc; to the corresponding country or region. It will only change the
-language used in displaying dates, such as month names.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Numbers
-
-
-On this tab, you can select options for how numbers are displayed. The defaults
-are selected automatically based on the country which is currently selected.
-
-
-In the first drop down box you can define the Digit grouping
-used to display numbers.
-
-
-In the Group separator text box you can type the character
-that you want to use to separate groups of digits in numbers, usually a
-. or a ,. You should ensure that
-this value is different to the Decimal separator setting.
-The drop-down box provides a list of common values to choose from.
-
-
-
-In the Decimal separator text box you can type the
-character that you want to use to separate the decimal portion of numbers,
-usually a . or a ,. You should
-ensure that this value is different to the Group separator
-setting. The drop-down box provides a list of common values to choose from.
-
-
-
-In the Decimal places spin box you can set the number of
-decimal places displayed for numeric values, &ie; the number of digits
-after the decimal separator.
-
-
-
-In the Positive sign text box you can type the character
-that you want to use to indicate positive numbers. You should ensure that this
-value is different to the Negative sign setting. The
-drop-down box provides a list of common values to choose from. This value may
-also be used for monetary values depending on the
-Positive format selected in the Money
-tab.
-
-
-
-In the Negative sign text box you can type the character
-that you want to use to indicate negative numbers. You should ensure that this
-value is different to the Positive sign setting. The
-drop-down box provides a list of common values to choose from. This value may
-also be used for monetary values depending on the
-Negative format selected in the Money
-tab.
-
-
-
-The Digit set drop down box lists digit sets which may be
-used instead of Arabic digits when displaying numbers. If you select a digit
-set other than Arabic, it will be applied only to numbers which appear in a
-language context that uses that digit set while Arabic digits are still going
-to be used elsewhere, ⪚ Arabic-Indic digits will be applied to Arabic but
-not to American English.
-
-
-
-Note that digit grouping, group separator, decimal separator, decimal places, positive format,
-negative format and the digit set used to display monetary values has to be set
-separately on the Money tab.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Money
-
-
-On this tab, you can select options for how monetary values are displayed. The
-defaults are selected automatically based on the country which is currently
-selected.
-
-
-
-In the Currency drop-down box you can choose the currency
-you want to use when displaying monetary values. This will default to the main
-currency in use in your selected country. You can choose a different currency
-from the drop-down box, which displays the names of all available currencies
-their ISO 4217 standard Currency Code. The currencies used in your selected
-country are listed at the top, followed by all the other currencies. Changing
-the currency will also update the Currency symbol to use
-the default symbol for that currency, but no other format settings will be
-changed.
-
-
-
-In the Currency symbol drop-down box you can choose the
-currency symbol you want to use when displaying monetary values. This will
-default to the usual symbol of the currency you have selected in the
-Currency drop-down box. This will only allow you to select
-a valid currency symbol for the currency code to prevent inconsistent choices,
-such as choosing US Dollars but showing the Pound Sterling symbol £ instead.
-This setting will automatically be changed when you change the
-Currency setting.
-
-
-In the next drop down box you can define the Digit grouping
-used to display monetary values.
-
-
-In the Group separator text box you can type the character
-that you want to use to separate groups of digits in monetary values, usually a
-. or a ,. You should ensure that
-this value is different to the Decimal separator setting.
-The drop-down box provides a list of common values to choose from.
-
-
-
-In the Decimal separator text box you can type the
-character that you want to use to separate the decimal portion of monetary
-values, usually a . or a ,. You
-should ensure that this value is different to the
-Group separator setting. The drop-down box provides a list
-of common values to choose from.
-
-
-
-In the Decimal places spin box you can set the number of
-decimal places displayed for monetary values, &ie; the number of digits
-after the decimal separator.
-
-
-
-In the Positive format drop-down box you can select how
-you want positive monetary values to be displayed. The drop-down box displays a
-list of four sample formats that you can choose from, combining the options for
-where the Currency symbol and the numeric value
-Positive sign are displayed. You can also choose to
-replace the numeric value Positive sign with brackets.
-
-
-
-In the Negative format drop-down box you can select how
-you want negative monetary values to be displayed. The drop-down box displays a
-list of ten sample formats that you can choose from, combining the options for
-where the Currency symbol and the numeric value
-Negative sign are displayed. You can also choose to
-replace the numeric value Negative sign with brackets.
-
-
-
-The Digit set drop down box lists digit sets which may be
-used instead of Arabic digits when displaying money. If you select a digit
-set other than Arabic, it will be applied only to numbers which appear in a
-language context that uses that digit set while Arabic digits are still going
-to be used elsewhere, ⪚ Arabic-Indic digits will be applied to Arabic but
-not to American English.
-
-
-
-Note that digit grouping, group separator, decimal separator, decimal places, positive sign,
-negative sign and the digit set used to display numeric values has to be set
-separately on the Numbers tab.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Calendar
-
-
-On this tab, you can select options for how calendar information is displayed.
-The defaults are selected automatically based on the country which is currently
-selected.
-
-
-
-In the Calendar system drop-down box you can choose the
-calendar system to be used when displaying or inputting dates. This will
-default to the main calendar system in use in your selected country, usually
-the Gregorian calendar. Changing the calendar system will also update the
-various weekday name drop-down combos with the names of days of the week in the
-new calendar system, will enable or disable the Use Common Era
-tick box and may change the value of the Short year window
-setting.
-
-
-
-Note that the Gregorian calendar used is a hybrid of the Julian calendar up to
-Thursday 4 October 1582 and the Gregorian calendar from Friday 15 October 1582,
-leaving a gap of ten missing days. We are aware
-this conversion date is not factually correct for all countries, however this
-is how Qt have chosen to implement the Gregorian calendar and we wish to remain
-consistent with them.
-
-
-
-If you have selected the Gregorian calendar system then the Use
-Common Era tick box will be enabled. This allows you to choose to
-use the Common Era (CE/BCE) instead of the Christian Era (AD/BC) when
-displaying and inputting dates. See the Date & Time
-tab for how to set this up.
-
-
-
-The Short year window option is only used when you choose
-to use a short two digit year format (YY) in the Long date
-format or Short date format settings in the
-Date & Time tab. When inputting a short year value,
-⪚ 10, the system must guess what century that year falls in. By setting
-the Short year window you tell the system how you want the
-short year to be interpreted, ⪚ whether 50 is interpreted as 1950 or 2050.
-This window can be set differently for each calendar system as they all use
-different epochs (start dates). For example, the Hebrew calendar is into its
-58th century (2010 Gregorian is roughly 5771 Hebrew), so may use a window of
-5750 to 5850.
-
-
-The Week number system option determines how the
-week number will be calculated. There are four options available:
-
-
-ISO Week
-Use the ISO standard Week Number. This will always use Monday
-as the first day of the ISO week. This is the most commonly used system.
-
-
-
-Full First Week
-The first week of the year starts on the first occurrence
-of the First day of the week, and lasts for seven days.
-Any days before Week 1 are considered part of the last week of the previous year.
-This system is most commonly used in the USA.
-
-
-
-Partial First Week
-The first week
-starts on the first day of the year. The second week of the year starts on
-the first occurrence of the First day of the week, and
-lasts for seven days. The first week may not contain seven days.
-
-
-
-Simple Week
-The first week starts on the first day of the year and lasts
-seven days, with all new weeks starting on the same weekday as the first day
-of the year.
-
-
-
-
-In the First day of week drop-down box you can choose
-which weekday is considered the first day of the week. This value is often
-used when displaying calendar tables to determine which day is listed first.
-
-
-
-In the First working day of week drop-down box you can
-choose which weekday is considered the first working day of the week. This
-value is often used when displaying calendar tables to determine when the
-weekend is.
-
-
-
-In the Last working day of week drop-down box you can
-choose which weekday is considered the last working day of the week. This
-value is often used when displaying calendar tables to determine when the
-weekend is.
-
-
-
-In the Week day for special religious observance drop-down
-box you can choose which weekday is regularly used for special religious
-observances. This value is often used when displaying calendar tables to
-red letter a certain day. If you do not have any particular
-weekday for religious observance then you can choose the
-None / None in particular option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Date & Time
-
-
-On this tab, you can select options for how date and time values are input or
-displayed. The defaults are selected automatically based on the country which
-is currently selected.
-
-
-
-In the Time format text box you can enter the format that
-you want to use to input and display times. The format entered is a combination
-of special codes representing time components and literal text used to separate
-the time components. The special time component codes are listed below. You can
-set the format to any combination of time components you like, but you should
-always include at least an hour and minutes portion to allow you to input times
-that are not ambiguous. The drop-down box provides a list of common time
-formats in your currently selected language to choose from.
-
-
-
-
-HH - The hour as a decimal number using a 24-hour clock
-(00-23).
-
-
-hH - The hour as a decimal number using a 24-hour clock
-(0-23).
-
-
-PH - The hour as a decimal number using a 12-hour clock
-(01-12).
-
-
-pH - The hour as a decimal number using a 12-hour clock
-(1-12).
-
-
-MM - The minutes as a decimal number (00-59).
-
-
-SS - The seconds as a decimal number (00-59).
-
-
-AMPM - Either 'AM' or 'PM' according to the given time
-value. Noon is treated as 'PM' and midnight as 'AM'. You should always include
-this code if you are using the 12-hour clock codes PH or
-pH to prevent ambiguity when entering times.
-
-
-
-
-In the AM symbol text box you can enter the symbol that
-you want to use to input or display for AM when using a 12-hour clock. The
-drop-down box provides a list of common symbols for your currently selected
-language to choose from.
-
-
-
-In the PM symbol text box you can enter the symbol that
-you want to use to input or display for PM when using a 12-hour clock. The
-drop-down box provides a list of common symbols for your currently selected
-language to choose from.
-
-
-
-In the Long date format text box you can enter the format
-that you want to use to input and display long dates. The format entered is a
-combination of special codes representing date components and literal text used
-to separate the date components. The special date component codes are listed
-below. You can set the format to any combination of date components you like,
-but you should always include at least enough components to uniquely identify a
-day in the year, ⪚ a month and day, to allow you to input dates that are not
-ambiguous. If you don't include a year component then the current year will be
-used. The drop-down box provides a list of common date formats in your
-currently selected language to choose from.
-
-
-
-
-YYYY - The year with century as a decimal number
-(0000-9999).
-
-
-YY - The year without century as a decimal number
-(00-99).
-
-
-MM - The month as a decimal number (01-12).
-
-
-mM - The month as a decimal number (1-12).
-
-
-MONTH - The full month name.
-
-
-SHORTMONTH - The first three characters of the month
-name.
-
-
-DD - The day of month as a decimal number (01-31).
-
-
-dD - The day of month as a decimal number (1-31).
-
-
-WEEKDAY - The full weekday name.
-
-
-SHORTWEEKDAY - The first three characters of the weekday
-name.
-
-
-ERAYEAR - The Era Year in local format (⪚ 2000 AD).
-
-
-SHORTERANAME - The short Era Name (⪚ AD).
-
-
-YEARINERA - The Year in Era as a decimal number
-(⪚ 2000).
-
-
-DAYOFYEAR - The Day of Year as a decimal number.
-
-
-ISOWEEK - The ISO Week as a decimal number.
-
-
-DAYOFISOWEEK - The Day of the ISO Week as a decimal
-number.
-
-
-
-
-In the Short date format text box you can enter the format
-that you want to use to input and display short dates. This is in the same
-format as the Long date format, please read that section
-for more details. The drop-down box provides a list of common date formats in
-your currently selected language to choose from.
-
-
-
-The Digit set drop down box lists digit sets which may be
-used instead of Arabic digits when displaying dates and times. If you select a
-digit set other than Arabic, it will be applied only to numbers which appear in
-a language context that uses that digit set while Arabic digits are still going
-to be used elsewhere, ⪚ Arabic-Indic digits will be applied to Arabic but
-not to American English.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Other
-
-
-On this tab, you can select how other options are displayed. The defaults are
-selected automatically based on the country which is currently selected.
-
-
-
-In the Page size drop-down box you can choose the page
-size to use as the default for new documents, ⪚ in KWord. Note that this
-setting does not affect your default paper size in the print dialog, to set
-that you need to use the Printers module of the &kde; &systemsettings;.
-
-
-
-In the Measurement system drop-down box you can choose the
-measurement system to use, either metric or imperial.
-
-
-
-In the Byte size units drop-down box you can choose the
-unit system to use when displaying numbers counted in bytes. Traditionally
-kilobytes meant units of 1024 instead of the metric 1000 for
-most but not all byte sizes. To reduce confusion you can choose which system
-you prefer. The available unit systems are listed below.
-
-
-
-
-The IEC Units standard is always in multiples of 1024.
-
-
-The Metric Units standard is always in multiples of 1000.
-
-
-The JEDEC Units standard uses the traditional units used
-in &kde; 3.5 and some other operating systems.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/language/oxygen-22x22-document-revert.png b/doc/kcontrol/language/oxygen-22x22-document-revert.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 75ff210d..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/language/oxygen-22x22-document-revert.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/mouse/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/mouse/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 36a0d843..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/mouse/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/mouse)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/mouse/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/mouse/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 20f8610f..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/mouse/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,472 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-Mouse
-
-&Mike.McBride; &Mike.McBride.mail;
-&Brad.Hards; &Brad.Hards.mail;
-
-
-
-2013-12-05
-&kde; 4.12
-
-
-This is the documentation for the &kde; &systemsettings; module that configures mice and other pointing devices.
-
-
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-mouse
-
-
-
-
-Mouse
-
-This module allows you to configure your pointing device. Your
-pointing device may be a mouse, a track ball, a touch-pad, or another piece
-of hardware that performs a similar function.
-
-This module is divided into several tabs:
-General,
-Advanced and
-Mouse Navigation.
-There may also be one or more additional tabs if you have a Logitech mouse
-or trackball, providing access to special features.
-
-
-
-General
-
-
-
-Button Order
-
-If you are left-handed, you may
-prefer to swap the functions of the left and
-right buttons on your pointing device by choosing the
-Left handed option. If your pointing device has more than two
-buttons, only those that function as the left and
-right buttons are affected. For example, if you have
-a three-button mouse, the middle button is
-unaffected.
-
-
-
-
-Reverse scroll direction
-
-With this check box selected, the scroll wheel (if any) will work in the opposite direction (so that if rolling the top of the scroll wheel towards you previously causes a scroll down, then it will now cause a scroll up). This may be useful to handle a unusual setup of the X server.
-
-
-
-
-
-Double-click to open files and folders (select icons on first click)
-
- If this option is not checked, icons/files will be opened with a
-single click of the left mouse-button. This
-default behavior is consistent with what you would expect when you click
-links in most web browsers. If checked however, icons/files will be
-opened with a double click, while a single click will only select the
-icon or file. This is the behavior you may know from other desktops or
-operating systems.
-
-This option can be changed in the configuration dialogs of &dolphin; and &konqueror;
-on the Navigation tab as well.
-
-
-
-
-
-Single-click to open files and folders
-
-This is the default setting for &kde;. Clicking once on an icon
-will open it. To select you can drag around the icon(s) or &Ctrl;Right click,
-or simply click and hold to drag it. You can also enable automatic selection of icons using the Automatically select icons check box, discussed below.
-
-
-
-
-Change pointer shape over icons
-
-When this option is checked, the shape of the mouse pointer
-changes whenever it is over an icon.
-
-This option should be checked in most situations. It gives
-more visual feedback and says, in essence, if you click here, something
-will happen.
-
-
-
-
-
-Automatically select icons
-
-
-As noted above, if you have Single-click to open files and folders selected, you can select icons by dragging around them, or by using &Ctrl;Right click. If you routinely need to select icons, you may want to enable this check box, which will allow icons to be selected automatically by pausing over the icon. The Delay: slider determines how long is required before the automatic selection takes effect.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Advanced
-
-
-
-
-Pointer acceleration
-
-This option allows you to change the relationship
-between the distance that the mouse pointer moves on the
-screen and the relative movement of the physical device
-itself (which may be a mouse, track-ball, or some other
-pointing device.)
-
-A high value for the acceleration multiplier will lead to large
-movements of the mouse pointer on the screen, even when
-you only make a small movement with the physical device.
-
-A multiplier between 1x and
-3x will works well for many systems. With a multiplier
-over 3x the mouse pointer may become difficult to
-control.
-
-
-
-
-Pointer threshold
-
-The threshold is the smallest distance that the mouse pointer must
-move on the screen before acceleration has any effect. If the movement
-is within the threshold, the mouse pointer moves as if the acceleration
-were set to 1x.
-
-Thus, when you make small movements with the physical device (⪚
-mouse), you still have fine control of the mouse pointer on the screen,
-whereas larger movements of the physical device will move the mouse
-pointer rapidly to different areas on the screen.
-
-You can set the threshold by entering a value into the edit box or
-by clicking the up/down arrows to the right of the box.
-
-In general, the higher you set the Pointer
-acceleration value, the higher you will want to set the
-Pointer threshold value. For example, a
-Pointer threshold of 4 pixels may
-be appropriate for a Pointer Acceleration of
-2x, but 10 pixels might be
-better for 3x.
-
-
-
-
-Double click interval
-
-This is the maximum amount of time between clicks for &kde; to
-register a double click. If you click twice, and the time between those
-two clicks is less than this number, &kde; recognizes that as a double
-click. If the time between these two clicks is greater than this
-number, &kde; recognizes those as two separate
-single clicks.
-
-
-
-
-Drag start time and Drag start
-distance
-
-
-If you
-
-click with the mouse
-drag within the time specified in Drag start
-time, and
-move a distance equal to or greater than the number (of
-pixels) specified in Drag start distance
-
-
-
-&kde; will drag the selected item.
-
-
-
-
-Mouse wheel scrolls by
-
-If you have a wheel mouse, use the spin box to determine how many
-lines of text one step of the mouse wheel will
-scroll.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Mouse Navigation
-
-
-This tab allows you to configure the keyboard number pad keys as a mouse-type device. This may be useful when you are working on a device without another pointing device, or where you have no other use for the number pad.
-
-
-
-
-
-Move pointer with keyboard (using the num pad)
-
-
-To enable keyboard mouse mode, you need to select the check box labeled Move pointer with keyboard (using the num pad). When you do this, the other settings will become enabled, and you can customize the keyboard pointer behavior further, if required.
-
-
-The various keys on the number pad move in the direction you would expect. Note that you can move diagonally as well as up, down, left and right. The 5 key emulates a click to a pointer button, typically &LMB;. You change which button is emulated by using the / key (which makes it &LMB;), * key (which makes it &MMB;) and - (which makes it &RMB;). Using the + emulates a double click to the selected pointer button. You can use the 0 key to emulate holding down the selected pointer button (for easy dragging), and then use the . to emulate releasing the selected pointer button.
-
-
-
-
-
-Acceleration delay
-
-
-This is the time (in milliseconds) between the initial key press and the first repeated motion event for mouse key acceleration.
-
-
-
-
-
-Repeat interval
-
-
-This is the time in milliseconds between repeated motion events for mouse key acceleration.
-
-
-
-
-
-Acceleration time
-
-
-This is the time in milliseconds before the pointer reaches a maximum speed for mouse key acceleration.
-
-
-
-
-
-Maximum speed
-
-
-This is the maximum speed in pixels per second the pointer can reach for mouse key acceleration.
-
-
-
-
-
-Acceleration profile
-
-
-This is the slope of the acceleration curve for mouse key acceleration.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Logitech Support
-
-
-Some Logitech USB mice support special features, such as switching to a higher resolution, or
-providing cordless status. If &kde; was built with libusb support, then you will get an additional
-tab for each supported mouse that is plugged in.
-
-
-
-The supported devices are:
-
-
-Wheel Mouse Optical
-MouseMan Traveler
-MouseMan Dual Optical
-MX310 Optical Mouse
-MX510 Optical Mouse
-MX300 Optical Mouse
-MX500 Optical Mouse
-iFeel Mouse
-Mouse Receiver
-Dual Receiver
-Cordless Freedom Optical
-Cordless Elite Duo
-MX700 Optical Mouse
-Cordless Optical Trackman
-Cordless MX Duo Receiver
-MX100 Laser Mouse
-Receiver for Cordless Presenter
-
-
-
-Not all devices support all capabilities (typically cordless devices do not
-provide resolution switching, and of course only cordless devices support
-cordless status reporting), so some parts of the tab will not be enabled for
-some mouse types.
-
-
-
-If the mouse supports resolution switching, the Sensor Resolution
-radio button group will be enabled, and you can switch from 400 counts per
-inch to 800 counts per inch and back. If you use
-800 counts per inch, the same physical movement of the mouse
-will cause a greater (roughly double) amount of motion of the cursor. This tends
-to be popular amongst gamers.
-
-
-
-If the mouse supports cordless reporting, the Battery Level
-and RF Channel widgets will be enabled. You can only change
-the RF Channel if your mouse has two channel support.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/nepomuk/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/nepomuk/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index cf87e2d6..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/nepomuk/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/nepomuk)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/nepomuk/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/nepomuk/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 96ef4ab7..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/nepomuk/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-Nepomuk Desktop Search Configuration
-
-
-SebastianTruegtrueg@kde.org
-&Anne-Marie.Mahfouf; &Anne-Marie.Mahfouf.mail;
-
-
-
-2013-11-01
-&kde; 4.12
-
-
-KDE
-KControl
-nepomuk
-desktop search
-
-
-
-
-Introduction
-
-This module allows to configure certain parts of the desktop search and the Nepomuk semantic desktop. More information
-about the Nepomuk semantic desktop can be found at the Nepomuk homepage.
-
-
-Basic Settings
-
-The basic settings tab allows to enable or disable the semantic desktop and desktop search systems.
-
-There are three checkboxes:
-
-Enable Nepomuk Semantic Desktop Enabling the Nepomuk semantic desktop means that
-the Nepomuk services are running. These services provide metadata/annotation storage (files can be tagged or rated in &dolphin;
-for example) but also desktop search which can be used through the &kde; runner or again &dolphin;.
-Enable Nepomuk File Indexer Enabling the nepomuk file indexer means that
-the file indexer service is started in addition to the standard services already running. The file indexer service will run through
-all files in the configured folders (see below) and extract metadata from them (such as title or artist on music files or even
-simple things like the creation date). This metadata is then exposed through the desktop search just like the manual annotations
-mentioned earlier.
-Enable PIM Data Indexer This option has to be checked to allow full text search in
-&kmail;.
-
-
-On the right of Enable Nepomuk Semantic Desktop you can click on Details... and
-a dialog will inform you on the status of the KDE metadata store: how many files are indexed and the size of the store.
-
-Under the Enable Nepomuk File Indexer checkbox the current status of the file indexing service is
-shown. The service has four normal operation states:
-
-File indexer is idle - The file indexer is currently not working and waiting for an event to
-trigger an update (an event can be a newly created file or a changed file or a timeout for the recurring full check)
-Indexing files in folder foobar - The file indexer is currently running though
-all files in folder foobar and analyzes new or changed files.
-Scanning for recent changes in files for desktop search - The file indexer is currently performing
-its recurring check for new files in all index folders. This check is intended to find files that were not caught through normal file
-system monitoring.
-File indexer is suspended - The file indexer has been suspended, &ie; it is in a paused state.
-This can either be triggered by the user or due to low disk space or a laptop being in a power-saving state. In the two latter
-cases the indexer will resume once the reason for the suspension has been resolved.
-
-
-Apart from the normal operation states the indexer service can have an erroneous state. There are two possibilities:
-
-File indexing service failed to initialize, most likely due to an installation problem - This should rarely
-occur that means that a mandatory plugin could not be loaded. This can be due to an installation problem (missing dependency) or due
-to a faulty setup of the &kde; plugin system.
-Any other error means a communication problem with the service. These errors are produced by the &DBus; subsystem and need
-to be evaluated case by case.
-
-
-
-
-
-Indexing
-
-This tab allows to select the files and folders that are to be analyzed by the file indexer explained
- above. By default Documents, Audio, Images and Videos are selected here.
-
-
-Click the Customize Folders button to select and de-select folders that should be searched for files
-to be analyzed. By default the home folder and all subfolders are analyzed. By simply unchecking a folder it can be excluded.
-It is also possible to include a subfolder of an excluded one by checking it again. This allows a rather fine selection of the
-folders to be analyzed.
-
-Clicking the Advanced button allows to define exclude filters using the mime type or the name of a file.
-The mime types and names of all files found in the configured folders will be matched against these filters. Only if none of them
-matches the file will be analyzed. This is very helpful to exclude log and backup files and the like.
-
-Removable media handling: Nepomuk can index files on removable devices like USB keys or external
-hard-disks for fast desktop searches. By default no files are indexed. Here this behaviour can be changed to one of two options:
-
-Index files on all removable devices - Files on removable media are indexed as soon as the
-medium is mounted. Caution: this does not include media which have been rejected via the second option
-Ask individually when newly mounted - The user will be asked to decide if files on the
-newly mounted medium should be indexed or not. Once decided Nepomuk will not ask again.
-
-
-
-
-Backup
-
-On this tab you can decide to make a backup of all data that could not be restored otherwise. This includes
-manually created tags, ratings but also statistical data. No backup is done as default so you need to decide what you want to do.
-You have two possibilities: automatic backups and manual ones.
-
-
-Automatic Backups
-First choose the Backup Frequency: this is set to Disable Automatic Backups but you
-can choose Daily Backup or Weekly Backup.
-Then set the Backup Time: to anything convenient for you using the spinbox: you can set the hour and minutes
-and the day of the week for weekly backups.
-Finally you can set a limit for the number of backup files using Max Number of Backups:.
-This will ensure you do not waste disk space with the backup files and only the N last files will be kept, N being
-the number you set there, 10 as default.
-Your automatic backups are saved locally in the following directory:
-$KDEHOME/share/apps/nepomuk/backupsync/backups/.
-
-
-
-Tools
-
-Manual Backup...
-You can also perform manual backups. Manual backups will be saved in your chosen location, as a file.
-Click on Manual Backup... and a wizard will guide you. You first need to point to the location
-of the backup file. Enter a full valid path in the field or use the file dialog to point to a file.
-You can create a new file in the folder of your choice and then point to this new file.
-Then click on the Next button and the dialog should report that the backup has been done.
-
-Restore Backup...
-If you want to later restore your backup, use this button and follow the wizard. The backup will be merged
-into the local Nepomuk database.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/netpref/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/netpref/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d634b51..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/netpref/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/netpref)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/netpref/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/netpref/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index d5436bb3..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/netpref/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-Connection Preferences
-
-&Lauri.Watts; &Lauri.Watts.mail;
-
-
-
-
-2013-12-05
-&kde; 4.12
-
-
-KDE
-kdebase
-kcontrol
-network
-timeouts
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Connection Preferences
-
-Here you can set timeout values. You might want to tweak them
-if your connection is very slow, but the default settings are
-appropriate for most users.
-
-Here Timeout Values are the length of time
-an application should wait for an answer from a network operation.
-
-You can configure the following timeouts:
-
-
-
-Socket read:
-
- Some applications use sockets to
-communicate. You can think of a socket as a water tap; while it is
-open, water (or in our case, data) comes out, without any interaction.
-If something stops this flow of data, the application will wait for
-more to come. This could be a very long time, but you can configure a
-maximum time for an application to wait with this option.
-This setting will only apply to &kde; applications, of course.
-
-
-
-
-Proxy connect:
-
-
-Sets how long to wait for a connection to a proxy server, if one is configured.
-
-
-
-
-
-Server connect:
-
-
-Sets how long to wait for a connection to a remote server.
-
-
-
-
-
-Server response:
-
-
-Sets how long to wait for a reply from a remote server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-You can configure FTP Options here. At
-present there is just two options:
-
-
-Enable passive mode (PASV)
-Passive &FTP; is often required when you are behind a firewall.
-Many firewalls only permit connections that were initiated from
-the inside. Passive &FTP; is controlled by the client,
-which makes it usable through firewalls.
-
-
-
-Mark partially uploaded files
-When a mark is placed in this box, partially uploaded files will
-have a .part extension added to the end
-of the file. This extension is removed once the file download is complete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/paths/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/paths/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a521e4f5..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/paths/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/paths)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/paths/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/paths/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index b4da78ce..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/paths/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-Paths
-
-
-
-
-Michael
-Anderson
-
-nosrednaekim@gmail.com
-
-
-Anne-Marie
-Mahfouf
-
-annma@kde.org
-
-
-
-
-2009-11-17
-&kde; 4.4
-
-
-KDE
-KControl
-desktop
-paths
-
-
-
-This is a module to configure essential paths for the &kde; desktop.
-
-
-
-Configure some &kde; paths
-
-
-
-
-
- Configure some &kde; paths
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Desktop path:
-The Desktop folder contains all the files which you see on your desktop. The default path is usually ~/Desktop but you can change here the location of this folder.
-
-
-
-Autostart path:
-
-The Autostart folder contains applications or links to applications or scripts you want to start whenever &kde; starts. You can change the location of this folder if you want to.
-
-
-
-Documents path:
-This folder will be used by default to load or save documents from or to.
-
-
-Download path:
-This folder will be used by default to save your downloaded items.
-
-
-Movies path:
-This folder will be used by default to load or save movies from or to.
-
-
-Pictures path:
-This folder will be used by default to load or save pictures from or to.
-
-
-Music path:
-This folder will be used by default to load or save music from or to.
-
-
-If you change a path and click Apply a dialog appears where you can choose to move the content to the
-new folder or use the new folder without moving the files.
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/paths/paths.png b/doc/kcontrol/paths/paths.png
deleted file mode 100644
index eff8756d..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/paths/paths.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/performance/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/performance/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 027649ef..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/performance/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/performance)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/performance/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/performance/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 3534dc00..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/performance/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-
-Performance
-
-&Mike.McBride; &Mike.McBride.mail;
-
-
-
-2009-11-24
-&kde; 4.4
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-performance
-preload
-
-
-
-
-Performance Settings
-
-&kde;, is used on a wide variety of computers by a wide variety of users. Under the category of
-performance, this dialog allows each user to adjust options which may make the computer that &konqueror; is
-installed on feel more responsive.
-
-&konqueror; instances
-The first section of this dialog is labeled Minimize Memory Usage and has three options which determine maximum number of instances of &konqueror; that can be open on one machine at any one time.
-
-Do not confuse &konqueror; instances, with &konqueror; windows or tabs. The number of &konqueror; instances is determined by &kde; not by the user. You can think of instances as the hidden data of your &konqueror; windows and tabs. One &konqueror; instance can contain the data for multiple windows or tabs. Your choice on the following radio buttons does not limit the number of windows you can open at one time, but rather, how many instances of &konqueror; you can have open.
-The reason the choices you make in this dialog box are important is evident when something goes wrong and &konqueror; is forced to close an instance. All &konqueror; windows associated with a &konqueror; instance must be closed immediatly (without time to save data or bookmark locations). Therefore, the more instances you can have open at one time, the less likely a problem in one instance will affect all of your work. Each instance requires more memory which can be a problem on systems with less system memory.
-
-Your options are:
-
-
-
-Never
-There are no restraints. Any number of &konqueror; instances can be open at any one time. The advantage of this option is if any &konqueror; instance crashes the remaining will be unaffected. The disadvantage is that each &konqueror; instance uses more memory.
-
-
-
-For file browsing only (recommended)
-If this option is selected, you can have as many as you want &konqueror; instances open that are browsing the web, but only one instance of &konqueror; for file management.
-
-
-
-Always (use with care)
-If this option is selected, you can only have one instance of &konqueror; running at any one time. This saves system memory, but if your &konqueror; window crashes, all your browsing windows close immediatly without warning. This should only be used for seriously memory limited systems.
-
-
-
-
-Preloading
-The subsection labeled Preloading also makes a tradeoff between memory and performance.
-
-Preloading refers to loading an instance of &konqueror; into memory before a user asks to start &konqueror;. The positive effect of this is that when a user asks &kde; to load &konqueror; the window appears instantly
- because most of the application has been preloaded. The negative effect is that this instance of &konqueror; uses memory that
-could be used by other programs. By default, when a user closes &konqueror;, &kde; does not close the instance.
-This means that the next time a user wants &konqueror; loaded, it is nearly instantaneous again.
-The spinbox labeled Maximum number of instances kept preloaded: can be used to adjust the maximum number of preloaded instances. This option does not affect instances when they are loaded. It also does not limit the number of instances that can be used by active windows. It only affects the number of preloaded instances.
-The check box labeled Preload an instance after &kde; startup does just what it says. It tells
-&kde; to preload one instance of &konqueror; at the startup of &kde;.
-This does extend the startup time for &kde;.
-The final check box labeled Always try to have at least one preloaded instance signals to &kde; that you always want &kde; to have one preloaded, but not used, instance of &konqueror; available. This option will actually decrease performance on some machines (especially those with limited physical memory).
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/phonon/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/phonon/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 035c37d9..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/phonon/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/phonon)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/phonon/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/phonon/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index eed863c8..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/phonon/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-Audio and Video Settings
-
-
-MatthiasKretz
-
-
-
-2013-12-05
-&kde; 4.12
-
-
-KDE
-Systemsettings
-hardware
-multimedia
-sound
-video
-backend
-
-
-
-
-This &systemsettings; module allows you to configure the sound and video device
-preference and the backends used by Phonon.
-
-
-
-Device Preference tab
-
-On the left you are presented a tree list with various categories of playback and recording.
-For each category you may choose what device you wish to use.
-The Audio Playback and Audio Recording
-items define the default ordering of devices which can be overridden by
-each sub items.
-Clicking the Apply Device List To button shows a dialog
-which enables you to copy the selected setting from one category to many others.
-Highlight a category and the available devices for this category are displayed in the
-list on the right. The order in this list determines the preference of the output and capture
-devices. If for some reason the first device cannot be used Phonon will try to use the second, &etc;
-Use the Prefer and Defer buttons to change the order
-and the Test button to play a test sound on the selected device.
-
-
-
-Audio Hardware Setup tab
-
-The various drop down boxes in this tab allow full control over all cards that are attached
-to the system.
-
-
-Hardware
-Select the Sound Card and an available
-Profile to be used.
-
-
-Device Configuration
-Select the Sound Device and a Connector.
-
-
-Speaker Placement and Testing or Input Levels
-
-For a playback device: The buttons on this pane allow you to test each speaker separately.
-
-For a recording device: A slider shows the Input Levels
-of the selected Connector.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Backend tab
-
-On the left side of this module a list of Phonon backends found on your system is shown.
-The order here determines the order Phonon will use the backends.
-Use the Prefer and Defer buttons
-to change this order.
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/powerdevil/CMakeLists.txt b/doc/kcontrol/powerdevil/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b94e716..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/powerdevil/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-########### install files ###############
-#
-kde4_create_handbook(index.docbook INSTALL_DESTINATION ${HTML_INSTALL_DIR}/en SUBDIR kcontrol/powerdevil)
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/powerdevil/activity.png b/doc/kcontrol/powerdevil/activity.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2522903f..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/powerdevil/activity.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/powerdevil/advanced.png b/doc/kcontrol/powerdevil/advanced.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b928274..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/powerdevil/advanced.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/powerdevil/energy.png b/doc/kcontrol/powerdevil/energy.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 1998a57f..00000000
Binary files a/doc/kcontrol/powerdevil/energy.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/doc/kcontrol/powerdevil/index.docbook b/doc/kcontrol/powerdevil/index.docbook
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ab5f009..00000000
--- a/doc/kcontrol/powerdevil/index.docbook
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,317 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-Power Management
-
-&Dario.Freddi;&Dario.Freddi.mail;
-
-
-
-2013-08-18
-&kde; 4.11
-
-
-KDE
-System Settings
-powerdevil
-power management
-laptop power
-
-
-
-
-PowerDevil, a Power Management Daemon
-
-This module is a configuration tool for managing Power Management in &kde;. It is a configurator for the PowerDevil daemon, that you can start or stop from the Service Manager module.
-
-Through this module, you can define your computer's behavior in various situations, allowing you to save as much energy as possible.
-
-
-Powerdevil works with Solid only and it's integrated in your desktop. You won't even notice it is running, apart from notifications. Moreover, Powerdevil checks your system capabilities first, so you'll see only options available for your system in this module.
-
-
-Note that PowerDevil does not poll your system. This means that it will not waste energy while trying to save it, as some other power managers do.
-
-Energy Saving Settings
-
-This page shows the actual energy saving settings. If a battery is detected you have three tabs with different settings for On AC Power, On Battery and On Low Battery profiles.
-
-
-
-Energy Saving Settings
-
-
-
-
-
- Energy Saving Settings
-
-
- Energy Saving Settings
-
-
-
-
-
-There are a lot of options you can configure for each profile:
-
-
-
-Screen Brightness
-
-Sets the screen's brightness using a slider.
-
-
-
-Dim Screen
-
-If checked, the display will be progressively dimmed, until reaching
-brightness 0, in the amount of time you specify in the spin box.
-
-
-
-
-Screen Energy Saving
-
-Here you can define power saving for your monitor.
-The check box defines if DPMS support should be enabled or disabled.
-If you choose to activate it, set the timeouts in the spin boxes below.
-
-
-
-
-Suspend Session
-
-Suspends the session after the selected time to the status
-Sleep, Hibernate,
-Shutdown or Lock screen.
-
-
-
-Button events handling
-
-Select actions to perform whenever the laptop lid is closed or a button is pressed.
-
-
-Run Script
-
-Activate this option to run a custom script when a profile is loaded, unloaded
-or after a given amount of time.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Activity Settings
-Here you can configure the Power Management settings per activity. The settings for each activity can be configured on its own tab.
-
-
-Activity Settings
-
-
-
-
-
- Activity Settings
-
-
- Activity Settings
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Don't use special settings
-
-
-Use the settings defined on Energy Saving page.
-
-
-
-
-Act like
-
-
-Here you can choose a predefined profile from the drop-down box: PC running on AC power, PC running on battery power or PC running on low battery.
-
-
-
-
-Define a special behavior
-
-
-If this option is chosen, a special behavior for activity can be chosen. If this is a presentation activity, you can check the Never shutdown the screen and Never suspend or shutdown the computer boxes. It is also possible to define the time interval for the computer to switch to a suspension mode for the power saving activities.
-
-
-
-
-Use separate settings (advanced users only)
-
-
-This option allows users to choose the detail power saving settings for a separate activity. The settings are similar to the settings from the Energy Saving page.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Advanced Settings
-
-
-Advanced Settings
-
-
-
-
-
- Advanced Settings
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Adding network folders
-
-
-Network folders show up in a special location of &konqueror; and &dolphin;
-called a virtual folder.
-This virtual folder is accessed by typing remote:/ in
-the location bar or by selecting Network from the
-Places panel. You will then be able to see
-any folders which have been previously added and you also will be able to use
-the wizard to add new ones.
-
-Here's a screenshot of &knetattach;
-
-
-
-
-
-Screenshot
-
-
-The virtual folder with the Network Folder wizard
-
-Default Columns in the Process Table
-
-
-
-Name
-The name of the executable that started the process
-
-
-Username
-The user who owns this process
-
-
-CPU %
-The current total CPU usage of the process, divided by the number of
-processor cores in the machine
-
-
-Memory
-This is the amount of real physical memory that this process is using by
-itself, and approximates the Private memory usage of the process.
-It does not include any swapped out memory, nor the code size of its shared
-libraries.
-This is often the most useful figure to judge the memory use
-of a program.
-
-
-Shared Mem
-This is approximately the amount of real physical memory that this
-process's shared libraries are using. This memory is shared among all
-processes that use this library
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Additional Columns in the Process Table
-
-
-
-PID
-The unique Process ID that identifies this process
-
-
-TTY
-The controlling terminal on which this process is running
-
-
-Niceness
-The priority with which this process is being run. For the normal scheduler,
-this ranges from 19 (very nice, least priority) to -19 (top priority)
-
-
-CPU Time
-The total user and system time that this process has been running for,
-displayed as minutes:seconds
-
-
-IO Read
-The number of bytes read. The Display Units
-and the Displayed Information can be changed using
-the context menu of this column header
-
-
-IO Write
-The number of bytes written. The Display Units
-and the Displayed Information can be changed using
-the context menu of this column header
-
-
-Virtual Size
-This is the amount of virtual memory space that the process is using,
-included shared libraries, graphics memory, files on disk, and so on. This
-number is almost meaningless. Use the context menu to select the
-Display Units
-
-
-Command
-The command with which this process was launched
-
-
-
-
");
-}
-
-// vim:ts=2:sw=2:et
diff --git a/khelpcenter/formatter.h b/khelpcenter/formatter.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c13fc6f..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/formatter.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-
-/*
- This file is part of KHelpcenter.
-
- Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef KHC_FORMATTER_H
-#define KHC_FORMATTER_H
-
-#include
-
-namespace KHC {
-
- class Formatter
- {
- public:
- Formatter();
- virtual ~Formatter();
-
- bool readTemplates();
-
- virtual QString header( const QString &title );
- virtual QString footer();
- virtual QString separator();
- virtual QString docTitle( const QString & );
- virtual QString sectionHeader( const QString & );
- virtual QString paragraph( const QString & );
- virtual QString title( const QString & );
-
- virtual QString processResult( const QString & );
-
- private:
- bool mHasTemplate;
- QMap mSymbols;
- };
-
-}
-
-#endif //KHC_FORMATTER_H
-
-// vim:ts=2:sw=2:et
diff --git a/khelpcenter/glossary.cpp b/khelpcenter/glossary.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a52e8a0..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/glossary.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,355 +0,0 @@
-
-/*
- * This file is part of the KDE Help Center
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Frerich Raabe (raabe@kde.org)
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "glossary.h"
-#include "view.h"
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-#include
-#include
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-#include
-
-using namespace KHC;
-
-class SectionItem : public QTreeWidgetItem
-{
- public:
- SectionItem( QTreeWidgetItem *parent, const QString &text )
- : QTreeWidgetItem( parent )
- {
- setText(0,text);
- setIcon(0,SmallIcon( "help-contents" ));
- }
-};
-
-class EntryItem : public QTreeWidgetItem
-{
- public:
- EntryItem( SectionItem *parent, const QString &term, const QString &id )
- : QTreeWidgetItem( parent ), m_id( id )
- {
- setText(0,term);
- }
-
- QString id() const { return m_id; }
-
- private:
- QString m_id;
-};
-
-bool Glossary::m_alreadyWarned = false;
-
-Glossary::Glossary( QWidget *parent ) : QTreeWidget( parent )
-{
- m_initialized = false;
- setFrameStyle( QFrame::NoFrame );
-
- connect( this, SIGNAL( itemActivated(QTreeWidgetItem *, int) ),
- this, SLOT( treeItemSelected( QTreeWidgetItem * ) ) );
-
- setHeaderHidden(true);
- setAllColumnsShowFocus( true );
- setRootIsDecorated( true );
-
- m_byTopicItem = new QTreeWidgetItem( this );
- m_byTopicItem->setText( 0, i18n( "By Topic" ) );
- m_byTopicItem->setIcon( 0, SmallIcon( "help-contents" ) );
-
- m_alphabItem = new QTreeWidgetItem( this );
- m_alphabItem->setText( 0, i18n( "Alphabetically" ) );
- m_alphabItem->setIcon( 0, SmallIcon( "character-set" ) );
-
- m_cacheFile = KStandardDirs::locateLocal( "cache", "help/glossary.xml" );
-
- m_sourceFile = View::langLookup( QLatin1String( "khelpcenter/glossary/index.docbook" ) );
- m_config = KGlobal::config();
-
-}
-
-void Glossary::showEvent(QShowEvent *event)
-{
- if ( !m_initialized )
- {
- if ( cacheStatus() == NeedRebuild )
- rebuildGlossaryCache();
- else
- buildGlossaryTree();
- m_initialized = true;
- }
- QTreeWidget::showEvent(event);
-}
-
-Glossary::~Glossary()
-{
- qDeleteAll( m_glossEntries );
-}
-
-const GlossaryEntry &Glossary::entry( const QString &id ) const
-{
- return *m_glossEntries[ id ];
-}
-
-Glossary::CacheStatus Glossary::cacheStatus() const
-{
- if ( !QFile::exists( m_cacheFile ) ||
- m_config->group("Glossary").readPathEntry( "CachedGlossary", QString() ) != m_sourceFile ||
- m_config->group("Glossary").readEntry( "CachedGlossaryTimestamp" ).toInt() != glossaryCTime() )
- return NeedRebuild;
-
- return CacheOk;
-}
-
-int Glossary::glossaryCTime() const
-{
- struct stat stat_buf;
- stat( QFile::encodeName( m_sourceFile ).data(), &stat_buf );
-
- return stat_buf.st_ctime;
-}
-
-void Glossary::rebuildGlossaryCache()
-{
- KXmlGuiWindow *mainWindow = dynamic_cast( kapp->activeWindow() );
- if (mainWindow)
- mainWindow->statusBar()->showMessage( i18n( "Rebuilding glossary cache..." ) );
-
- KProcess *meinproc = new KProcess;
- connect( meinproc, SIGNAL( finished(int,QProcess::ExitStatus) ),
- this, SLOT( meinprocFinished(int,QProcess::ExitStatus) ) );
-
- *meinproc << KStandardDirs::locate( "exe", QLatin1String( "meinproc4" ) );
- *meinproc << QLatin1String( "--output" ) << m_cacheFile;
- *meinproc << QLatin1String( "--stylesheet" )
- << KStandardDirs::locate( "data", QLatin1String( "khelpcenter/glossary.xslt" ) );
- *meinproc << m_sourceFile;
-
- meinproc->setOutputChannelMode(KProcess::OnlyStderrChannel);
- meinproc->start();
- if (!meinproc->waitForStarted())
- {
- kError() << "could not start process" << meinproc->program();
- if (mainWindow && !m_alreadyWarned)
- {
- ; // add warning message box with don't display again option
- // http://api.kde.org/4.0-api/kdelibs-apidocs/kdeui/html/classKDialog.html
- m_alreadyWarned = true;
- }
- delete meinproc;
- }
-}
-
-void Glossary::meinprocFinished( int exitCode, QProcess::ExitStatus exitStatus )
-{
- KProcess *meinproc = static_cast(sender());
- KXmlGuiWindow *mainWindow = dynamic_cast( kapp->activeWindow() );
-
- if (exitStatus != QProcess::NormalExit || exitCode != 0)
- {
- kError() << "running" << meinproc->program() << "failed with exitCode" << exitCode;
- kError() << "stderr output:" << meinproc->readAllStandardError();
- if (mainWindow && !m_alreadyWarned)
- {
- ; // add warning message box with don't display again option
- // http://api.kde.org/4.0-api/kdelibs-apidocs/kdeui/html/classKDialog.html
- m_alreadyWarned = true;
- }
- delete meinproc;
- return;
- }
- delete meinproc;
-
- if ( !QFile::exists( m_cacheFile ) )
- return;
-
- m_config->group("Glossary").writePathEntry( "CachedGlossary", m_sourceFile );
- m_config->group("Glossary").writeEntry( "CachedGlossaryTimestamp", glossaryCTime() );
- m_config->sync();
-
- m_status = CacheOk;
-
- if (mainWindow)
- mainWindow->statusBar()->showMessage( i18n( "Rebuilding cache... done." ), 2000 );
-
- buildGlossaryTree();
-}
-
-void Glossary::buildGlossaryTree()
-{
- QFile cacheFile(m_cacheFile);
- if ( !cacheFile.open( QIODevice::ReadOnly ) )
- return;
-
- QDomDocument doc;
- if ( !doc.setContent( &cacheFile ) )
- return;
-
- QDomNodeList sectionNodes = doc.documentElement().elementsByTagName( QLatin1String( "section" ) );
- for ( int i = 0; i < sectionNodes.count(); i++ )
- {
- QDomElement sectionElement = sectionNodes.item( i ).toElement();
- QString title = sectionElement.attribute( QLatin1String( "title" ) );
- SectionItem *topicSection = new SectionItem( m_byTopicItem, title );
-
- QDomNodeList entryNodes = sectionElement.elementsByTagName( QLatin1String( "entry" ) );
- for ( int j = 0; j < entryNodes.count(); j++ )
- {
- QDomElement entryElement = entryNodes.item( j ).toElement();
-
- QString entryId = entryElement.attribute( QLatin1String( "id" ) );
- if ( entryId.isNull() )
- continue;
-
- QDomElement termElement = childElement( entryElement, QLatin1String( "term" ) );
- QString term = termElement.text().simplified();
-
- EntryItem *entry = new EntryItem(topicSection, term, entryId );
- m_idDict.insert( entryId, entry );
-
- SectionItem *alphabSection = 0L;
-
- QTreeWidgetItemIterator it(m_alphabItem);
- while(*it)
- {
- if ( (*it)->text( 0 ) == QString( term[ 0 ].toUpper() ) )
- {
- alphabSection = static_cast( (*it) );
- break;
- }
- ++it;
- }
-
- if ( !alphabSection )
- alphabSection = new SectionItem( m_alphabItem, QString( term[ 0 ].toUpper() ) );
-
- new EntryItem( alphabSection, term, entryId );
-
- QDomElement definitionElement = childElement( entryElement, QLatin1String( "definition" ) );
- QString definition = definitionElement.text().simplified();
-
- GlossaryEntryXRef::List seeAlso;
-
- QDomElement referencesElement = childElement( entryElement, QLatin1String( "references" ) );
- QDomNodeList referenceNodes = referencesElement.elementsByTagName( QLatin1String( "reference" ) );
- if ( referenceNodes.count() > 0 )
- for ( int k = 0; k < referenceNodes.count(); k++ )
- {
- QDomElement referenceElement = referenceNodes.item( k ).toElement();
-
- QString term = referenceElement.attribute( QLatin1String( "term" ) );
- QString id = referenceElement.attribute( QLatin1String( "id" ) );
-
- seeAlso += GlossaryEntryXRef( term, id );
- }
-
- m_glossEntries.insert( entryId, new GlossaryEntry( term, definition, seeAlso ) );
- }
- }
- sortItems(0, Qt::AscendingOrder);
-}
-
-void Glossary::treeItemSelected( QTreeWidgetItem *item )
-{
- if ( !item )
- return;
-
- if ( EntryItem *i = dynamic_cast( item ) )
- emit entrySelected( entry( i->id() ) );
-
- item->setExpanded( !item->isExpanded() );
-}
-
-QDomElement Glossary::childElement( const QDomElement &element, const QString &name )
-{
- QDomElement e;
- for ( e = element.firstChild().toElement(); !e.isNull(); e = e.nextSibling().toElement() )
- if ( e.tagName() == name )
- break;
- return e;
-}
-
-QString Glossary::entryToHtml( const GlossaryEntry &entry )
-{
- QFile htmlFile( KStandardDirs::locate("data", "khelpcenter/glossary.html.in" ) );
- if (!htmlFile.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly))
- return QString( "
%1
%2" )
- .arg( i18n( "Error" ) )
- .arg( i18n( "Unable to show selected glossary entry: unable to open "
- "file 'glossary.html.in'!" ) );
-
- QString seeAlso;
- if (!entry.seeAlso().isEmpty())
- {
- seeAlso = i18n("See also: ");
- GlossaryEntryXRef::List seeAlsos = entry.seeAlso();
- GlossaryEntryXRef::List::ConstIterator it = seeAlsos.constBegin();
- GlossaryEntryXRef::List::ConstIterator end = seeAlsos.constEnd();
- for (; it != end; ++it)
- {
- seeAlso += QLatin1String("") + (*it).term();
- seeAlso += QLatin1String(", ");
- }
- seeAlso = seeAlso.left(seeAlso.length() - 2);
- }
-
- QTextStream htmlStream(&htmlFile);
- return htmlStream.readAll()
- .arg( i18n( "KDE Glossary" ) )
- .arg( entry.term() )
- .arg( entry.definition() )
- .arg( seeAlso );
-}
-
-void Glossary::slotSelectGlossEntry( const QString &id )
-{
- if ( !m_idDict.contains( id ) )
- return;
-
- EntryItem *newItem = m_idDict.value( id );
- EntryItem *curItem = dynamic_cast( currentItem() );
- if ( curItem != 0 )
- {
- if ( curItem->id() == id )
- return;
- curItem->parent()->setExpanded( false );
- }
-
- setCurrentItem( newItem );
-}
-
-#include "glossary.moc"
-// vim:ts=4:sw=4:et
diff --git a/khelpcenter/glossary.h b/khelpcenter/glossary.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d7b614c..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/glossary.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * glossary.h - part of the KDE Help Center
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Frerich Raabe (raabe@kde.org)
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#ifndef KHC_GLOSSARY_H
-#define KHC_GLOSSARY_H
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-class EntryItem;
-
-namespace KHC {
-
- class GlossaryEntryXRef
- {
- friend QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &, GlossaryEntryXRef & );
- public:
- typedef QList List;
-
- GlossaryEntryXRef() {}
- GlossaryEntryXRef( const QString &term, const QString &id ) :
- m_term( term ),
- m_id( id )
- {
- }
-
- QString term() const { return m_term; }
- QString id() const { return m_id; }
-
- private:
- QString m_term;
- QString m_id;
- };
-
- inline QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &stream, const GlossaryEntryXRef &e )
- {
- return stream << e.term() << e.id();
- }
-
- inline QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &stream, GlossaryEntryXRef &e )
- {
- return stream >> e.m_term >> e.m_id;
- }
-
- class GlossaryEntry
- {
- friend QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &, GlossaryEntry & );
- public:
- GlossaryEntry() {}
- GlossaryEntry( const QString &term, const QString &definition,
- const GlossaryEntryXRef::List &seeAlso ) :
- m_term( term ),
- m_definition( definition ),
- m_seeAlso( seeAlso )
- { }
-
- QString term() const { return m_term; }
- QString definition() const { return m_definition; }
- GlossaryEntryXRef::List seeAlso() const { return m_seeAlso; }
-
- private:
- QString m_term;
- QString m_definition;
- GlossaryEntryXRef::List m_seeAlso;
- };
-
- inline QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &stream, const GlossaryEntry &e )
- {
- return stream << e.term() << e.definition() << e.seeAlso();
- }
-
- inline QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &stream, GlossaryEntry &e )
- {
- return stream >> e.m_term >> e.m_definition >> e.m_seeAlso;
- }
-
- class Glossary : public QTreeWidget
- {
- Q_OBJECT
- public:
- Glossary( QWidget *parent );
- virtual ~Glossary();
-
- const GlossaryEntry &entry( const QString &id ) const;
-
- static QString entryToHtml( const GlossaryEntry &entry );
-
- public Q_SLOTS:
- void slotSelectGlossEntry( const QString &id );
-
- Q_SIGNALS:
- void entrySelected( const GlossaryEntry &entry );
-
- private Q_SLOTS:
- void meinprocFinished(int exitCode, QProcess::ExitStatus exitStatus);
- void treeItemSelected( QTreeWidgetItem *item );
-
- protected:
- virtual void showEvent(QShowEvent *event);
-
- private:
- enum CacheStatus { NeedRebuild, CacheOk };
-
- CacheStatus cacheStatus() const;
- int glossaryCTime() const;
- void rebuildGlossaryCache();
- void buildGlossaryTree();
- QDomElement childElement( const QDomElement &e, const QString &name );
-
- KSharedConfigPtr m_config;
- QTreeWidgetItem *m_byTopicItem;
- QTreeWidgetItem *m_alphabItem;
- QString m_sourceFile;
- QString m_cacheFile;
- CacheStatus m_status;
- QHash m_glossEntries;
- QHash m_idDict;
- bool m_initialized;
- static bool m_alreadyWarned;
- };
-
-}
-
-#endif // KHC_GLOSSARY_H
-// vim:ts=2:sw=2:et
diff --git a/khelpcenter/glossary.html.in b/khelpcenter/glossary.html.in
deleted file mode 100644
index b03bf2a6..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/glossary.html.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- %1: %2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- %2
-
-
-
- %3
-
-
- %4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/khelpcenter/glossary.xslt b/khelpcenter/glossary.xslt
deleted file mode 100644
index 4be123a8..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/glossary.xslt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/khelpcenter/history.cpp b/khelpcenter/history.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 59b1c9d9..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/history.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,389 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * This file is part of the KDE Help Center
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Frerich Raabe
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#include "history.h"
-#include "view.h"
-
-#include
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-#include
-
-using namespace KHC;
-
-// TODO: Needs complete redo!
-// TODO: oh yeah
-
-History *History::m_instance = 0;
-
-History &History::self()
-{
- if ( !m_instance )
- m_instance = new History;
- return *m_instance;
-}
-
-History::History() : QObject(),
- m_goBuffer( 0 )
-{
- m_entries_current = m_entries.end();
-}
-
-History::~History()
-{
- qDeleteAll(m_entries);
-}
-
-void History::setupActions( KActionCollection *coll )
-{
- QPair backForward = KStandardGuiItem::backAndForward();
-
- m_backAction = new KToolBarPopupAction( KIcon( backForward.first.iconName() ), backForward.first.text(), this );
- coll->addAction( "back", m_backAction );
- m_backAction->setShortcut(KStandardShortcut::back());
-
- connect( m_backAction, SIGNAL( triggered() ), this, SLOT( back() ) );
-
- connect( m_backAction->menu(), SIGNAL( triggered( QAction* ) ),
- SLOT( backActivated( QAction* ) ) );
-
- connect( m_backAction->menu(), SIGNAL( aboutToShow() ),
- SLOT( fillBackMenu() ) );
-
- m_backAction->setEnabled( false );
-
- m_forwardAction = new KToolBarPopupAction( KIcon( backForward.second.iconName() ), backForward.second.text(), this );
- coll->addAction( QLatin1String("forward"), m_forwardAction );
- m_forwardAction->setShortcut(KStandardShortcut::forward());
-
- connect( m_forwardAction, SIGNAL( triggered() ), this, SLOT( forward() ) );
-
- connect( m_forwardAction->menu(), SIGNAL( triggered( QAction* ) ),
- SLOT( forwardActivated( QAction* ) ) );
-
- connect( m_forwardAction->menu(), SIGNAL( aboutToShow() ),
- SLOT( fillForwardMenu() ) );
-
- m_forwardAction->setEnabled( false );
-}
-
-void History::installMenuBarHook( KXmlGuiWindow *mainWindow )
-{
- QMenu *goMenu = dynamic_cast(
- mainWindow->guiFactory()->container( QLatin1String("go_web"), mainWindow ) );
- if ( goMenu )
- {
- connect( goMenu, SIGNAL( aboutToShow() ), SLOT( fillGoMenu() ) );
-
- connect( goMenu, SIGNAL( triggered( QAction* ) ),
- SLOT( goMenuActivated( QAction* ) ) );
-
- m_goMenuIndex = goMenu->actions().count();
- }
-}
-
-void History::createEntry()
-{
- kDebug() << "History::createEntry()";
-
- // First, remove any forward history
- if (m_entries_current!=m_entries.end())
- {
-
- m_entries.erase(m_entries.begin(),m_entries_current);
-
- // If current entry is empty reuse it.
- if ( !(*m_entries_current)->view ) {
- return;
- }
- }
- // Append a new entry
- m_entries_current = m_entries.insert(m_entries_current, new Entry ); // made current
-}
-
-void History::updateCurrentEntry( View *view )
-{
- if ( m_entries.isEmpty() )
- return;
-
- KUrl url = view->url();
-
- Entry *current = *m_entries_current;
-
- QDataStream stream( ¤t->buffer, QIODevice::WriteOnly );
- view->browserExtension()->saveState( stream );
-
- current->view = view;
-
- if ( url.isEmpty() ) {
- kDebug() << "History::updateCurrentEntry(): internal url";
- url = view->internalUrl();
- }
-
- kDebug() << "History::updateCurrentEntry(): " << view->title()
- << " (URL: " << url.url() << ")" << endl;
-
- current->url = url;
- current->title = view->title();
-
- current->search = view->state() == View::Search;
-}
-
-void History::updateActions()
-{
- m_backAction->setEnabled( canGoBack() );
- m_forwardAction->setEnabled( canGoForward() );
-}
-
-void History::back()
-{
- kDebug( 1400 ) << "History::back()";
- goHistoryActivated( -1 );
-}
-
-void History::backActivated( QAction *action )
-{
- int id = action->data().toInt();
- kDebug( 1400 ) << "History::backActivated(): id = " << id;
- goHistoryActivated( -( id + 1 ) );
-}
-
-void History::forward()
-{
- kDebug( 1400 ) << "History::forward()";
- goHistoryActivated( 1 );
-}
-
-void History::forwardActivated( QAction *action )
-{
- int id = action->data().toInt();
- kDebug( 1400 ) << "History::forwardActivated(): id = " << id;
- goHistoryActivated( id + 1 );
-}
-
-void History::goHistoryActivated( int steps )
-{
- kDebug( 1400 ) << "History::goHistoryActivated(): m_goBuffer = " << m_goBuffer;
- if ( m_goBuffer )
- return;
- m_goBuffer = steps;
- QTimer::singleShot( 0, this, SLOT( goHistoryDelayed() ) );
-}
-
-void History::goHistoryDelayed()
-{
- kDebug( 1400 ) << "History::goHistoryDelayed(): m_goBuffer = " << m_goBuffer;
- if ( !m_goBuffer )
- return;
- int steps = m_goBuffer;
- m_goBuffer = 0;
- goHistory( steps );
-}
-
-void History::goHistory( int steps )
-{
- kDebug() << "History::goHistory(): " << steps;
-
- // If current entry is empty remove it.
- Entry *current = *m_entries_current;
- if ( current && !current->view ) m_entries_current = m_entries.erase(m_entries_current);
-
- EntryList::iterator newPos = m_entries_current - steps;
-
- current = *newPos;
- if ( !current ) {
- kError() << "No History entry at position " << newPos - m_entries.begin() << endl;
- return;
- }
-
- if ( !current->view ) {
- kWarning() << "Empty history entry." ;
- return;
- }
-
- m_entries_current = newPos;
-
- if ( current->search ) {
- kDebug() << "History::goHistory(): search";
- current->view->lastSearch();
- return;
- }
-
- if ( current->url.protocol() == QLatin1String("khelpcenter") ) {
- kDebug() << "History::goHistory(): internal";
- emit goInternalUrl( current->url );
- return;
- }
-
- kDebug() << "History::goHistory(): restore state";
-
- emit goUrl( current->url );
-
- Entry h( *current );
- h.buffer.detach();
-
- QDataStream stream( h.buffer );
-
- h.view->closeUrl();
- updateCurrentEntry( h.view );
- h.view->browserExtension()->restoreState( stream );
-
-
- updateActions();
-}
-
-void History::fillBackMenu()
-{
- QMenu *menu = m_backAction->menu();
- menu->clear();
- fillHistoryPopup( menu, true, false, false );
-}
-
-void History::fillForwardMenu()
-{
- QMenu *menu = m_forwardAction->menu();
- menu->clear();
- fillHistoryPopup( menu, false, true, false );
-}
-
-void History::fillGoMenu()
-{
- KXmlGuiWindow *mainWindow = static_cast( kapp->activeWindow() );
- QMenu *goMenu = dynamic_cast( mainWindow->guiFactory()->container( QLatin1String( "go" ), mainWindow ) );
- if ( !goMenu || m_goMenuIndex == -1 )
- return;
-
- for ( int i = goMenu->actions().count() - 1 ; i >= m_goMenuIndex; i-- )
- goMenu->removeAction( goMenu->actions()[i] );
-
- // TODO perhaps smarter algorithm (rename existing items, create new ones only if not enough) ?
-
- // Ok, we want to show 10 items in all, among which the current url...
-
- if ( m_entries.count() <= 9 )
- {
- // First case: limited history in both directions -> show it all
- m_goMenuHistoryStartPos = m_entries.count() - 1; // Start right from the end
- } else
- // Second case: big history, in one or both directions
- {
- // Assume both directions first (in this case we place the current URL in the middle)
- m_goMenuHistoryStartPos = (m_entries_current - m_entries.begin()) + 4;
-
- // Forward not big enough ?
- if ( m_goMenuHistoryStartPos > (int) m_entries.count() - 4 )
- m_goMenuHistoryStartPos = m_entries.count() - 1;
- }
- Q_ASSERT( m_goMenuHistoryStartPos >= 0 && (int) m_goMenuHistoryStartPos < m_entries.count() );
- m_goMenuHistoryCurrentPos = m_entries_current - m_entries.begin(); // for slotActivated
- fillHistoryPopup( goMenu, false, false, true, m_goMenuHistoryStartPos );
-}
-
-void History::goMenuActivated( QAction* action )
-{
- KXmlGuiWindow *mainWindow = static_cast( kapp->activeWindow() );
- QMenu *goMenu = dynamic_cast( mainWindow->guiFactory()->container( QLatin1String( "go" ), mainWindow ) );
- if ( !goMenu )
- return;
-
- // 1 for first item in the list, etc.
- int index = goMenu->actions().indexOf(action) - m_goMenuIndex + 1;
- if ( index > 0 )
- {
- kDebug(1400) << "Item clicked has index " << index;
- // -1 for one step back, 0 for don't move, +1 for one step forward, etc.
- int steps = ( m_goMenuHistoryStartPos+1 ) - index - m_goMenuHistoryCurrentPos; // make a drawing to understand this :-)
- kDebug(1400) << "Emit activated with steps = " << steps;
- goHistory( steps );
- }
-}
-
-void History::fillHistoryPopup( QMenu *popup, bool onlyBack, bool onlyForward, bool checkCurrentItem, uint startPos )
-{
- Q_ASSERT ( popup ); // kill me if this 0... :/
-
- Entry * current = *m_entries_current;
- QList::iterator it = m_entries.begin();
- if (onlyBack || onlyForward)
- {
- it = m_entries_current; // Jump to current item
- // And move off it
- if ( !onlyForward ) {
- if ( it != m_entries.end() ) ++it;
- } else {
- if ( it != m_entries.begin() ) --it;
- }
- } else if ( startPos )
- it += startPos; // Jump to specified start pos
-
- uint i = 0;
- while ( it != m_entries.end() )
- {
- QString text = (*it)->title;
- text = KStringHandler::csqueeze(text, 50); //CT: squeeze
- text.replace( '&', "&&" );
- QAction *action = popup->addAction( text );
- action->setData( i );
- if ( checkCurrentItem && *it == current )
- {
- action->setChecked( true ); // no pixmap if checked
- }
- if ( ++i > 10 )
- break;
- if ( !onlyForward ) {
- ++it;
- } else {
- if ( it == m_entries.begin() ) {
- it = m_entries.end();
- } else {
- --it;
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-bool History::canGoBack() const
-{
- return m_entries.size()>1 && EntryList::const_iterator(m_entries_current) != (m_entries.begin()+(m_entries.size()-1));
-}
-
-bool History::canGoForward() const
-{
- return EntryList::const_iterator(m_entries_current) != m_entries.constBegin() && m_entries.size() > 1;
-}
-
-void History::dumpHistory() const {
- for(EntryList::const_iterator it = m_entries.constBegin() ; it!=m_entries.constEnd() ; ++it) {
- kDebug() << (*it)->title << (*it)->url << (it==EntryList::const_iterator(m_entries_current) ? "current" : "" ) ;
- }
-
-}
-
-#include "history.moc"
-// vim:ts=2:sw=2:et
diff --git a/khelpcenter/history.h b/khelpcenter/history.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e9e6af27..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/history.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * This file is part of the KDE Help Center
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Frerich Raabe
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#ifndef KHC_HISTORY_H
-#define KHC_HISTORY_H
-
-#include
-
-#include
-
-#include
-#include
-
-class KActionCollection;
-class KXmlGuiWindow;
-class KToolBarPopupAction;
-class QMenu;
-
-namespace KHC {
-
-class View;
-
-class History : public QObject
-{
- Q_OBJECT
- public:
- friend class foo; // to make gcc shut up
- struct Entry
- {
- Entry() : view( 0 ), search( false ) {}
-
- View *view;
- KUrl url;
- QString title;
- QByteArray buffer;
- bool search;
- };
-
- static History &self();
-
- void setupActions( KActionCollection *coll );
- void updateActions();
-
- void installMenuBarHook( KXmlGuiWindow *mainWindow );
-
- void createEntry();
- void updateCurrentEntry( KHC::View *view );
-
- Q_SIGNALS:
- void goInternalUrl( const KUrl & );
- void goUrl( const KUrl & );
-
- private Q_SLOTS:
- void backActivated( QAction *action );
- void fillBackMenu();
- void forwardActivated( QAction *action );
- void fillForwardMenu();
- void goMenuActivated( QAction* action );
- void fillGoMenu();
- void back();
- void forward();
- void goHistoryActivated( int steps );
- void goHistory( int steps );
- void goHistoryDelayed();
-
- private:
- History();
- History( const History &rhs );
- History &operator=( const History &rhs );
- ~History();
-
- typedef QList EntryList;
-
- bool canGoBack() const;
- bool canGoForward() const;
- void fillHistoryPopup( QMenu *, bool, bool, bool, uint = 0 );
-
- /**
- * dumps the history with a kDebug and mark wihch one is the current one
- * This is a debugging function.
- */
- void dumpHistory() const;
-
- static History *m_instance;
-
- EntryList m_entries;
- EntryList::Iterator m_entries_current;
-
-
- int m_goBuffer;
- int m_goMenuIndex;
- int m_goMenuHistoryStartPos;
- int m_goMenuHistoryCurrentPos;
- public:
- KToolBarPopupAction *m_backAction;
- KToolBarPopupAction *m_forwardAction;
-};
-
-}
-
-#endif // KHC_HISTORY_H
-// vim:ts=2:sw=2:et
diff --git a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch.cpp b/khelpcenter/htmlsearch.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 200885aa..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-#include "htmlsearch.h"
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-#include "docentry.h"
-
-#include "htmlsearch.moc"
-
-using namespace KHC;
-
-HTMLSearch::HTMLSearch()
-{
- mConfig = new KConfig("khelpcenterrc");
-}
-
-HTMLSearch::~HTMLSearch()
-{
- delete mConfig;
-}
-
-void HTMLSearch::setupDocEntry( KHC::DocEntry *entry )
-{
-// kDebug() << "HTMLSearch::setupDocEntry(): " << entry->name();
-
- if ( entry->searchMethod().toLower() != QLatin1String("htdig") ) return;
-
- if ( entry->search().isEmpty() )
- entry->setSearch( defaultSearch( entry ) );
- if ( entry->indexer().isEmpty() )
- entry->setIndexer( defaultIndexer( entry ) );
- if ( entry->indexTestFile().isEmpty() )
- entry->setIndexTestFile( defaultIndexTestFile( entry ) );
-
-// entry->dump();
-}
-
-QString HTMLSearch::defaultSearch( KHC::DocEntry *entry )
-{
- QString htsearch = QLatin1String("cgi:");
- htsearch += mConfig->group("htdig").readPathEntry( "htsearch", QString() );
- htsearch += "?words=%k&method=and&format=-desc&config=";
- htsearch += entry->identifier();
-
- return htsearch;
-}
-
-QString HTMLSearch::defaultIndexer( KHC::DocEntry * )
-{
- QString indexer = mConfig->group("htdig").readPathEntry( "indexer", QString() );
- indexer += " --indexdir=%i %f";
-
- return indexer;
-}
-
-QString HTMLSearch::defaultIndexTestFile( KHC::DocEntry *entry )
-{
- return entry->identifier() + QLatin1String(".exists");
-}
-
-// vim:ts=2:sw=2:et
diff --git a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch.h b/khelpcenter/htmlsearch.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 04b1022c..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-/* This file is part of the KDE project
- Copyright 2002 Cornelius Schumacher
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
- License version 2 or at your option version 3 as published
- by the Free Software Foundation.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
- the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef KHC_HTMLSEARCH_H
-#define KHC_HTMLSEARCH_H
-
-#include
-
-class KConfig;
-
-namespace KHC {
-
-class DocEntry;
-
-class HTMLSearch : public QObject
-{
- Q_OBJECT
- public:
- HTMLSearch();
- ~HTMLSearch();
-
- void setupDocEntry( KHC::DocEntry * );
-
- QString defaultSearch( KHC::DocEntry * );
- QString defaultIndexer( KHC::DocEntry * );
- QString defaultIndexTestFile( KHC::DocEntry * );
-
- private:
- KConfig *mConfig;
-};
-
-}
-
-#endif //KHC_HTMLSEARCH_H
-// vim:ts=2:sw=2:et
diff --git a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/CMakeLists.txt b/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index af3585c5..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-
-
-########### next target ###############
-
-set(htmlsearch_LIB_SRCS htmlsearch.cpp progressdialog.cpp)
-
-
-kde4_add_library(htmlsearch SHARED ${htmlsearch_LIB_SRCS})
-
-target_link_libraries(htmlsearch ${KDE4_KIO_LIBS})
-
-set_target_properties(htmlsearch PROPERTIES VERSION ${GENERIC_LIB_VERSION} SOVERSION ${GENERIC_LIB_SOVERSION})
-install(TARGETS htmlsearch ${INSTALL_TARGETS_DEFAULT_ARGS})
-
-
-########### next target ###############
-
-set(kcm_htmlsearch_LIB_SRCS kcmhtmlsearch.cpp klangcombo.cpp ktagcombobox.cpp)
-
-
-kde4_add_library(kcm_htmlsearch SHARED ${kcm_htmlsearch_LIB_SRCS})
-
-target_link_libraries(kcm_htmlsearch ${KDE4_KIO_LIBS})
-
-set_target_properties(kcm_htmlsearch PROPERTIES VERSION ${GENERIC_LIB_VERSION} SOVERSION ${GENERIC_LIB_SOVERSION})
-install(TARGETS kcm_htmlsearch ${INSTALL_TARGETS_DEFAULT_ARGS})
-
-
-########### next target ###############
-
-set(khtmlindex_SRCS index.cpp )
-
-
-kde4_add_executable(khtmlindex ${khtmlindex_SRCS})
-
-target_link_libraries(khtmlindex ${KDE4_KDEUI_LIBS} htmlsearch )
-
-install(PROGRAMS khtmlindex ${INSTALL_TARGETS_DEFAULT_ARGS})
-
-
-########### install files ###############
-
-install( FILES htmlsearch.desktop DESTINATION ${SERVICES_INSTALL_DIR} )
-install( FILES long.html short.html wrapper.html nomatch.html syntax.html DESTINATION ${DATA_INSTALL_DIR}/khelpcenter/en )
-install( FILES star.png star_blank.png DESTINATION ${DATA_INSTALL_DIR}/khelpcenter/pics )
-install( FILES unchecked.xpm checked.xpm DESTINATION ${DATA_INSTALL_DIR}/khelpcenter/pics )
-
-install( PROGRAMS meinproc_wrapper DESTINATION ${DATA_INSTALL_DIR}/khelpcenter/ )
-
-kde4_install_icons( ${DATA_INSTALL_DIR}/khelpcenter/ )
diff --git a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/Messages.sh b/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/Messages.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index eaae93e4..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/Messages.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-### TODO: why do we need 2 POT files for one directory?
-$XGETTEXT index.cpp htmlsearch.cpp progressdialog.cpp rc.cpp -o $podir/htmlsearch.pot
-$XGETTEXT kcmhtmlsearch.cpp klangcombo.cpp ktagcombobox.cpp rc.cpp -o $podir/kcmhtmlsearch.pot
diff --git a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/checked.xpm b/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/checked.xpm
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ed19024..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/checked.xpm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-/* XPM */
-static char*unchecked[]={
-"16 16 4 1",
-"# c #000000",
-"+ c #ffffff",
-"D c #000000",
-". c None",
-"................",
-"............++++",
-"..++++++++++DDD+",
-"..+########DDD+.",
-"..+#++++++DDD+..",
-"+DDD+...+DDD#+..",
-"++DDD+++DDD+#+..",
-"..+DDDDDDD++#+..",
-"..+#DDDDD+.+#+..",
-"..+#++DD+..+#+..",
-"..+#+++++..+#+..",
-"..+#++++++++#+..",
-"..+##########+..",
-"..++++++++++++..",
-"................",
-"................"};
diff --git a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/htmlsearch.cpp b/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/htmlsearch.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 38e72160..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/htmlsearch.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,478 +0,0 @@
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-
-#include "progressdialog.h"
-#include
-#include "htmlsearch.moc"
-
-
-HTMLSearch::HTMLSearch()
- : QObject(), _proc(0)
-{
-}
-
-
-QString HTMLSearch::dataPath(const QString& _lang)
-{
- return kapp->dirs()->saveLocation("data", QString("khelpcenter/%1").arg(_lang));
-}
-
-
-void HTMLSearch::scanDir(const QString& dir)
-{
- assert( dir.at( dir.length() - 1 ) == '/' );
-
- QStringList::ConstIterator it;
-
- if ( KStandardDirs::exists( dir + "index.docbook" ) ) {
- _files.append(dir + "index.docbook");
- progress->setFilesScanned(++_filesScanned);
- } else {
- QDir d(dir, "*.html", QDir::Name|QDir::IgnoreCase, QDir::Files | QDir::Readable);
- QStringList const &list = d.entryList();
- QString adir = d.canonicalPath () + '/';
- QString file;
- for (it=list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it)
- {
- file = adir + *it;
- if ( !_files.contains( file ) ) {
- _files.append(file);
- progress->setFilesScanned(++_filesScanned);
- }
- }
- }
-
- QDir d2(dir, QString(), QDir::Name|QDir::IgnoreCase, QDir::Dirs);
- QStringList const &dlist = d2.entryList();
- for (it=dlist.begin(); it != dlist.end(); ++it)
- if (*it != "." && *it != "..")
- {
- scanDir(dir + *it + '/');
- kapp->processEvents();
- }
-}
-
-
-bool HTMLSearch::saveFilesList(const QString& _lang)
-{
- QStringList dirs;
-
- // throw away old files list
- _files.clear();
-
- // open config file
- KConfig config("khelpcenterrc");
- KConfigGroup scopeGroup( &config, "Scope" );
-
- // add KDE help dirs
- if (scopeGroup.readEntry("KDE", true))
- dirs = kapp->dirs()->findDirs("html", _lang + '/');
- kDebug() << "got " << dirs.count() << " dirs\n";
-
- // TODO: Man and Info!!
-
- // add local urls
- QStringList add = scopeGroup.readEntry("Paths", QStringList() );
- QStringList::const_iterator it;
- for (it = add.begin(); it != add.end(); ++it) {
- if ( ( *it ).at( ( *it ).length() - 1 ) != '/' )
- ( *it ) += '/';
- dirs.append(*it);
- }
-
- _filesScanned = 0;
-
- for (it = dirs.begin(); it != dirs.end(); ++it)
- scanDir(*it);
-
- return true;
-}
-
-
-bool HTMLSearch::createConfig(const QString& _lang)
-{
- QString fname = dataPath(_lang) + "/htdig.conf";
-
- // locate the common dir
- QString wrapper = locate("data", QString("khelpcenter/%1/wrapper.html").arg(_lang));
- if (wrapper.isEmpty())
- wrapper = locate("data", QString("khelpcenter/en/wrapper.html"));
- if (wrapper.isEmpty())
- return false;
- wrapper = wrapper.left(wrapper.length() - 12);
-
- // locate the image dir
- QString images = locate("data", "khelpcenter/pics/star.png");
- if (images.isEmpty())
- return false;
- images = images.left(images.length() - 8);
-
- // This is an example replacement for the default bad_words file
- // distributed with ht://Dig. It was compiled by Marjolein Katsma
- // .
- QString bad_words = i18nc( "List of words to exclude from index",
- "above:about:according:across:actually:\n"
- "adj:after:afterwards:again:against:all:\n"
- "almost:alone:along:already:also:although:\n"
- "always:among:amongst:and:another:any:\n"
- "anyhow:anyone:anything:anywhere:are:aren:\n"
- "arent:around:became:because:become:\n"
- "becomes:becoming:been:before:beforehand:\n"
- "begin:beginning:behind:being:below:beside:\n"
- "besides:between:beyond:billion:both:but:\n"
- "can:cant:cannot:caption:could:couldnt:\n"
- "did:didnt:does:doesnt:dont:down:during:\n" //krazy:exclude=spelling
- "each:eight:eighty:either:else:elsewhere:\n"
- "end:ending:enough:etc:even:ever:every:\n"
- "everyone:everything:everywhere:except:few:\n"
- "fifty:first:five:for:former:formerly:forty:\n"
- "found:four:from:further:had:has:hasnt:have:\n" //krazy:exclude=spelling
- "havent:hence:her:here:hereafter:hereby:\n"
- "herein:heres:hereupon:hers:herself:hes:him:\n"
- "himself:his:how:however:hundred:\n"
- "inc:indeed:instead:into:isnt:its:\n"
- "itself:last:later:latter:latterly:least:\n"
- "less:let:like:likely:ltd:made:make:makes:\n"
- "many:may:maybe:meantime:meanwhile:might:\n"
- "million:miss:more:moreover:most:mostly:\n"
- "mrs:much:must:myself:namely:neither:\n"
- "never:nevertheless:next:nine:ninety:\n"
- "nobody:none:nonetheless:noone:nor:not:\n" //krazy:exclude=spelling
- "nothing:now:nowhere:off:often:once:\n"
- "one:only:onto:others:otherwise:our:ours:\n"
- "ourselves:out:over:overall:own:page:per:\n"
- "perhaps:rather:recent:recently:same:\n"
- "seem:seemed:seeming:seems:seven:seventy:\n"
- "several:she:shes:should:shouldnt:since:six:\n" //krazy:exclude=spelling
- "sixty:some:somehow:someone:something:\n"
- "sometime:sometimes:somewhere:still:stop:\n"
- "such:taking:ten:than:that:the:their:them:\n"
- "themselves:then:thence:there:thereafter:\n"
- "thereby:therefore:therein:thereupon:these:\n"
- "they:thirty:this:those:though:thousand:\n"
- "three:through:throughout:thru:thus:tips:\n"
- "together:too:toward:towards:trillion:\n"
- "twenty:two:under:unless:unlike:unlikely:\n"
- "until:update:updated:updates:upon:\n"
- "used:using:very:via:want:wanted:wants:\n"
- "was:wasnt:way:ways:wed:well:were:\n"
- "werent:what:whats:whatever:when:whence:\n"
- "whenever:where:whereafter:whereas:whereby:\n"
- "wherein:whereupon:wherever:wheres:whether:\n"
- "which:while:whither:who:whoever:whole:\n"
- "whom:whomever:whose:why:will:with:within:\n"
- "without:wont:work:worked:works:working:\n"
- "would:wouldnt:yes:yet:you:youd:youll:your:\n"
- "youre:yours:yourself:yourselves:youve" );
-
- QFile f;
- f.setName( dataPath(_lang) + "/bad_words" );
- if (f.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly))
- {
- QTextStream ts( &f );
- QStringList words = bad_words.split( QRegExp ( "[\n:]" ), QString::SkipEmptyParts );
- for ( QStringList::ConstIterator it = words.begin();
- it != words.end(); ++it )
- ts << *it << endl;
- f.close();
- }
-
- f.setName(fname);
- if (f.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly))
- {
- kDebug() << "Writing config for " << _lang << " to " << fname;
-
- QTextStream ts(&f);
-
- ts << "database_dir:\t\t" << dataPath(_lang) << endl;
- ts << "start_url:\t\t`" << dataPath(_lang) << "/files`" << endl;
- ts << "local_urls:\t\tfile:/=/" << endl;
- ts << "local_urls_only:\ttrue" << endl;
- ts << "maximum_pages:\t\t1" << endl;
- ts << "image_url_prefix:\t" << images << endl;
- ts << "star_image:\t\t" << images << "star.png" << endl;
- ts << "star_blank:\t\t" << images << "star_blank.png" << endl;
- ts << "compression_level:\t6" << endl;
- ts << "max_hop_count:\t\t0" << endl;
-
- ts << "search_results_wrapper:\t" << wrapper << "wrapper.html" << endl;
- ts << "nothing_found_file:\t" << wrapper << "nomatch.html" << endl;
- ts << "syntax_error_file:\t" << wrapper << "syntax.html" << endl;
- ts << "bad_word_list:\t\t" << dataPath(_lang) << "/bad_words" << endl;
- ts << "external_parsers:\t" << "text/xml\t" << locate( "data", "khelpcenter/meinproc_wrapper" ) << endl;
- f.close();
- return true;
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-
-#define CHUNK_SIZE 15
-
-bool HTMLSearch::generateIndex( const QString & _lang, QWidget *parent)
-{
- if (_lang == "C")
- _lang = "en";
-
- if (!createConfig(_lang))
- return false;
-
- // create progress dialog
- progress = new ProgressDialog(parent);
- progress->show();
- kapp->processEvents();
-
- // create files list ----------------------------------------------
- if (!saveFilesList(_lang))
- return false;
-
- progress->setState(1);
-
- // run htdig ------------------------------------------------------
- KConfig config("khelpcenterrc", true);
- KConfigGroup group(&config, "htdig");
- QString exe = group.readPathEntry("htdig", KGlobal::dirs()->findExe("htdig"));
-
- if (exe.isEmpty())
- {
- return false;
- }
- bool initial = true;
- bool done = false;
- int count = 0;
-
- _filesToDig = _files.count();
- progress->setFilesToDig(_filesToDig);
- _filesDigged = 0;
-
- QDir d; d.mkdir(dataPath(_lang));
-
- while (!done)
- {
- // kill old process
- delete _proc;
-
- // prepare new process
- _proc = new K3Process();
- *_proc << exe << "-v" << "-c" << dataPath(_lang)+"/htdig.conf";
- if (initial)
- {
- *_proc << "-i";
- initial = false;
- }
-
- kDebug() << "Running htdig";
-
- connect(_proc, SIGNAL(receivedStdout(K3Process *,char*,int)),
- this, SLOT(htdigStdout(K3Process *,char*,int)));
-
- connect(_proc, SIGNAL(processExited(K3Process *)),
- this, SLOT(htdigExited(K3Process *)));
-
- _htdigRunning = true;
-
- // write out file
- QFile f(dataPath(_lang)+"/files");
- if (f.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly))
- {
- QTextStream ts(&f);
-
- for (int i=0; istart(K3Process::NotifyOnExit, K3Process::Stdout );
-
- kapp->enter_loop();
-
- if (!_proc->normalExit() || _proc->exitStatus() != 0)
- {
- delete _proc;
- delete progress;
- return false;
- }
-
- // _filesDigged += CHUNK_SIZE;
- progress->setFilesDigged(_filesDigged);
- kapp->processEvents();
- }
-
- progress->setState(2);
-
- // run htmerge -----------------------------------------------------
- exe = group.readPathEntry("htmerge", kapp->dirs()->findExe("htmerge"));
- if (exe.isEmpty())
- {
- return false;
- }
- delete _proc;
- _proc = new K3Process();
- *_proc << exe << "-c" << dataPath(_lang)+"/htdig.conf";
-
- kDebug() << "Running htmerge";
-
- connect(_proc, SIGNAL(processExited(K3Process *)),
- this, SLOT(htmergeExited(K3Process *)));
-
- _htmergeRunning = true;
-
- _proc->start(K3Process::NotifyOnExit, K3Process::Stdout);
-
- kapp->enter_loop();
-
- if (!_proc->normalExit() || _proc->exitStatus() != 0)
- {
- delete _proc;
- delete progress;
- return false;
- }
-
- delete _proc;
-
- progress->setState(3);
- kapp->processEvents();
-
- delete progress;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-
-
-void HTMLSearch::htdigStdout(K3Process *, char *buffer, int len)
-{
- QString line = QString(buffer).left(len);
-
- int cnt=0, index=-1;
- while ( (index = line.find("file://", index+1)) > 0)
- cnt++;
- _filesDigged += cnt;
-
- cnt=0;
- index=-1;
- while ( (index = line.find("not changed", index+1)) > 0)
- cnt++;
- _filesDigged -= cnt;
-
- progress->setFilesDigged(_filesDigged);
-}
-
-
-void HTMLSearch::htdigExited(K3Process *p)
-{
- kDebug() << "htdig terminated " << p->exitStatus();
- _htdigRunning = false;
- kapp->exit_loop();
-}
-
-
-void HTMLSearch::htmergeExited(K3Process *)
-{
- kDebug() << "htmerge terminated";
- _htmergeRunning = false;
- kapp->exit_loop();
-}
-
-
-void HTMLSearch::htsearchStdout(K3Process *, char *buffer, int len)
-{
- _searchResult += QString::fromLocal8Bit(buffer,len);
-}
-
-
-void HTMLSearch::htsearchExited(K3Process *)
-{
- kDebug() << "htsearch terminated";
- _htsearchRunning = false;
- kapp->exit_loop();
-}
-
-
-QString HTMLSearch::search( const QString & _lang, const QString & words, const QString & method, int matches,
- const QString & format, const QString & sort)
-{
- if (_lang == "C")
- _lang = "en";
-
- createConfig(_lang);
-
- QString result = dataPath(_lang)+"/result.html";
-
- // run htsearch ----------------------------------------------------
- KConfig *config = new KConfig("khelpcenterrc", true);
- KConfigGroup group(config, "htdig");
- QString exe = group.readPathEntry("htsearch", kapp->dirs()->findExe("htsearch"));
- if (exe.isEmpty())
- {
- delete config;
- return QString();
- }
- _proc = new K3Process();
- *_proc << exe << "-c" << dataPath(_lang)+"/htdig.conf" <<
- QString("words=%1;method=%2;matchesperpage=%3;format=%4;sort=%5").arg(words).arg(method).arg(matches).arg(format).arg(sort);
-
- kDebug() << "Running htsearch";
-
- connect(_proc, SIGNAL(receivedStdout(K3Process *,char*,int)),
- this, SLOT(htsearchStdout(K3Process *,char*,int)));
- connect(_proc, SIGNAL(processExited(K3Process *)),
- this, SLOT(htsearchExited(K3Process *)));
-
- _htsearchRunning = true;
- _searchResult = "";
-
- _proc->start(K3Process::NotifyOnExit, K3Process::Stdout);
-
- kapp->enter_loop();
-
- if (!_proc->normalExit() || _proc->exitStatus() != 0)
- {
- kDebug() << "Error running htsearch... returning now";
- delete _proc;
- delete config;
- return QString();
- }
-
- delete _proc;
-
- // modify the search result
- _searchResult = _searchResult.replace("http://localhost/", "file:/");
- _searchResult = _searchResult.remove("Content-type: text/html");
-
- // dump the search result
- QFile f(result);
- if (f.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly))
- {
- QTextStream ts(&f);
-
- ts << _searchResult << endl;
-
- f.close();
- delete config;
- return result;
- }
- delete config;
- return QString();
-}
diff --git a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/htmlsearch.desktop b/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/htmlsearch.desktop
deleted file mode 100644
index f23fe4a0..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/htmlsearch.desktop
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,256 +0,0 @@
-[Desktop Entry]
-Exec=kcmshell4 htmlsearch
-Icon=help_index
-Type=Service
-X-KDE-ServiceTypes=KCModule
-X-DocPath=kcontrol/help-index.html
-
-X-KDE-Library=kcm_htmlsearch
-X-KDE-FactoryName=htmlsearch
-X-KDE-ParentApp=kcontrol
-
-Name=Index
-Name[af]=Indeks
-Name[ar]=الفهرس
-Name[ast]=Índiz
-Name[be]=Індэкс
-Name[be@latin]=Źmiest
-Name[bg]=Индекс
-Name[bn]=সূচি
-Name[bn_IN]=ইন্ডেক্স
-Name[br]=Meneger
-Name[bs]=Indeks
-Name[ca]=Índex
-Name[ca@valencia]=Índex
-Name[cs]=Rejstřík
-Name[csb]=Indeks
-Name[cy]=Mynegai
-Name[da]=Indeks
-Name[de]=Stichwortverzeichnis
-Name[el]=Ευρετήριο
-Name[en_GB]=Index
-Name[eo]=Indekso
-Name[es]=Índice
-Name[et]=Indeks
-Name[eu]=Indizea
-Name[fa]=فهرست
-Name[fi]=Hakemisto
-Name[fr]=Index
-Name[fy]=Yndeks
-Name[ga]=Innéacs
-Name[gl]=Índice
-Name[gu]=અનુક્રમણિકા
-Name[he]=אינדקס
-Name[hi]=निर्देशिका
-Name[hne]=निर्देसिका
-Name[hr]=Indeks
-Name[hsb]=Indeks
-Name[hu]=Keresési index
-Name[ia]=Indice
-Name[id]=Indeks
-Name[is]=Yfirlit
-Name[it]=Indice
-Name[ja]=インデックス
-Name[ka]=ინდექსი
-Name[kk]=Индекс
-Name[km]=លិបិក្រម
-Name[kn]=ಅನುಕ್ರಮ (ಇಂಡೆಕ್ಸ್)
-Name[ko]=찾아보기
-Name[ku]=Pêrist
-Name[lt]=Rodyklė
-Name[lv]=Indekss
-Name[mai]=सूची
-Name[mk]=Индекс
-Name[ml]=സൂചിക
-Name[mr]=सूची
-Name[ms]=Indeks
-Name[nb]=Indeks
-Name[nds]=Index
-Name[ne]=अनुक्रमणिका
-Name[nl]=Index
-Name[nn]=Indeks
-Name[oc]=Indèx
-Name[or]=ଅନୁକ୍ରମଣିକା
-Name[pa]=ਇੰਡੈਕਸ
-Name[pl]=Indeks
-Name[pt]=Índice
-Name[pt_BR]=Índice
-Name[ro]=Index
-Name[ru]=Индекс
-Name[se]=Indeaksa
-Name[si]=පටුන
-Name[sk]=Index
-Name[sl]=Kazalo
-Name[sr]=Индекс
-Name[sr@ijekavian]=Индекс
-Name[sr@ijekavianlatin]=Indeks
-Name[sr@latin]=Indeks
-Name[sv]=Index
-Name[ta]=பொருளடக்கம்
-Name[te]=సూచిక
-Name[tg]=Индекс
-Name[th]=ดัชนี
-Name[tr]=Dizin
-Name[ug]=مۇندەرىجە
-Name[uk]=Індекс
-Name[uz]=Indeks
-Name[uz@cyrillic]=Индекс
-Name[vi]=chỉ mục
-Name[wa]=Indecse
-Name[xh]=Isalathiso
-Name[x-test]=xxIndexxx
-Name[zh_CN]=索引
-Name[zh_TW]=索引
-
-Comment=Index generation
-Comment[af]=Indeks genereering
-Comment[ar]=توليد الفهرس
-Comment[ast]=Xeneración del índiz
-Comment[be]=Стварэнне індэксу
-Comment[be@latin]=Stvareńnie źmiestu
-Comment[bg]=Създаване на индекс
-Comment[bn]=সূচি উত্পাদন
-Comment[bn_IN]=ইন্ডেক্স নির্মাণ প্রণালী
-Comment[br]=Genel ar meneger
-Comment[bs]=Stvaranje indeksa
-Comment[ca]=Generació de l'índex
-Comment[ca@valencia]=Generació de l'índex
-Comment[cs]=Vytvoření rejstříku
-Comment[csb]=Generowanié indeksu
-Comment[cy]=Cynhyrchu mynegai
-Comment[da]=Indeksgenerering
-Comment[de]=Erstellung des Stichwortverzeichnisses
-Comment[el]=Δημιουργία περιεχομένων
-Comment[en_GB]=Index generation
-Comment[eo]=Kreado de indekso
-Comment[es]=Generación del índice
-Comment[et]=Indeksi loomine
-Comment[eu]=Indizea sortzea
-Comment[fa]=تولید فهرست
-Comment[fi]=Hakemiston luonti
-Comment[fr]=Génération d'index
-Comment[fy]=Yndeksgeneraasje
-Comment[ga]=Giniúint innéacs
-Comment[gl]=Xeración do índice
-Comment[gu]=અનુક્રમણિકા બનાવટ
-Comment[he]=יצירת אינדקס
-Comment[hi]=सूची बनाएँ
-Comment[hne]=सूची बनाव
-Comment[hr]=Generiranje indeksa
-Comment[hsb]=Stworjenje indeksa
-Comment[hu]=Index létrehozása
-Comment[ia]=Generation de indice
-Comment[id]=Pembuatan indeks
-Comment[is]=Yfirlitsgerð
-Comment[it]=Generazione dell'indice
-Comment[ja]=インデックスを生成
-Comment[ka]=ინდექსის შექმნა
-Comment[kk]=Индексті құру
-Comment[km]=ការបង្កើតលិបិក្រម
-Comment[kn]=ಅನುಕ್ರಮ (ಇಂಡೆಕ್ಸ್) ಉತ್ಪತ್ತಿ
-Comment[ko]=찾아보기 생성
-Comment[ku]=Afirandina pêristê
-Comment[lt]=Rodyklės generavimas
-Comment[lv]=Indeksa ģenerēšana
-Comment[mai]=सूची बनाबू
-Comment[mk]=Генерирање на индекс
-Comment[ml]=സൂചികാനിര്മ്മാണം
-Comment[mr]=सूची बनवा
-Comment[ms]=Penjanaan indeks
-Comment[nb]=Lag innholdsregister
-Comment[nds]=Index maken
-Comment[ne]=अनुक्रमणिका सिर्जना
-Comment[nl]=Indexgeneratie
-Comment[nn]=Indekslaging
-Comment[or]=ଅନୁକ୍ରମଣିକା ସୃଷ୍ଟି
-Comment[pa]=ਇੰਡੈਕਸ ਬਣਾਓ
-Comment[pl]=Generowanie indeksu
-Comment[pt]=Geração de índices
-Comment[pt_BR]=Geração de índice
-Comment[ro]=Generează indexul
-Comment[ru]=Создание индекса
-Comment[se]=Indeaksaráhkadeapmi
-Comment[si]=පටුන ජනණය
-Comment[sk]=Generovanie indexu
-Comment[sl]=Ustvarjanje kazala
-Comment[sr]=Стварање индекса
-Comment[sr@ijekavian]=Стварање индекса
-Comment[sr@ijekavianlatin]=Stvaranje indeksa
-Comment[sr@latin]=Stvaranje indeksa
-Comment[sv]=Indexskapare
-Comment[ta]=பொருளடக்க இயக்கம்
-Comment[te]=సూచిక ను తయారుచెయుట
-Comment[tg]=Эҷоди индекс
-Comment[th]=สร้างดัชนี
-Comment[tr]=Dizin oluşturma
-Comment[ug]=ئىندېكس ھاسىل قىلىش
-Comment[uk]=Створення індексу
-Comment[uz]=Indeksni yaratish
-Comment[uz@cyrillic]=Индексни яратиш
-Comment[vi]=Tạo ra chỉ mục
-Comment[wa]=Fijhaedje d' indecse
-Comment[xh]=Ulwenziwo Lwesalathiso
-Comment[x-test]=xxIndex generationxx
-Comment[zh_CN]=索引生成
-Comment[zh_TW]=產生索引
-
-X-KDE-Keywords=Help,HTML,Search,Index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scope,Language
-X-KDE-Keywords[ar]=مساعدة,HTML,بحث,فهرس,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,نطاق,لغة
-X-KDE-Keywords[bg]=Help,HTML,Search,Index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scope,Language,Помощ,Търсене,Индекс,Език
-X-KDE-Keywords[bn]=Help,HTML,Search,Index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scope,Language
-X-KDE-Keywords[bs]=Help,HTML,Search,Index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scope,Language,pomoć,pretraga,indeks
-X-KDE-Keywords[ca]=Ajuda,HTML,Cerca,Índex,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Àmbit,Idioma
-X-KDE-Keywords[ca@valencia]=Ajuda,HTML,Cerca,Índex,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Àmbit,Idioma
-X-KDE-Keywords[cs]=Nápověda,HTML,Hledání,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Rozsah,Jazyk
-X-KDE-Keywords[da]=Hjælp,HTML,Søgning,Indeks,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scope,sprog
-X-KDE-Keywords[de]=Hilfe,HTML,Suche,Index,Stichwortverzeichnis,htdig,Sprachen
-X-KDE-Keywords[el]=Βοήθεια,HTML,αναζήτηση,ευρετήριο,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,εμβέλεια,γλώσσα
-X-KDE-Keywords[en_GB]=Help,HTML,Search,Index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scope,Language
-X-KDE-Keywords[eo]=Helpo,HTML,Serĉi,Indekso,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Amplekso,Lingvo
-X-KDE-Keywords[es]=Ayuda,HTML,Buscar,Indice,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Ámbito,Idioma
-X-KDE-Keywords[et]=abi,HTML,otsing,indeks,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,keel
-X-KDE-Keywords[eu]=Laguntza,HTML,Bilaketa,Indizea,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Esparrua,Hizkuntza
-X-KDE-Keywords[fa]=Help,HTML,Search,Index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scope,Language
-X-KDE-Keywords[fi]=Help,HTML,Search,Index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scope,Language,Ohjeet,HTML,Haku,Indeksi,Hakemisto,Laajuus,Kieli
-X-KDE-Keywords[fr]=Aide, HTML, recherche, index, htdig, htsearch, htmerge, étendue, langage
-X-KDE-Keywords[ga]=Cabhair,HTML,Cuardach,Innéacs,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scóip,Teanga
-X-KDE-Keywords[gl]=Axuda, buscar, índice, html, htdig, htsearch, htmerge, lingua, ámbito
-X-KDE-Keywords[gu]=મદદ,HTML,શોધ,અનુક્રમ,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,અવકાશ,ભાષા
-X-KDE-Keywords[hi]=मदद, HTML, खोज, सूचकांक, htdig, htsearch, htmerge, स्कोप, भाषा
-X-KDE-Keywords[hu]=Súgó,HTML,Keresés,Index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Tartomány,Nyelv
-X-KDE-Keywords[ia]=Adjuta,HTML,Cerca,Indice,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scopo,Linguage
-X-KDE-Keywords[id]=Bantuan,HTML,Cari,Indeks,htding,htsearch,htmerge,Cakupan,Bahasa
-X-KDE-Keywords[is]=Hjálp,HTML,Leit,Yfirlit,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Svið,Tungumál
-X-KDE-Keywords[it]=aiuto,HTML,ricerca,indice,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,contesto,lingua
-X-KDE-Keywords[ja]=Help,HTML,Search,Index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scope,Language
-X-KDE-Keywords[kk]=Help,HTML,Search,Index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scope,Language
-X-KDE-Keywords[km]=Help,HTML,Search,Index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scope,Language
-X-KDE-Keywords[ko]=Help,HTML,Search,Index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scope,Language,도움말,검색,인덱스,언어
-X-KDE-Keywords[lv]=Palīdzība,HTML,meklēšana,indekss,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scope,valoda
-X-KDE-Keywords[mr]=मदत, HTML, शोध, अनुक्रमणिका, htdig,htsearch,htmerge, सीमा, भाषा
-X-KDE-Keywords[nb]=Hjelp,HTML,Søk,Index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,omfang,språk
-X-KDE-Keywords[nds]=Hülp.HTML,Söök,Index,htsearch,htmerge,Rebeet,Spraak
-X-KDE-Keywords[nl]=Help,HTML,zoeken,index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,scope,taal
-X-KDE-Keywords[nn]=Hjelp,HTML,Søk,indeksering,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,omfang,Scope,Språk
-X-KDE-Keywords[pa]=ਮੱਦਦ,HTML,ਖੋਜ,ਲੱਭੋ,ਇੰਡੈਕਸ,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,ਸਕੋਪ,ਹੱਦ,ਭਾਸ਼ਾ
-X-KDE-Keywords[pl]=Pomoc,HTML,Znajdowanie,Wyszukiwanie,Indeks,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Zakres,Język
-X-KDE-Keywords[pt]=Ajuda,HTML,Pesquisa,Índice,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Âmbito,Linguagem
-X-KDE-Keywords[pt_BR]=Ajuda,HTML,Pesquisa,Índice,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Âmbito,Linguagem
-X-KDE-Keywords[ro]=ajutor,HTML,căutare,caută,cuprins,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,limbă
-X-KDE-Keywords[ru]=Help,HTML,Search,Index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scope,Language,помощь,справка,поиск,индекс,язык
-X-KDE-Keywords[sk]=Pomoc,HTML,Hľadať,Index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scope,Jazyk
-X-KDE-Keywords[sl]=pomoč,html,iskanje,kazalo,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,obseg,jezik
-X-KDE-Keywords[sr]=Help,HTML,Search,Index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scope,Language,помоћ,ХТМЛ,претрага,тражење,индекс,језик
-X-KDE-Keywords[sr@ijekavian]=Help,HTML,Search,Index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scope,Language,помоћ,ХТМЛ,претрага,тражење,индекс,језик
-X-KDE-Keywords[sr@ijekavianlatin]=Help,HTML,Search,Index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scope,Language,pomoć,HTML,pretraga,traženje,indeks,jezik
-X-KDE-Keywords[sr@latin]=Help,HTML,Search,Index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scope,Language,pomoć,HTML,pretraga,traženje,indeks,jezik
-X-KDE-Keywords[sv]=Hjälp,HTML,Sök,Index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Omfattning,Språk
-X-KDE-Keywords[tg]=Кумак,HTML,Ҷустуҷӯ,Индекс,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Намудсоз,Забон
-X-KDE-Keywords[tr]=Yardım,HTML,Arama,Dizin,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Kapsam,Dil
-X-KDE-Keywords[ug]=ياردەم، HTML، ئىزدەش، ئىندېكس، htdig، htsearch، htmerge، دائىرە، تىل
-X-KDE-Keywords[uk]=Help;HTML;Search;Index;htdig;htsearch;htmerge;Scope;Language;довідка;допомога;пошук;індекс;покажчик;область;мова
-X-KDE-Keywords[vi]=Trợ giúp,HTML,Tìm kiếm,chỉ mục,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Phạm vi,Ngôn ngữ,Help,HTML,Search,Index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scope,Language
-X-KDE-Keywords[wa]=Aidance,HTML,Cweri,Trover,Cachî,Cachî après,indecse,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,scope,fortchete,lingaedje
-X-KDE-Keywords[x-test]=xxHelp,HTML,Search,Index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scope,Languagexx
-X-KDE-Keywords[zh_CN]=Help,HTML,Search,Index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scope,Language,帮助,搜索,索引,语言
-X-KDE-Keywords[zh_TW]=Help,HTML,Search,Index,htdig,htsearch,htmerge,Scope,Language
diff --git a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/htmlsearch.h b/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/htmlsearch.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f93cb2b0..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/htmlsearch.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef __HTMLSEARCH_H__
-#define __HTMLSEARCH_H__
-
-
-
-
-
-class QWidget;
-
-
-class K3Process;
-
-
-class ProgressDialog;
-
-
-class HTMLSearch : public QObject
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-
-public:
-
- HTMLSearch();
-
- bool generateIndex(const QString & lang, QWidget *parent=0);
-
- QString search(const QString & lang, const QString & words, const QString & method="and", int matches=10,
- const QString & format="builtin-long", const QString & sort="score");
-
-
-protected Q_SLOTS:
-
- void htdigStdout(K3Process *proc, char *buffer, int buflen);
- void htdigExited(K3Process *proc);
- void htmergeExited(K3Process *proc);
- void htsearchStdout(K3Process *proc, char *buffer, int buflen);
- void htsearchExited(K3Process *proc);
-
-
-protected:
-
- QString dataPath(const QString& lang);
-
- bool saveFilesList(const QString& lang);
- void scanDir(const QString& dir);
-
- bool createConfig(const QString& lang);
-
-
-private:
-
- QStringList _files;
- K3Process *_proc;
- int _filesToDig, _filesDigged, _filesScanned;
- volatile bool _htdigRunning, _htmergeRunning, _htsearchRunning;
- QString _searchResult;
- ProgressDialog *progress;
-
-};
-
-
-#endif
diff --git a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/index.cpp b/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/index.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 1532afe6..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/index.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-#include "htmlsearch.h"
-
-
-int main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- KAboutData aboutData( "khtmlindex", "htmlsearch", ki18n("KHtmlIndex"),
- "",
- ki18n("KDE Index generator for help files."));
-
- KCmdLineArgs::init(argc, argv, &aboutData);
-
- KCmdLineOptions options;
- options.add("lang ", ki18n("The language to index"), "en");
- KCmdLineArgs::addCmdLineOptions( options );
-
- KApplication app;
- HTMLSearch search;
-
- KCmdLineArgs *args = KCmdLineArgs::parsedArgs();
- search.generateIndex(args->getOption("lang"));
-}
diff --git a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/kcmhtmlsearch.cpp b/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/kcmhtmlsearch.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b6aa190..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/kcmhtmlsearch.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,377 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * kcmhtmlsearch.cpp
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2000 Matthias Hölzer-Klüpfel
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include "klangcombo.h"
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-#include "kcmhtmlsearch.moc"
-
-K_PLUGIN_FACTORY(KHTMLSearchConfigFactory, registerPlugin();)
-K_EXPORT_PLUGIN(KHTMLSearchConfigFactory("kcmhtmlsearch"))
-
-KHTMLSearchConfig::KHTMLSearchConfig(QWidget *parent, const QVariantList &)
- : KCModule(KHTMLSearchConfigFactory::componentData(), parent), indexProc(0)
-{
- QVBoxLayout *vbox = new QVBoxLayout(this);
- vbox->setSpacing(5);
-
-
- QGroupBox *gb = new QGroupBox(i18n("ht://dig"), this);
- vbox->addWidget(gb);
-
- QGridLayout *grid = new QGridLayout(gb);
- grid->setSpacing(6);
- grid->setMargin(6);
-
- grid->addRowSpacing(0, gb->fontMetrics().lineSpacing());
-
- QLabel *l = new QLabel(i18n("The fulltext search feature makes use of the "
- "ht://dig HTML search engine. "
- "You can get ht://dig at the"), gb);
- l->setAlignment(QLabel::WordBreak);
- l->setMinimumSize(l->sizeHint());
- grid->addWidget(l, 1, 0, 1, 2 );
- QWhatsThis::add( gb, i18n( "Information about where to get the ht://dig package." ) );
-
- KUrlLabel *url = new KUrlLabel(gb);
- url->setURL("http://www.htdig.org");
- url->setText(i18n("ht://dig home page"));
- url->setAlignment(QLabel::AlignHCenter);
- grid->addWidget(url, 2, 0, 1, 2 );
- connect(url, SIGNAL(leftClickedUrl(const QString&)),
- this, SLOT(urlClicked(const QString&)));
-
- gb = new QGroupBox(i18n("Program Locations"), this);
-
- vbox->addWidget(gb);
- grid = new QGridLayout(gb);
- grid->setSpacing(6);
- grid->setMargin(6);
- grid->addRowSpacing(0, gb->fontMetrics().lineSpacing());
-
- htdigBin = new KUrlRequester(gb);
- l = new QLabel(i18n("ht&dig"),gb);
- l->setBuddy(htdigBin);
- grid->addWidget(l, 1,0);
- grid->addWidget(htdigBin, 1,1);
- connect(htdigBin->lineEdit(), SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString&)), this, SLOT(configChanged()));
- QString wtstr = i18n( "Enter the path to your htdig program here, e.g. /usr/local/bin/htdig" );
- QWhatsThis::add( htdigBin, wtstr );
- QWhatsThis::add( l, wtstr );
-
- htsearchBin = new KUrlRequester(gb);
- l = new QLabel(i18n("ht&search"),gb);
- l->setBuddy(htsearchBin);
- grid->addWidget(l, 2,0);
- grid->addWidget(htsearchBin, 2,1);
- connect(htsearchBin->lineEdit(), SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString&)), this, SLOT(configChanged()));
- wtstr = i18n( "Enter the path to your htsearch program here, e.g. /usr/local/bin/htsearch" );
- QWhatsThis::add( htsearchBin, wtstr );
- QWhatsThis::add( l, wtstr );
-
- htmergeBin = new KUrlRequester(gb);
- l = new QLabel(i18n("ht&merge"),gb);
- l->setBuddy(htmergeBin);
- grid->addWidget(l, 3,0);
- grid->addWidget(htmergeBin, 3,1);
- connect(htmergeBin->lineEdit(), SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString&)), this, SLOT(configChanged()));
- wtstr = i18n( "Enter the path to your htmerge program here, e.g. /usr/local/bin/htmerge" );
- QWhatsThis::add( htmergeBin, wtstr );
- QWhatsThis::add( l, wtstr );
-
- QHBoxLayout *hbox = new QHBoxLayout(vbox);
-
- gb = new QGroupBox(i18n("Scope"), this);
- hbox->addWidget(gb);
- QWhatsThis::add( gb, i18n( "Here you can select which parts of the documentation should be included in the fulltext search index. Available options are the KDE Help pages, the installed man pages, and the installed info pages. You can select any number of these." ) );
-
- QVBoxLayout *vvbox = new QVBoxLayout(gb);
- vvbox->setSpacing(2);
- vvbox->setMargin(6);
- vvbox->addSpacing(gb->fontMetrics().lineSpacing());
-
- indexKDE = new QCheckBox(i18n("&KDE help"), gb);
- vvbox->addWidget(indexKDE);
- connect(indexKDE, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(configChanged()));
-
- indexMan = new QCheckBox(i18n("&Man pages"), gb);
- vvbox->addWidget(indexMan);
- indexMan->setEnabled(false),
- connect(indexMan, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(configChanged()));
-
- indexInfo = new QCheckBox(i18n("&Info pages"), gb);
- vvbox->addWidget(indexInfo);
- indexInfo->setEnabled(false);
- connect(indexInfo, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(configChanged()));
-
- gb = new QGroupBox(i18n("Additional Search Paths"), this);
- hbox->addWidget(gb);
- QWhatsThis::add( gb, i18n( "Here you can add additional paths to search for documentation. To add a path, click on the Add... button and select the folder from where additional documentation should be searched. You can remove folders by clicking on the Delete button." ) );
-
- grid = new QGridLayout(gb);
- grid->setSpacing(2);
- grid->setMargin(6);
- grid->addRowSpacing(0, gb->fontMetrics().lineSpacing());
-
- addButton = new QPushButton(i18n("Add..."), gb);
- grid->addWidget(addButton, 1,0);
-
- delButton = new QPushButton(i18n("Delete"), gb);
- grid->addWidget(delButton, 2,0);
-
- searchPaths = new KListWidget(gb);
- grid->addWidget(searchPaths, 1, 1,3, 1);
- grid->setRowStretch(2,2);
-
- gb = new QGroupBox(i18n("Language Settings"), this);
- vbox->addWidget(gb);
- QWhatsThis::add(gb, i18n("Here you can select the language you want to create the index for."));
- language = new KLanguageCombo(gb);
- l = new QLabel(i18n("&Language"),gb);
- l->setBuddy(language);
- vvbox = new QVBoxLayout(gb);
- vvbox->setSpacing(2);
- vvbox->setMargin(6);
- vvbox->addSpacing(gb->fontMetrics().lineSpacing());
- hbox = new QHBoxLayout(vvbox);
- hbox->setSpacing(6);
- hbox->addWidget(l);
- hbox->addWidget(language,1);
- hbox->addStretch(1);
-
- loadLanguages();
-
- vbox->addStretch(1);
-
- runButton = new QPushButton(i18n("Generate Index..."), this);
- QWhatsThis::add( runButton, i18n( "Click this button to generate the index for the fulltext search." ) );
- runButton->setFixedSize(runButton->sizeHint());
- vbox->addWidget(runButton, AlignRight);
- connect(runButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(generateIndex()));
-
- connect(addButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(addClicked()));
- connect(delButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(delClicked()));
- connect(searchPaths, SIGNAL(highlighted(const QString &)),
- this, SLOT(pathSelected(const QString &)));
-
- checkButtons();
-
- load();
-}
-
-
-void KHTMLSearchConfig::loadLanguages()
-{
- // clear the list
- language->clear();
-
- // add all languages to the list
- QStringList langs = KGlobal::dirs()->findAllResources("locale",
- QLatin1String("*/entry.desktop"));
- langs.sort();
-
- for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = langs.begin(); it != langs.end(); ++it)
- {
- KSimpleConfig entry(*it);
- entry.setGroup(QLatin1String("KCM Locale"));
- QString name = entry.readEntry(QLatin1String("Name"), i18n("without name"));
-
- QString path = *it;
- int index = path.lastIndexOf('/');
- path = path.left(index);
- index = path.lastIndexOf('/');
- path = path.mid(index+1);
- language->insertLanguage(path, name);
- }
-}
-
-
-QString KHTMLSearchConfig::quickHelp() const
-{
- return i18n( "
Help Index
This configuration module lets you configure the ht://dig engine which can be used for fulltext search in the KDE documentation as well as other system documentation like man and info pages." );
-}
-
-
-void KHTMLSearchConfig::pathSelected(const QString &)
-{
- checkButtons();
-}
-
-
-void KHTMLSearchConfig::checkButtons()
-{
-
- delButton->setEnabled(searchPaths->currentItem() >= 0);
-}
-
-
-void KHTMLSearchConfig::addClicked()
-{
- QString dir = KFileDialog::getExistingDirectory();
-
- if (!dir.isEmpty())
- {
- for (uint i=0; icount(); ++i)
- if (searchPaths->text(i) == dir)
- return;
- searchPaths->insertItem(dir);
- configChanged();
- }
-}
-
-
-void KHTMLSearchConfig::delClicked()
-{
- searchPaths->removeItem(searchPaths->currentItem());
- checkButtons();
- configChanged();
-}
-
-
-KHTMLSearchConfig::~KHTMLSearchConfig()
-{
-}
-
-
-void KHTMLSearchConfig::configChanged()
-{
- emit changed(true);
-}
-
-
-void KHTMLSearchConfig::load()
-{
- KConfig *config = new KConfig("khelpcenterrc", true);
-
- config->setGroup("htdig");
- htdigBin->lineEdit()->setText(config->readPathEntry("htdig", kapp->dirs()->findExe("htdig")));
- htsearchBin->lineEdit()->setText(config->readPathEntry("htsearch", kapp->dirs()->findExe("htsearch")));
- htmergeBin->lineEdit()->setText(config->readPathEntry("htmerge", kapp->dirs()->findExe("htmerge")));
-
- config->setGroup("Scope");
- indexKDE->setChecked(config->readEntry("KDE", true));
- indexMan->setChecked(config->readEntry("Man", false));
- indexInfo->setChecked(config->readEntry("Info", false));
-
- QStringList l = config->readPathEntry("Paths", QStringList());
- searchPaths->clear();
- QStringList::const_iterator it;
- for (it=l.begin(); it != l.end(); ++it)
- searchPaths->insertItem(*it);
-
- config->setGroup("Locale");
- QString lang = config->readEntry("Search Language", KGlobal::locale()->language());
- language->setCurrentItem(lang);
- delete config;
-
- emit changed(false);
-}
-
-
-void KHTMLSearchConfig::save()
-{
- KConfig *config= new KConfig("khelpcenterrc", false);
-
- config->setGroup("htdig");
- config->writePathEntry("htdig", htdigBin->lineEdit()->text());
- config->writePathEntry("htsearch", htsearchBin->lineEdit()->text());
- config->writePathEntry("htmerge", htmergeBin->lineEdit()->text());
-
- config->setGroup("Scope");
- config->writeEntry("KDE", indexKDE->isChecked());
- config->writeEntry("Man", indexMan->isChecked());
- config->writeEntry("Info", indexInfo->isChecked());
-
- QStringList l;
- for (uint i=0; icount(); ++i)
- l.append(searchPaths->text(i));
- config->writePathEntry("Paths", l);
-
- config->setGroup("Locale");
- config->writeEntry("Search Language", language->currentTag());
-
- config->sync();
- delete config;
-
- emit changed(false);
-}
-
-
-void KHTMLSearchConfig::defaults()
-{
- htdigBin->lineEdit()->setText(kapp->dirs()->findExe("htdig"));
- htsearchBin->lineEdit()->setText(kapp->dirs()->findExe("htsearch"));
- htmergeBin->lineEdit()->setText(kapp->dirs()->findExe("htmerge"));
-
- indexKDE->setChecked(true);
- indexMan->setChecked(false);
- indexInfo->setChecked(false);
-
- searchPaths->clear();
-
- language->setCurrentItem(KGlobal::locale()->language());
-
- emit changed(true);
-}
-
-
-void KHTMLSearchConfig::urlClicked(const QString &url)
-{
- KToolInvocation::invokeBrowser(url);
-}
-
-
-void KHTMLSearchConfig::generateIndex()
-{
- save();
-
- QString exe = kapp->dirs()->findExe("khtmlindex");
- if (exe.isEmpty())
- return;
-
- delete indexProc;
-
- indexProc = new K3Process;
- *indexProc << exe << "--lang" << language->currentTag();
-
- connect(indexProc, SIGNAL(processExited(K3Process *)),
- this, SLOT(indexTerminated(K3Process *)));
-
- runButton->setEnabled(false);
-
- indexProc->start();
-}
-
-
-void KHTMLSearchConfig::indexTerminated(K3Process *)
-{
- runButton->setEnabled(true);
-}
diff --git a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/kcmhtmlsearch.h b/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/kcmhtmlsearch.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 40583909..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/kcmhtmlsearch.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * kcmhtmlsearch.h
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2000 Matthias Hölzer-Klüpfel
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef __kcmhtmlsearch_h__
-#define __kcmhtmlsearch_h__
-
-
-#define KDE3_SUPPORT
-#include
-#undef KDE3_SUPPORT
-#include
-
-
-class QCheckBox;
-class QPushButton;
-class KListWidget;
-class K3Process;
-class KLanguageCombo;
-class KUrlRequester;
-class QStringList;
-
-class KHTMLSearchConfig : public KCModule
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-
-public:
-
- KHTMLSearchConfig(QWidget *parent, const QVariantList &args);
- virtual ~KHTMLSearchConfig();
-
- void load();
- void save();
- void defaults();
-
- QString quickHelp() const;
-
- int buttons();
-
-
-protected Q_SLOTS:
-
- void configChanged();
- void addClicked();
- void delClicked();
- void pathSelected(const QString &);
- void urlClicked(const QString&);
- void generateIndex();
-
- void indexTerminated(K3Process *proc);
-
-
-private:
-
- void checkButtons();
- void loadLanguages();
-
- KUrlRequester *htdigBin, *htsearchBin, *htmergeBin;
- QCheckBox *indexKDE, *indexMan, *indexInfo;
- QPushButton *addButton, *delButton, *runButton;
- KListWidget *searchPaths;
- KLanguageCombo *language;
-
- K3Process *indexProc;
-
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/klangcombo.cpp b/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/klangcombo.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 6309e0d9..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/klangcombo.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * klangcombo.cpp - Adds some methods for inserting languages.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1999-2000 Hans Petter Bieker
- *
- * Requires the Qt widget libraries, available at no cost at
- * http://www.troll.no/
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "klangcombo.h"
-
-#include
-
-KLanguageCombo::~KLanguageCombo ()
-{
-}
-
-KLanguageCombo::KLanguageCombo (QWidget * parent, const char *name)
- : KTagComboBox(parent, name)
-{
-}
-
-void KLanguageCombo::insertLanguage(const QString& path, const QString& name, const QString& sub, const QString &submenu, int index)
-{
- QString output = name + QLatin1String(" (") + path + QString::fromLatin1(")");
- QPixmap flag(locate("locale", sub + path + QLatin1String("/flag.png")));
- insertItem(QIcon(flag), output, path, submenu, index);
-}
-
-void KLanguageCombo::changeLanguage(const QString& name, int i)
-{
- if (i < 0 || i >= count()) return;
- QString output = name + QLatin1String(" (") + tag(i) + QString::fromLatin1(")");
- changeItem(output, i);
-}
-
-#include "klangcombo.moc"
-
diff --git a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/klangcombo.h b/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/klangcombo.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 85359612..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/klangcombo.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * klangcombo.h - Adds some methods for inserting languages.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1999-2000 Hans Petter Bieker
- *
- * Requires the Qt widget libraries, available at no cost at
- * http://www.troll.no/
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-
-#ifndef __KLANGCOMBO_H__
-#define __KLANGCOMBO_H__
-
-#include "ktagcombobox.h"
-
-/*
- * Extends KTagCombo to support adding and changing languages.
- *
- * It has also support for sub menus.
- */
-class KLanguageCombo : public KTagComboBox
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-
-public:
- explicit KLanguageCombo(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
- ~KLanguageCombo();
-
- void insertLanguage(const QString& path, const QString& name, const QString& sub = QString(), const QString &submenu = QString(), int index = -1);
- void changeLanguage(const QString& name, int i);
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/ktagcombobox.cpp b/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/ktagcombobox.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 535715fd..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/ktagcombobox.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * ktagcombobox.cpp - A combobox with support for submenues, icons and tags
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1999-2000 Hans Petter Bieker
- *
- * Requires the Qt widget libraries, available at no cost at
- * http://www.troll.no/
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#define INCLUDE_MENUITEM_DEF 1
-#include "ktagcombobox.h"
-
-#include
-
-#include
-
-KTagComboBox::~KTagComboBox ()
-{
- delete popup;
-}
-
-KTagComboBox::KTagComboBox (QWidget * parent, const char *name)
- : QComboBox(parent, name),
- popup(0),
- old_popup(0)
-{
- clear();
-}
-
-void KTagComboBox::popupMenu()
-{
- popup->popup( mapToGlobal( QPoint(0,0) ), current );
-}
-
-void KTagComboBox::keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent *e )
-{
- int c;
-
- if ( ( e->key() == Key_F4 && e->state() == 0 ) ||
- ( e->key() == Key_Down && (e->state() & AltButton) ) ||
- ( e->key() == Key_Space ) ) {
- if ( count() ) {
- popup->setActiveItem( current );
- popupMenu();
- }
- return;
- } else {
- e->ignore();
- return;
- }
-
- c = currentItem();
- emit highlighted( c );
- emit activated( c );
-}
-
-void KTagComboBox::mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * )
-{
- popupMenu();
-}
-
-void KTagComboBox::internalActivate( int index )
-{
- if (current == index) return;
- current = index;
- emit activated( index );
- repaint();
-}
-
-void KTagComboBox::internalHighlight( int index )
-{
- emit highlighted( index );
-}
-
-void KTagComboBox::clear()
-{
- tags.clear();
-
- delete old_popup;
- old_popup = popup;
- popup = new QPopupMenu(this);
- connect( popup, SIGNAL(activated(int)),
- SLOT(internalActivate(int)) );
- connect( popup, SIGNAL(highlighted(int)),
- SLOT(internalHighlight(int)) );
-}
-
-int KTagComboBox::count() const
-{
- return tags.count();
-}
-
-static inline void checkInsertPos(QPopupMenu *popup, const QString & str, int &index)
-{
- if (index == -2) index = popup->count();
- if (index != -1) return;
-
- int a = 0;
- int b = popup->count();
- while (a <= b) {
- int w = (a + b) / 2;
-
- int id = popup->idAt(w);
- int j = str.compare(popup->text(id));
-
- if (j > 0)
- a = w + 1;
- else
- b = w - 1;
- }
-
- index = a; // it doesn't really matter ... a == b here.
-}
-
-static inline QPopupMenu *checkInsertIndex(QPopupMenu *popup, const QStringList& tags, const QString &submenu)
-{
- int pos = tags.findIndex(submenu);
-
- QPopupMenu *pi = 0;
- if (pos != -1)
- {
- QMenuItem *p = popup->findItem(pos);
- pi = p?p->popup():0;
- }
- if (!pi) pi = popup;
-
- return pi;
-}
-
-void KTagComboBox::insertItem(const QIcon& icon, const QString &text, const QString &tag, const QString &submenu, int index )
-{
- QPopupMenu *pi = checkInsertIndex(popup, tags, submenu);
- checkInsertPos(pi, text, index);
- pi->insertItem(icon, text, count(), index);
- tags.append(tag);
-}
-
-void KTagComboBox::insertItem(const QString &text, const QString &tag, const QString &submenu, int index )
-{
- QPopupMenu *pi = checkInsertIndex(popup, tags, submenu);
- checkInsertPos(pi, text, index);
- pi->insertItem(text, count(), index);
- tags.append(tag);
-}
-
-void KTagComboBox::insertSeparator(const QString &submenu, int index)
-{
- QPopupMenu *pi = checkInsertIndex(popup, tags, submenu);
- pi->insertSeparator(index);
- tags.append(QString());
-}
-
-void KTagComboBox::insertSubmenu(const QString &text, const QString &tag, const QString &submenu, int index)
-{
- QPopupMenu *pi = checkInsertIndex(popup, tags, submenu);
- QPopupMenu *p = new QPopupMenu(pi);
- checkInsertPos(pi, text, index);
- pi->insertItem(text, p, count(), index);
- tags.append(tag);
- connect( p, SIGNAL(activated(int)),
- SLOT(internalActivate(int)) );
- connect( p, SIGNAL(highlighted(int)),
- SLOT(internalHighlight(int)) );
-}
-
-void KTagComboBox::paintEvent( QPaintEvent * ev)
-{
- QComboBox::paintEvent(ev);
-
- QPainter p (this);
-
- // Text
- QRect clip(2, 2, width() - 4, height() - 4);
-#if 0
- if ( hasFocus() && style().guiStyle() != MotifStyle )
- p.setPen( colorGroup().highlightedText() );
-#endif
- p.drawText(clip, AlignCenter | SingleLine, popup->text( current ));
-
- // Icon
- QIcon *icon = popup->iconSet( this->current );
- if (icon) {
- QPixmap pm = icon->pixmap();
- p.drawPixmap( 4, (height()-pm.height())/2, pm );
- }
-}
-
-bool KTagComboBox::containsTag( const QString &str ) const
-{
- return tags.contains(str) > 0;
-}
-
-QString KTagComboBox::currentTag() const
-{
- return tags.at(currentItem());
-}
-
-QString KTagComboBox::tag(int i) const
-{
- if (i < 0 || i >= count())
- {
- kDebug() << "KTagComboBox::tag(), unknown tag " << i;
- return QString();
- }
- return *tags.at(i);
-}
-
-int KTagComboBox::currentItem() const
-{
- return current;
-}
-
-void KTagComboBox::setCurrentItem(int i)
-{
- if (i < 0 || i >= count()) return;
- current = i;
- repaint();
-}
-
-void KTagComboBox::setCurrentItem(const QString &code)
-{
- int i = tags.findIndex(code);
- if (code.isNull())
- i = 0;
- if (i != -1)
- setCurrentItem(i);
-}
-
-void KTagComboBox::setFont( const QFont &font )
-{
- QComboBox::setFont( font );
- popup->setFont( font );
-}
-
-#include "ktagcombobox.moc"
-
diff --git a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/ktagcombobox.h b/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/ktagcombobox.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ccf9712f..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/ktagcombobox.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * ktagcombobox.h - A combobox with support for submenues, icons and tags
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1999-2000 Hans Petter Bieker
- *
- * Requires the Qt widget libraries, available at no cost at
- * http://www.troll.no/
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-
-#ifndef __KTAGCOMBOBOX_H__
-#define __KTAGCOMBOBOX_H__
-
-#include
-
-class QPopupMenu;
-
-/*
- * This class should be just like qcombobox, but it should be possible
- * to have have a QIcon for each entry, and each entry should have a tag.
- *
- * It has also support for sub menus.
- */
-class KTagComboBox : public QComboBox
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-
-public:
- explicit KTagComboBox(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
- ~KTagComboBox();
-
- void insertItem(const QIcon& icon, const QString &text, const QString &tag, const QString &submenu = QString(), int index=-1 );
- void insertItem(const QString &text, const QString &tag, const QString &submenu = QString(), int index=-1 );
- void insertSeparator(const QString &submenu = QString(), int index=-1 );
- void insertSubmenu(const QString &text, const QString &tag, const QString &submenu = QString(), int index=-1);
-
- int count() const;
- void clear();
-
- /*
- * Tag of the selected item
- */
- QString currentTag() const;
- QString tag ( int i ) const;
- bool containsTag (const QString &str ) const;
-
- /*
- * Set the current item
- */
- int currentItem() const;
- void setCurrentItem(int i);
- void setCurrentItem(const QString &code);
-
- // widget stuff
- virtual void setFont( const QFont & );
-
-Q_SIGNALS:
- void activated( int index );
- void highlighted( int index );
-
-private Q_SLOTS:
- void internalActivate( int );
- void internalHighlight( int );
-
-protected:
- void paintEvent( QPaintEvent * );
- void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * );
- void keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent *e );
- void popupMenu();
-
-private:
- // work space for the new class
- QStringList tags;
- QPopupMenu *popup, *old_popup;
- int current;
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/long.html b/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/long.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d0fa4ce..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/htmlsearch/long.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-
-Check the spelling of the search word(s) you used.
-If the spelling is correct and you only used one word,
-try using one or more similar search words with "Any."
-
-If the spelling is correct and you used more than one
-word with "Any," try using one or more similar search
-words with "Any."
-If the spelling is correct and you used more than one
-word with "All," try using one or more of the same words
-with "Any."
-
-
-More 's indicate a better match.
-
-
-$(HTSEARCH_RESULTS)
-$(PAGEHEADER)
-$(PREVPAGE) $(PAGELIST) $(NEXTPAGE)
-
-
-ht://Dig $(VERSION)
-
diff --git a/khelpcenter/htmlsearchconfig.cpp b/khelpcenter/htmlsearchconfig.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 36780b9b..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/htmlsearchconfig.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * kcmhtmlsearch.cpp
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2000 Matthias Hölzer-Klüpfel
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "htmlsearchconfig.h"
-
-#include
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-namespace KHC {
-
-HtmlSearchConfig::HtmlSearchConfig(QWidget *parent, const char *name)
- : QWidget(parent)
-{
- setObjectName( name );
-
- QVBoxLayout *vbox = new QVBoxLayout(this);
- vbox->setMargin( 5 );
-
-
- QGroupBox *gb = new QGroupBox(i18n("ht://dig"), this);
- vbox->addWidget(gb);
-
- QGridLayout *grid = new QGridLayout(gb);
- grid->setMargin( 6 );
- grid->setSpacing( 6 );
-
- grid->addItem( new QSpacerItem( 0, gb->fontMetrics().lineSpacing() ), 0, 0 );
-
- QLabel *l = new QLabel(i18n("The fulltext search feature makes use of the "
- "ht://dig HTML search engine."), gb);
- l->setMinimumSize(l->sizeHint());
- grid->addWidget(l, 1, 1, 0, 1);
- gb->setWhatsThis( i18n( "Information about where to get the ht://dig package." ) );
-
- KUrlLabel *url = new KUrlLabel(gb);
- url->setUrl(QLatin1String("http://www.htdig.org"));
- url->setText(i18n("You can get ht://dig at the ht://dig home page"));
- url->setAlignment(Qt::AlignHCenter);
- grid->addWidget(url, 2,2, 0, 1);
- connect(url, SIGNAL(leftClickedUrl(const QString&)),
- this, SLOT(urlClicked(const QString&)));
-
- gb = new QGroupBox(i18n("Program Locations"), this);
-
- vbox->addWidget(gb);
- grid = new QGridLayout(gb);
- grid->setMargin( 6 );
- grid->setSpacing( 6 );
- grid->addItem( new QSpacerItem( 0, gb->fontMetrics().lineSpacing() ), 0, 0 );
-
- mHtsearchUrl = new KUrlRequester(gb);
- l = new QLabel(i18n("htsearch:"), gb);
- l->setBuddy( mHtsearchUrl );
- grid->addWidget(l, 1,0);
- grid->addWidget(mHtsearchUrl, 1,1);
- connect( mHtsearchUrl->lineEdit(), SIGNAL( textChanged( const QString & ) ),
- SIGNAL( changed() ) );
- QString wtstr = i18n( "Enter the URL of the htsearch CGI program." );
- mHtsearchUrl->setWhatsThis( wtstr );
- l->setWhatsThis( wtstr );
-
- mIndexerBin = new KUrlRequester(gb);
- l = new QLabel(i18n("Indexer:"), gb);
- l->setBuddy( mIndexerBin );
- grid->addWidget(l, 2,0);
- grid->addWidget(mIndexerBin, 2,1);
- connect( mIndexerBin->lineEdit(), SIGNAL( textChanged( const QString & ) ),
- SIGNAL( changed() ) );
- wtstr = i18n( "Enter the path to your htdig indexer program here." );
- mIndexerBin->setWhatsThis( wtstr );
- l->setWhatsThis( wtstr );
-
- mDbDir = new KUrlRequester(gb);
- mDbDir->setMode( KFile::Directory | KFile::LocalOnly );
- l = new QLabel(i18n("htdig database:"), gb);
- l->setBuddy( mDbDir );
- grid->addWidget(l, 3,0);
- grid->addWidget(mDbDir, 3,1);
- connect( mDbDir->lineEdit(), SIGNAL( textChanged( const QString & ) ),
- SIGNAL( changed() ) );
- wtstr = i18n( "Enter the path to the htdig database folder." );
- mDbDir->setWhatsThis( wtstr );
- l->setWhatsThis( wtstr );
-}
-
-HtmlSearchConfig::~HtmlSearchConfig()
-{
- kDebug() << "~HtmlSearchConfig()";
-}
-
-void HtmlSearchConfig::makeReadOnly()
-{
- mHtsearchUrl->setEnabled( false );
- mIndexerBin->setEnabled( false );
- mDbDir->setEnabled( false );
-}
-
-void HtmlSearchConfig::load( KConfig *config )
-{
- mHtsearchUrl->lineEdit()->setText(config->group("htdig").readPathEntry("htsearch", KGlobal::mainComponent().dirs()->findExe("htsearch")));
- mIndexerBin->lineEdit()->setText(config->group("htdig").readPathEntry("indexer", QString()));
- mDbDir->lineEdit()->setText(config->group("htdig").readPathEntry("dbdir", "/opt/www/htdig/db/" ) );
-}
-
-void HtmlSearchConfig::save( KConfig *config )
-{
- config->group("htdig").writePathEntry("htsearch", mHtsearchUrl->lineEdit()->text());
- config->group("htdig").writePathEntry("indexer", mIndexerBin->lineEdit()->text());
- config->group("htdig").writePathEntry("dbdir", mDbDir->lineEdit()->text());
-}
-
-void HtmlSearchConfig::defaults()
-{
- mHtsearchUrl->lineEdit()->setText(KGlobal::mainComponent().dirs()->findExe("htsearch"));
- mIndexerBin->lineEdit()->setText("");
- mDbDir->lineEdit()->setText(QLatin1String("/opt/www/htdig/db/") );
-}
-
-void HtmlSearchConfig::urlClicked(const QString &url)
-{
- KToolInvocation::invokeBrowser(url);
-}
-
-} // End namespace KHC
-// vim:ts=2:sw=2:et
-
-#include "htmlsearchconfig.moc"
-
diff --git a/khelpcenter/htmlsearchconfig.h b/khelpcenter/htmlsearchconfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a93567d0..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/htmlsearchconfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of KHelpCenter
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2000 Matthias Hölzer-Klüpfel
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef KHC_HTMLSEARCHCONFIG_H
-#define KHC_HTMLSEARCHCONFIG_H
-
-#include
-
-class KUrlRequester;
-class KConfig;
-
-namespace KHC {
-
-class HtmlSearchConfig : public QWidget
-{
- Q_OBJECT
- public:
- explicit HtmlSearchConfig(QWidget *parent = 0L, const char *name = 0L);
- virtual ~HtmlSearchConfig();
-
- void load( KConfig * );
- void save( KConfig * );
- void defaults();
- void makeReadOnly();
-
- Q_SIGNALS:
- void changed();
-
- protected Q_SLOTS:
- void urlClicked(const QString&);
-
- private:
- KUrlRequester *mHtsearchUrl;
- KUrlRequester *mIndexerBin;
- KUrlRequester *mDbDir;
-};
-
-}
-
-#endif //KHC_HTMLSEARCHCONFIG_H
-// vim:ts=2:sw=2:et
diff --git a/khelpcenter/index.html.in b/khelpcenter/index.html.in
deleted file mode 100644
index ec8ea453..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/index.html.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- %1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- %2
-
-
- %3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/khelpcenter/infotree.cpp b/khelpcenter/infotree.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index ec2136ca..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/infotree.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * This file is part of the KDE Help Center
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Frerich Raabe (raabe@kde.org)
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "infotree.h"
-
-#include "navigatoritem.h"
-#include "docentry.h"
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-#include // for getenv()
-
-using namespace KHC;
-
-class InfoCategoryItem : public NavigatorItem
-{
- public:
- InfoCategoryItem( NavigatorItem *parent, const QString &text );
-
- virtual void setExpanded( bool open );
-};
-
-class InfoNodeItem : public NavigatorItem
-{
- public:
- InfoNodeItem( InfoCategoryItem *parent, const QString &text );
-};
-
-InfoCategoryItem::InfoCategoryItem( NavigatorItem *parent, const QString &text )
- : NavigatorItem( new DocEntry( text ), parent )
-{
- setAutoDeleteDocEntry( true );
- setExpanded( false );
-// kDebug(1400) << "Got category: " << text;
-}
-
-void InfoCategoryItem::setExpanded( bool open )
-{
- NavigatorItem::setExpanded( open );
-
- if ( open && childCount() > 0 ) setIcon( 0, SmallIcon( "help-contents" ) );
-// TODO: was contents2 -> needs to be changed to help-contents-alternate or similar
- else setIcon( 0, SmallIcon( "help-contents" ) );
-}
-
-InfoNodeItem::InfoNodeItem( InfoCategoryItem *parent, const QString &text )
- : NavigatorItem( new DocEntry( text ), parent )
-{
- setAutoDeleteDocEntry( true );
-// kDebug( 1400 ) << "Created info node item: " << text;
-}
-
-InfoTree::InfoTree( QObject *parent )
- : TreeBuilder( parent ),
- m_parentItem( 0 )
-{
-}
-
-void InfoTree::build( NavigatorItem *parent )
-{
- kDebug( 1400 ) << "Populating info tree.";
-
- m_parentItem = parent;
-
- DocEntry *entry = new DocEntry( i18n( "Alphabetically" ) );
- m_alphabItem = new NavigatorItem( entry, parent );
- m_alphabItem->setAutoDeleteDocEntry( true );
- entry = new DocEntry( i18n( "By Category" ) );
- m_categoryItem = new NavigatorItem( entry, parent );
- m_categoryItem->setAutoDeleteDocEntry( true );
-
- KConfigGroup cfg(KGlobal::config(), "Info pages");
- QStringList infoDirFiles = cfg.readEntry( "Search paths" , QStringList() );
- // Default paths taken fron kdebase/kioslave/info/kde-info2html.conf
- if ( infoDirFiles.isEmpty() ) {
- infoDirFiles << "/usr/share/info";
- infoDirFiles << "/usr/info";
- infoDirFiles << "/usr/lib/info";
- infoDirFiles << "/usr/local/info";
- infoDirFiles << "/usr/local/lib/info";
- infoDirFiles << "/usr/X11R6/info";
- infoDirFiles << "/usr/X11R6/lib/info";
- infoDirFiles << "/usr/X11R6/lib/xemacs/info";
- }
-
- QString infoPath = ::getenv( "INFOPATH" );
- if ( !infoPath.isEmpty() )
- infoDirFiles += infoPath.split( ':');
-
- QStringList::ConstIterator it = infoDirFiles.constBegin();
- QStringList::ConstIterator end = infoDirFiles.constEnd();
- for ( ; it != end; ++it ) {
- QString infoDirFileName = *it + "/dir";
- if ( QFile::exists( infoDirFileName ) )
- parseInfoDirFile( infoDirFileName );
- }
-
- m_alphabItem->sortChildren( 0, Qt::AscendingOrder /* ascending */ );
-}
-
-void InfoTree::parseInfoDirFile( const QString &infoDirFileName )
-{
- kDebug( 1400 ) << "Parsing info dir file " << infoDirFileName;
-
- QFile infoDirFile( infoDirFileName );
- if ( !infoDirFile.open( QIODevice::ReadOnly ) )
- return;
-
- QTextStream stream( &infoDirFile );
- // Skip introduction blurb.
- while ( !stream.atEnd() && !stream.readLine().startsWith( QLatin1String("* Menu:") ) ) {
- ;
- }
-
- while ( !stream.atEnd() ) {
- QString s = stream.readLine();
- if ( s.trimmed().isEmpty() )
- continue;
-
- InfoCategoryItem *catItem = new InfoCategoryItem( m_categoryItem, s );
- while ( !stream.atEnd() && !s.trimmed().isEmpty() ) {
- s = stream.readLine();
- if ( s[ 0 ] == '*' ) {
- const int colon = s.indexOf( ":" );
- const int openBrace = s.indexOf( "(", colon );
- const int closeBrace = s.indexOf( ")", openBrace );
- const int dot = s.indexOf( ".", closeBrace );
-
- QString appName = s.mid( 2, colon - 2 );
- QString url = "info:/" + s.mid( openBrace + 1, closeBrace - openBrace - 1 );
- if ( dot - closeBrace > 1 )
- url += QLatin1Char('/') + s.mid( closeBrace + 1, dot - closeBrace - 1 );
- else
- url += QLatin1String("/Top");
-
- InfoNodeItem *item = new InfoNodeItem( catItem, appName );
- item->entry()->setUrl( url );
-
- InfoCategoryItem *alphabSection = 0;
-
- QTreeWidgetItemIterator it( m_alphabItem );
- while ( (*it) )
- {
- if ( (*it)->text( 0 ) == QString( appName[ 0 ].toUpper() ) )
- {
- alphabSection = static_cast( (*it) );
- break;
- }
- ++it;
- }
-
- if ( alphabSection == 0 )
- alphabSection = new InfoCategoryItem( m_alphabItem, QString( appName[ 0 ].toUpper() ) );
-
- item = new InfoNodeItem( alphabSection, appName );
- item->entry()->setUrl( url );
- }
- }
- }
- infoDirFile.close();
-}
-
-#include "infotree.moc"
-// vim:ts=2:sw=2:et
diff --git a/khelpcenter/infotree.h b/khelpcenter/infotree.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cd704656..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/infotree.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * infotree.h - part of the KDE Help Center
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Frerich Raabe (raabe@kde.org)
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#ifndef KHC_INFOTREE_H
-#define KHC_INFOTREE_H
-
-#include "treebuilder.h"
-
-namespace KHC
-{
- class NavigatorItem;
- class InfoTree : public TreeBuilder
- {
- Q_OBJECT
- public:
- InfoTree( QObject *parent );
-
- virtual void build( NavigatorItem *parentItem );
-
- private:
- void parseInfoDirFile( const QString &fileName );
-
- NavigatorItem *m_parentItem;
- NavigatorItem *m_alphabItem;
- NavigatorItem *m_categoryItem;
- };
-}
-
-#endif // KHC_INFOTREE_H
-// vim:ts=2:sw=2:et
diff --git a/khelpcenter/kcmhelpcenter.cpp b/khelpcenter/kcmhelpcenter.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f91d0b5..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/kcmhelpcenter.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,693 +0,0 @@
-/*
- This file is part of KHelpcenter.
-
- Copyright (C) 2002 Cornelius Schumacher
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
- the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-*/
-
-#include "kcmhelpcenter.h"
-
-#include "htmlsearchconfig.h"
-#include "docmetainfo.h"
-#include "prefs.h"
-#include "searchhandler.h"
-#include "searchengine.h"
-
-#include "kcmhelpcenteradaptor.h"
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-#include
-#include
-
-using namespace KHC;
-
-IndexDirDialog::IndexDirDialog( QWidget *parent )
- : KDialog( parent )
-{
- setModal( true );
- setCaption( i18n("Change Index Folder") );
- setButtons( Ok | Cancel );
-
- QFrame *topFrame = new QFrame( this );
- setMainWidget( topFrame );
-
- QBoxLayout *urlLayout = new QHBoxLayout( topFrame );
-
- QLabel *label = new QLabel( i18n("Index folder:"), topFrame );
- urlLayout->addWidget( label );
-
- mIndexUrlRequester = new KUrlRequester( topFrame );
- mIndexUrlRequester->setMode( KFile::Directory | KFile::ExistingOnly |
- KFile::LocalOnly );
- urlLayout->addWidget( mIndexUrlRequester );
-
- mIndexUrlRequester->setUrl( Prefs::indexDirectory() );
- connect(mIndexUrlRequester->lineEdit(),SIGNAL(textChanged ( const QString & )), this, SLOT(slotUrlChanged( const QString &)));
- slotUrlChanged( mIndexUrlRequester->lineEdit()->text() );
-
- connect( this, SIGNAL( okClicked() ), SLOT( slotOk() ) );
-}
-
-void IndexDirDialog::slotUrlChanged( const QString &_url )
-{
- enableButtonOk( !_url.isEmpty() );
-}
-
-
-void IndexDirDialog::slotOk()
-{
- Prefs::setIndexDirectory( mIndexUrlRequester->url().url() );
- accept();
-}
-
-
-IndexProgressDialog::IndexProgressDialog( QWidget *parent )
- : KDialog( parent ),
- mFinished( true )
-{
- setCaption( i18n("Build Search Indices") );
-
- QVBoxLayout *topLayout = new QVBoxLayout( mainWidget() );
- topLayout->setMargin( marginHint() );
- topLayout->setSpacing( spacingHint() );
-
- mLabel = new QLabel( mainWidget() );
- mLabel->setAlignment( Qt::AlignHCenter );
- topLayout->addWidget( mLabel );
-
- mProgressBar = new QProgressBar( mainWidget() );
- topLayout->addWidget( mProgressBar );
-
- mLogLabel = new QLabel( i18n("Index creation log:"), mainWidget() );
- topLayout->addWidget( mLogLabel );
-
- mLogView = new QTextEdit( mainWidget() );
- mLogView->setReadOnly( true );
- mLogView->setWordWrapMode( QTextOption::NoWrap );
- mLogView->setMinimumHeight( 200 );
- topLayout->addWidget( mLogView );
-
- setButtons( User1 | Close );
- connect( this, SIGNAL( closeClicked() ), SLOT( slotEnd() ) );
- connect( this, SIGNAL( user1Clicked() ), SLOT( toggleDetails() ) );
-
- hideDetails();
-
- setFinished( false );
-}
-
-IndexProgressDialog::~IndexProgressDialog()
-{
- if ( !mLogView->isHidden() ) {
- KConfigGroup cfg(KGlobal::config(), "indexprogressdialog");
- cfg.writeEntry( "size", size() );
- }
-}
-
-void IndexProgressDialog::setTotalSteps( int steps )
-{
- mProgressBar->setRange( 0, steps );
- mProgressBar->setValue( 0 );
- setFinished( false );
- mLogView->clear();
-}
-
-void IndexProgressDialog::advanceProgress()
-{
- mProgressBar->setValue( mProgressBar->value() + 1 );
-}
-
-void IndexProgressDialog::setLabelText( const QString &text )
-{
- mLabel->setText( text );
-}
-
-void IndexProgressDialog::setMinimumLabelWidth( int width )
-{
- mLabel->setMinimumWidth( width );
-}
-
-void IndexProgressDialog::setFinished( bool finished )
-{
- if ( finished == mFinished ) return;
-
- mFinished = finished;
-
- if ( mFinished ) {
- setButtonText( Close, i18nc("Label for button to close search index progress dialog after successful completion", "Close") );
- mLabel->setText( i18n("Index creation finished.") );
- mProgressBar->setValue( mProgressBar->maximum() );
- } else {
- setButtonText( Close, i18nc("Label for stopping search index generation before completion", "Stop") );
- }
-}
-
-void IndexProgressDialog::appendLog( const QString &text )
-{
- mLogView->append( text );
-}
-
-void IndexProgressDialog::slotEnd()
-{
- if ( mFinished ) {
- emit closed();
- accept();
- } else {
- emit cancelled();
- reject();
- }
-}
-
-void IndexProgressDialog::toggleDetails()
-{
- KConfigGroup cfg(KGlobal::config(), "indexprogressdialog");
- if ( mLogView->isHidden() ) {
- mLogLabel->show();
- mLogView->show();
- setButtonText( User1, i18n("Details <<") );
- QSize size = cfg.readEntry( "size", QSize() );
- if ( !size.isEmpty() ) resize( size );
- } else {
- cfg.writeEntry( "size", size() );
- hideDetails();
- }
-}
-
-void IndexProgressDialog::hideDetails()
-{
- mLogLabel->hide();
- mLogView->hide();
- setButtonText( User1, i18n("Details >>") );
-
- // causes bug 166343
- //layout()->activate();
- adjustSize();
-}
-
-
-KCMHelpCenter::KCMHelpCenter( KHC::SearchEngine *engine, QWidget *parent,
- const char *name)
- : KDialog( parent ),
- mEngine( engine ), mProgressDialog( 0 ), mCmdFile( 0 ),
- mProcess( 0 ), mIsClosing( false ), mRunAsRoot( false )
-{
- new KcmhelpcenterAdaptor(this);
- QDBusConnection::sessionBus().registerObject(QLatin1String("/kcmhelpcenter"), this);
- setObjectName( name );
- setCaption( i18n("Build Search Index") );
- setButtons( Ok | Cancel );
-
- QWidget *widget = new QWidget( this );
- setMainWidget( widget );
-
- setupMainWidget( widget );
-
- setButtonGuiItem( KDialog::Ok, KGuiItem(i18n("Build Index")) );
-
- mConfig = KGlobal::config();
-
- DocMetaInfo::self()->scanMetaInfo();
-
- load();
- const QString dbusInterface = "org.kde.khelpcenter.kcmhelpcenter";
- QDBusConnection dbus = QDBusConnection::sessionBus();
- bool success = dbus.connect(QString(), "/kcmhelpcenter", dbusInterface, "buildIndexProgress", this, SLOT(slotIndexProgress()));
- if ( !success )
- kError() << "connect D-Bus signal failed" << endl;
- success = dbus.connect(QString(), "/kcmhelpcenter", dbusInterface, "buildIndexError", this, SLOT(slotIndexError(const QString&)));
- if ( !success )
- kError() << "connect D-Bus signal failed" << endl;
- KConfigGroup id( mConfig, "IndexDialog" );
- restoreDialogSize( id );
-}
-
-KCMHelpCenter::~KCMHelpCenter()
-{
- KConfigGroup cg( KGlobal::config(), "IndexDialog" );
- KDialog::saveDialogSize( cg );
-}
-
-void KCMHelpCenter::setupMainWidget( QWidget *parent )
-{
- QVBoxLayout *topLayout = new QVBoxLayout( parent );
- topLayout->setSpacing( KDialog::spacingHint() );
-
- QString helpText =
- i18n("To be able to search a document, a search\n"
- "index needs to exist. The status column of the list below shows whether an index\n"
- "for a document exists.\n") +
- i18n("To create an index, check the box in the list and press the\n"
- "\"Build Index\" button.\n");
-
- QLabel *label = new QLabel( helpText, parent );
- topLayout->addWidget( label );
-
- mListView = new QTreeWidget( parent );
- //mListView->setFullWidth( true );
- mListView->setColumnCount(2);
- mListView->setHeaderLabels( QStringList() << i18n("Search Scope") << i18n("Status") );
- topLayout->addWidget( mListView );
- // not just itemClicked, so that Key_Space also triggers it (#123954)
- connect( mListView, SIGNAL(itemChanged(QTreeWidgetItem*,int)),
- SLOT(checkSelection()) );
-
- QBoxLayout *urlLayout = new QHBoxLayout();
- topLayout->addLayout( urlLayout );
-
- QLabel *urlLabel = new QLabel( i18n("Index folder:"), parent );
- urlLayout->addWidget( urlLabel );
-
- mIndexDirLabel = new QLabel( parent );
- urlLayout->addWidget( mIndexDirLabel, 1 );
-
- QPushButton *button = new QPushButton( i18n("Change..."), parent );
- connect( button, SIGNAL( clicked() ), SLOT( showIndexDirDialog() ) );
- urlLayout->addWidget( button );
-
- QBoxLayout *buttonLayout = new QHBoxLayout();
- topLayout->addLayout( buttonLayout );
-
- buttonLayout->addStretch( 1 );
-
- connect( this, SIGNAL( okClicked() ), SLOT( slotOk() ) );
-}
-
-void KCMHelpCenter::defaults()
-{
-}
-
-bool KCMHelpCenter::save()
-{
- kDebug(1401) << "KCMHelpCenter::save()";
-
- if ( !QFile::exists( Prefs::indexDirectory() ) ) {
- KMessageBox::sorry( this,
- i18n("The folder %1 does not exist; unable to create index.",
- Prefs::indexDirectory() ) );
- return false;
- } else {
- return buildIndex();
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-void KCMHelpCenter::load()
-{
- mIndexDirLabel->setText( Prefs::indexDirectory() );
-
- mListView->clear();
-
- const DocEntry::List &entries = DocMetaInfo::self()->docEntries();
- DocEntry::List::ConstIterator it;
- for( it = entries.begin(); it != entries.end(); ++it ) {
-// kDebug(1401) << "Entry: " << (*it)->name() << " Indexer: '"
-// << (*it)->indexer() << "'" << endl;
- if ( mEngine->needsIndex( *it ) ) {
- ScopeItem *item = new ScopeItem( mListView, *it );
- item->setOn( (*it)->searchEnabled() );
- }
- }
-
- mListView->header()->setResizeMode( QHeaderView::ResizeToContents );
-
- updateStatus();
-}
-
-void KCMHelpCenter::updateStatus()
-{
- QTreeWidgetItemIterator it( mListView );
- while ( (*it) != 0 ) {
- ScopeItem *item = static_cast( (*it) );
- QString status;
- if ( item->entry()->indexExists( Prefs::indexDirectory() ) ) {
- status = i18nc("Describes the status of a documentation index that is present", "OK");
- item->setOn( false );
- } else {
- status = i18nc("Describes the status of a documentation index that is missing", "Missing");
- }
- item->setText( 1, status );
-
- ++it;
- }
-
- checkSelection();
-}
-
-bool KCMHelpCenter::buildIndex()
-{
- kDebug(1401) << "Build Index";
-
- kDebug() << "IndexPath: '" << Prefs::indexDirectory() << "'";
-
- if ( mProcess ) {
- kError() << "Error: Index Process still running." << endl;
- return false;
- }
-
- mIndexQueue.clear();
-
- QFontMetrics fm( font() );
- int maxWidth = 0;
-
- mCmdFile = new KTemporaryFile;
- if ( !mCmdFile->open() ) {
- kError() << "Error opening command file." << endl;
- deleteCmdFile();
- return false;
- }
-
- QTextStream ts ( mCmdFile );
- kDebug() << "Writing to file '" << mCmdFile->fileName() << "'";
-
- bool hasError = false;
-
- QTreeWidgetItemIterator it( mListView );
- while ( (*it) != 0 ) {
- ScopeItem *item = static_cast( (*it) );
- if ( item->isOn() ) {
- DocEntry *entry = item->entry();
-
- QString docText = i18nc(" Generic prefix label for error messages when creating documentation index, first arg is the document's identifier, second is the document's name", "Document '%1' (%2):\n",
- entry->identifier() ,
- entry->name() );
- if ( entry->documentType().isEmpty() ) {
- KMessageBox::sorry( this, docText +
- i18n("No document type.") );
- hasError = true;
- } else {
- QString error;
- SearchHandler *handler = mEngine->handler( entry->documentType() );
- if ( !handler ) {
- KMessageBox::sorry( this, docText +
- i18n("No search handler available for document type '%1'.",
- entry->documentType() ) );
- hasError = true;
- } else if ( !handler->checkPaths( &error ) ) {
- KMessageBox::sorry( this, docText + error );
- hasError = true;
- } else {
- QString indexer = handler->indexCommand( entry->identifier() );
- if ( indexer.isEmpty() ) {
- KMessageBox::sorry( this, docText +
- i18n("No indexing command specified for document type '%1'.",
- entry->documentType() ) );
- hasError = true;
- } else {
- indexer.replace( QLatin1String("%i" ), entry->identifier() );
- indexer.replace( QLatin1String( "%d" ), Prefs::indexDirectory() );
- indexer.replace( QLatin1String( "%p" ), entry->url() );
- kDebug() << "INDEXER: " << indexer;
- ts << indexer << endl;
-
- int width = fm.width( entry->name() );
- if ( width > maxWidth ) maxWidth = width;
-
- mIndexQueue.append( entry );
- }
- }
- }
- }
- ++it;
- }
-
- ts.flush();
-
- if ( mIndexQueue.isEmpty() ) {
- deleteCmdFile();
- return !hasError;
- }
-
- mCurrentEntry = mIndexQueue.constBegin();
- QString name = (*mCurrentEntry)->name();
-
- if ( !mProgressDialog ) {
- mProgressDialog = new IndexProgressDialog( parentWidget() );
- connect( mProgressDialog, SIGNAL( cancelled() ),
- SLOT( cancelBuildIndex() ) );
- connect( mProgressDialog, SIGNAL( closed() ),
- SLOT( slotProgressClosed() ) );
- }
- mProgressDialog->setLabelText( name );
- mProgressDialog->setTotalSteps( mIndexQueue.count() );
- mProgressDialog->setMinimumLabelWidth( maxWidth );
- mProgressDialog->show();
-
- startIndexProcess();
-
- return true;
-}
-
-void KCMHelpCenter::startIndexProcess()
-{
- kDebug() << "KCMHelpCenter::startIndexProcess()";
-
- mProcess = new KProcess;
-#ifndef Q_WS_WIN
- if ( mRunAsRoot ) {
- QString kdesu = KStandardDirs::findExe("kdesu");
- if(kdesu.isEmpty()) {
- kError() << "Failed to run index process as root - could not find kdesu";
- } else {
- *mProcess << kdesu;
- if(parentWidget()) {
- *mProcess << "--attach" << QString::number(parentWidget()->window()->winId());
- kDebug() << "Run as root, attaching kdesu to winid " << QString::number(parentWidget()->window()->winId());
- }
- *mProcess << "--";
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- *mProcess << KStandardDirs::findExe("khc_indexbuilder");
- *mProcess << mCmdFile->fileName();
- *mProcess << Prefs::indexDirectory();
-
- mProcess->setOutputChannelMode(KProcess::SeparateChannels);
- connect( mProcess, SIGNAL( readyReadStandardError() ),
- SLOT( slotReceivedStderr() ) );
- connect( mProcess, SIGNAL( readyReadStandardOutput() ),
- SLOT( slotReceivedStdout() ) );
- connect( mProcess, SIGNAL( finished(int, QProcess::ExitStatus) ),
- SLOT( slotIndexFinished(int, QProcess::ExitStatus) ) );
-
- mProcess->start();
- if (!mProcess->waitForStarted()) {
- kError() << "KCMHelpcenter::startIndexProcess(): Failed to start process.";
- deleteProcess();
- deleteCmdFile();
- }
-}
-
-void KCMHelpCenter::cancelBuildIndex()
-{
- kDebug() << "cancelBuildIndex()";
-
- deleteProcess();
- deleteCmdFile();
- mIndexQueue.clear();
-
- if ( mIsClosing ) {
- mIsClosing = false;
- }
-}
-
-void KCMHelpCenter::slotIndexFinished(int exitCode, QProcess::ExitStatus exitStatus)
-{
- kDebug() << "KCMHelpCenter::slotIndexFinished()";
-
- if ( exitStatus == QProcess::NormalExit && exitCode == 2 ) {
- if ( mRunAsRoot ) {
- kError() << "Insufficient permissions." << endl;
- } else {
- kDebug() << "Insufficient permissions. Trying again as root.";
- mRunAsRoot = true;
- deleteProcess();
- startIndexProcess();
- return;
- }
- } else if ( exitStatus != QProcess::NormalExit || exitCode != 0 ) {
- kDebug() << "KProcess reported an error.";
- KMessageBox::error( this, i18n("Failed to build index.") );
- } else {
- mConfig->group( "Search" ).writeEntry( "IndexExists", true );
- emit searchIndexUpdated();
- }
-
- deleteProcess();
- deleteCmdFile();
-
- if ( mProgressDialog ) {
- mProgressDialog->setFinished( true );
- }
-
- mStdOut.clear();
- mStdErr.clear();
-
- if ( mIsClosing ) {
- if ( !mProgressDialog || !mProgressDialog->isVisible() ) {
- mIsClosing = false;
- accept();
- }
- }
-}
-
-void KCMHelpCenter::deleteProcess()
-{
- delete mProcess;
- mProcess = 0;
-}
-
-void KCMHelpCenter::deleteCmdFile()
-{
- delete mCmdFile;
- mCmdFile = 0;
-}
-
-void KCMHelpCenter::slotIndexProgress()
-{
- if( !mProcess )
- return;
-
- kDebug() << "KCMHelpCenter::slotIndexProgress()";
-
- updateStatus();
-
- advanceProgress();
-}
-
-void KCMHelpCenter::slotIndexError( const QString &str )
-{
- if( !mProcess )
- return;
-
- kDebug() << "KCMHelpCenter::slotIndexError()";
-
- KMessageBox::sorry( this, i18n("Error executing indexing build command:\n%1",
- str ) );
-
- if ( mProgressDialog ) {
- mProgressDialog->appendLog( "" + str + "" );
- }
-
- advanceProgress();
-}
-
-void KCMHelpCenter::advanceProgress()
-{
- if ( mProgressDialog && mProgressDialog->isVisible() ) {
- mProgressDialog->advanceProgress();
- mCurrentEntry++;
- if ( mCurrentEntry != mIndexQueue.constEnd() ) {
- QString name = (*mCurrentEntry)->name();
- mProgressDialog->setLabelText( name );
- }
- }
-}
-
-void KCMHelpCenter::slotReceivedStdout()
-{
- QByteArray text= mProcess->readAllStandardOutput();
- int pos = text.lastIndexOf( '\n' );
- if ( pos < 0 ) {
- mStdOut.append( text );
- } else {
- if ( mProgressDialog ) {
- mProgressDialog->appendLog( mStdOut + text.left( pos ) );
- mStdOut = text.mid( pos + 1 );
- }
- }
-}
-
-void KCMHelpCenter::slotReceivedStderr( )
-{
- QByteArray text = mProcess->readAllStandardError();
- int pos = text.lastIndexOf( '\n' );
- if ( pos < 0 ) {
- mStdErr.append( text );
- } else {
- if ( mProgressDialog ) {
- mProgressDialog->appendLog( QLatin1String("") + mStdErr + text.left( pos ) +
- QLatin1String(""));
- mStdErr = text.mid( pos + 1 );
- }
- }
-}
-
-void KCMHelpCenter::slotOk()
-{
- if ( buildIndex() ) {
- if ( !mProcess ) accept();
- else mIsClosing = true;
- }
-}
-
-void KCMHelpCenter::slotProgressClosed()
-{
- kDebug() << "KCMHelpCenter::slotProgressClosed()";
-
- if ( mIsClosing ) accept();
-}
-
-void KCMHelpCenter::showIndexDirDialog()
-{
- IndexDirDialog dlg( this );
- if ( dlg.exec() == QDialog::Accepted ) {
- load();
- }
-}
-
-void KCMHelpCenter::checkSelection()
-{
- int count = 0;
-
- QTreeWidgetItemIterator it( mListView );
- while ( (*it) != 0 ) {
- ScopeItem *item = static_cast( (*it) );
- if ( item->isOn() ) {
- ++count;
- }
- ++it;
- }
-
- enableButtonOk( count != 0 );
-}
-
-#include "kcmhelpcenter.moc"
-
-// vim:ts=2:sw=2:et
diff --git a/khelpcenter/kcmhelpcenter.desktop b/khelpcenter/kcmhelpcenter.desktop
deleted file mode 100644
index 3de4c05a..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/kcmhelpcenter.desktop
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,253 +0,0 @@
-[Desktop Entry]
-Type=Application
-Exec=kcmshell4 kcmhelpcenter
-Icon=help
-
-X-KDE-SubstituteUID=true
-X-KDE-Library=helpcenter
-X-KDE-RootOnly=true
-X-KDE-HasReadOnlyMode=true
-X-KDE-ParentApp=kcontrol
-
-Name=Help Index
-Name[af]=Hulp Indeks
-Name[ar]=فهرس المساعدة
-Name[ast]=Índiz d'ayuda
-Name[be]=Індэкс дапамогі
-Name[be@latin]=Źmiest dapamohi
-Name[bg]=Помощна информация
-Name[bn]=সাহায্য সূচি
-Name[bn_IN]=সহায়িকার ইন্ডেক্স
-Name[br]=Meneger ar skoazell
-Name[bs]=Indeks pomoći
-Name[ca]=Índex d'ajuda
-Name[ca@valencia]=Índex d'ajuda
-Name[cs]=Rejstřík nápovědy
-Name[csb]=Indeks pòmòcë
-Name[cy]=Mynegai Cymorth
-Name[da]=Hjælpeindeks
-Name[de]=Hilfeindex
-Name[el]=Ευρετήριο βοήθειας
-Name[en_GB]=Help Index
-Name[eo]=Helpa indekso
-Name[es]=Índice de ayuda
-Name[et]=Abifailide indeks
-Name[eu]=Laguntza-indizea
-Name[fa]=فهرست کمک
-Name[fi]=Opasteen hakemisto
-Name[fr]=Index d'aide
-Name[fy]=Help-yndeks
-Name[ga]=Innéacs na Cabhrach
-Name[gl]=Índice da axuda
-Name[gu]=મદદ અનુક્રમણિકા
-Name[he]=אינדקס עזרה
-Name[hi]=मदद सूची
-Name[hne]=मदद सूची
-Name[hr]=Indeks pomoći
-Name[hsb]=Indeks za pomoc
-Name[hu]=Dokumentációkeresési index
-Name[ia]=Indice de adjuta
-Name[id]=Indeks Bantuan
-Name[is]=Hjálparyfirlit
-Name[it]=Indice della guida
-Name[ja]=ヘルプインデックス
-Name[ka]=დახმარების ინდექსი
-Name[kk]=Анықтама индексі
-Name[km]=លិបិក្រមជំនួយ
-Name[kn]=ಸಹಾಯ ಅನುಕ್ರಮ (ಇಂಡೆಕ್ಸ್)
-Name[ko]=도움말 찾아보기
-Name[ku]=Pêrista Alîkariyê
-Name[lt]=Pagalbos rodyklė
-Name[lv]=Palīdzības indekss
-Name[mai]=मद्दति सूची
-Name[mk]=Индекс за помош
-Name[ml]=സഹായത്തിനുളള സൂചിക
-Name[mr]=मदत सूची
-Name[ms]=Indeks Bantuan
-Name[nb]=Hjelpindeks
-Name[nds]=Hülpindex
-Name[ne]=मद्दत अनुक्रमणिका
-Name[nl]=Documentatie-index
-Name[nn]=Hjelpindeks
-Name[or]=ସହାୟତା ଅନୁକ୍ରମଣିକା
-Name[pa]=ਮੱਦਦ ਇੰਡੈਕਸ
-Name[pl]=Indeks pomocy
-Name[pt]=Índice da Ajuda
-Name[pt_BR]=Índice da ajuda
-Name[ro]=Index ajutor
-Name[ru]=Индекс справки
-Name[se]=Veahkkeindeaksa
-Name[si]=උදව් පටුන
-Name[sk]=Index pomocníka
-Name[sl]=Seznam pomoči
-Name[sr]=Индекс помоћи
-Name[sr@ijekavian]=Индекс помоћи
-Name[sr@ijekavianlatin]=Indeks pomoći
-Name[sr@latin]=Indeks pomoći
-Name[sv]=Hjälpindex
-Name[ta]=உதவி பொருளடக்கம்
-Name[te]=సహాయ సూచిక
-Name[tg]=Индекси роҳнамо
-Name[th]=ดัชนีเอกสารช่วยเหลือ
-Name[tr]=Yardım İçeriği
-Name[ug]=ياردەم ئىندېكسى
-Name[uk]=Індекс довідки
-Name[uz]=Yordam indeksi
-Name[uz@cyrillic]=Ёрдам индекси
-Name[vi]=Chỉ mục Trợ giúp
-Name[wa]=Indecse di l' aidance
-Name[xh]=Uncedo Lwesalathisi
-Name[x-test]=xxHelp Indexxx
-Name[zh_CN]=帮助索引
-Name[zh_TW]=說明索引
-
-Comment=Help center search index configuration and generation
-Comment[af]=Hulp sentrum soektog indeks opstelling en genereering
-Comment[ar]=توليد وضبط فهرس بحث مركز المساعدة
-Comment[ast]=Configuración y xeneración del índiz de gueta del centru d'ayuda
-Comment[be]=Настаўленне і стварэнне індэксу для пошуку ў дакументацыі
-Comment[be@latin]=Naładžvańnie j stvareńnie źmiestu dla pošuku ŭ centry dapamohi
-Comment[bg]=Създаване на индекс за ускоряване на търсенето в помощната информация
-Comment[bn]=সহায়িকাসন্ধানসূচি কনফিগারেশন এবং সৃষ্টি
-Comment[bn_IN]=সহায়িকা অনুসন্ধানের ইন্ডেক্স কনফিগারেশন ও নির্মাণ প্রণালী
-Comment[bs]=Postava i stvaranje indeksa za pretragu Centra za pomoć
-Comment[ca]=Configuració i generació de l'índex de cerca per al Centre d'ajuda
-Comment[ca@valencia]=Configuració i generació de l'índex de cerca per al Centre d'ajuda
-Comment[cs]=Generování a konfigurace rejstříku nápovědy
-Comment[csb]=Kònfigùracëje ë generowanié indeksu pòmòcë
-Comment[cy]=Ffurfweddu a chynhyrchu mynegai chwilio y Ganolfan Cymorth
-Comment[da]=Hjælpecenterets indstilling og generering af søgeindeks
-Comment[de]=Stichwortverzeichnis für das Hilfezentrum einrichten und erstellen
-Comment[el]=Διαμόρφωση και δημιουργία του ευρετηρίου αναζήτησης του Κέντρου βοήθειας
-Comment[en_GB]=Help centre search index configuration and generation
-Comment[es]=Configuración y generación del índice de búsqueda del centro de ayuda
-Comment[et]=Abifailide otsingu indeksi loomine ja seadistamine
-Comment[eu]=Laguntza-zentroaren bilaketa-indizea konfiguratzea eta sortzea
-Comment[fa]=تولید و پیکربندی فهرست جستجوی مرکز کمک
-Comment[fi]=Opastekeskuksen hakuindeksin asetukset ja tuottaminen
-Comment[fr]=Configuration et génération de l'index de recherche du centre d'aide
-Comment[fy]=Sykjeyndeks fan it helpsintrum ynstellen en generearen
-Comment[ga]=Cumraíocht agus giniúint an innéacs cuardaigh don lárionad cabhrach
-Comment[gl]=Configuración e xeración do índice de busca do centro de axuda
-Comment[gu]=મદદ કેન્દ્ર શોધ અનુક્રમણિકા રૂપરેખાંકન અને બનાવટ
-Comment[he]=שינוי הגדרות ויצירת אינדקס החיפוש של מרכז העזרה
-Comment[hi]=मदद केंद्र खोज तालिका कॉन्फ़िगरेशन तथा ज़ेनरेशन
-Comment[hne]=मदद केंद्र खोज टेबल कान्फिगरेसन अउ जेनरेसन
-Comment[hr]=Konfiguriranje i generiranje indeksa za pretraživanje pomoći
-Comment[hsb]=Připrawjenje a stworjenje pytanskeho indeksa za pomhanišćo
-Comment[hu]=A dokumentáció keresési indexének beállításai
-Comment[ia]=Configuration e generation del indice de cerca pro le centro de adjuta
-Comment[id]=Konfigurasi dan pembuatan indeks pencarian pusat bantuan
-Comment[is]=Uppsettning og sköpun af leitaryfirliti fyrir hjálparmiðstöðina
-Comment[it]=Configurazione e generazione dell'indice di ricerca della guida
-Comment[ja]=ヘルプセンターの検索インデックスの設定と生成
-Comment[ka]=KDE-ს დახმარების სისტემაში ინდექსების კონფიგურაცია
-Comment[kk]=Анықтамадан табу индексін баптау
-Comment[km]=ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ និងការបង្កើតលិបិក្រមស្វែងរក សម្រាប់មជ្ឈមណ្ឌលជំនួយ
-Comment[kn]=ಸಹಾಯ ಕೇಂದ್ರ ಶೋಧನಾ ಅನುಕ್ರಮ (ಇಂಡೆಕ್ಸ್) ಸಂರಚನೆ ಮತ್ತು ಉತ್ಪತ್ತಿ
-Comment[ko]=도움말 찾아보기 설정 및 생성
-Comment[ku]=Hilberîn û veavakirina îndeksa lêgerînê a navenda alîkariyê
-Comment[lt]=Pagalbos centro indekso konfigūravimas ir generavimas
-Comment[lv]=Palīdzības centra meklēšanas indeksa konfigurācija un ģenerācija
-Comment[mai]=मद्दति केंद्र खोज तालिका कान्फिगरेशन आओर जेनरेशन
-Comment[mk]=Конфигурирање и генерирање на индексот на Центарот за Помош
-Comment[ml]=സഹായകേന്ദ്രത്തിലെ തെരയാനുള്ള സൂചികയുടെ ക്രമീകരണവും ഉത്പാദനവും
-Comment[mr]=मदत केंद्र शोध तालिका संयोजना व जेनरेशन
-Comment[nb]=Tilpass søkeindeksen og legg den til i hjelpesenteret
-Comment[nds]=Söökindex för't Hülpzentrum inrichten un maken laten
-Comment[ne]=मद्दत केन्द्र खोजी अनुक्रमणिका कन्फिगरेसन र सिर्जना
-Comment[nl]=Zoekindex van het documentatiecentrum instellen en genereren
-Comment[nn]=Oppsett og generering av søkjeindeks for hjelpesenteret
-Comment[or]=ସହାୟତା କେନ୍ଦ୍ର ଅନୁକ୍ରମଣିକା ସଂରଚନା ଏବଂ ସୃଷ୍ଟି
-Comment[pa]=ਮੱਦਦ ਸੈਂਟਰ ਖੋਜ ਇੰਡੈਕਸ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਅਤੇ ਨਿਰਮਾਣ
-Comment[pl]=Ustawienia i tworzenie spisu treści pomocy
-Comment[pt]=Configuração e geração do índice de pesquisa do centro de ajuda
-Comment[pt_BR]=Configuração e geração do índice de busca do centro de ajuda
-Comment[ro]=Generează și configurează indexul de căutare pentru Centrul de Ajutor
-Comment[ru]=Настройка индекса справочной системы KDE
-Comment[se]=Veahkkeguovddáža ohcanindeavssa heiveheapmi ja ráhkadeapmi
-Comment[si]=උදව් මධ්යස්ථාන සූචිය සැකසීම හා ජනනය
-Comment[sk]=Nastavenie a generovanie indexu pre pomocníka
-Comment[sl]=Nastavitve in ustvarjanje iskalnega kazala za Središče za pomoč
-Comment[sr]=Постава и стварање индекса за претрагу Центра за помоћ
-Comment[sr@ijekavian]=Постава и стварање индекса за претрагу Центра за помоћ
-Comment[sr@ijekavianlatin]=Postava i stvaranje indeksa za pretragu Centra za pomoć
-Comment[sr@latin]=Postava i stvaranje indeksa za pretragu Centra za pomoć
-Comment[sv]=Skapa och ställ in sökindex för Hjälpcentralen
-Comment[ta]=உதவி மையத்தை தேடும் பொருளடக்கம் வடிவமைத்தல் மற்றும் உருவாக்கல்
-Comment[te]=సహాయ కేంద్ర అన్వెషణ సూచి అమరిక మరయూ తయారుచెయుట
-Comment[tg]=Маркази роҳнамои ҷустуҷӯи индекси танзимот ва эҷодкорӣ
-Comment[th]=การปรับแต่งและสร้างดัชนีสำหรับค้นหาของศูนย์ช่วยเหลือ
-Comment[tr]=Yardım merkezi dizininin yapılandırılması ve oluşturulması
-Comment[ug]=ياردەم مەركىزىنىڭ ئىزدەش ئىندېكس سەپلىمىسى ۋە ھاسىل قىلىش
-Comment[uk]=Створення та налаштування індексу пошуку Центру довідки
-Comment[uz]=Yordam markazining qidiruv indeksini yaratish va moslash
-Comment[uz@cyrillic]=Ёрдам марказининг қидирув индексини яратиш ва мослаш
-Comment[vi]=Cấu hình và tạo ra chỉ mục tìm kiếm của trung tâm trợ giúp
-Comment[wa]=Fijhaedje eyet apontiaedje di l' indecse di cweraedje do cinte d' aidance
-Comment[xh]=Uqwalaselo lophendlo loncedo osembindi nolwenziwo
-Comment[x-test]=xxHelp center search index configuration and generationxx
-Comment[zh_CN]=帮助中心搜索索引配置和生成
-Comment[zh_TW]=求助中心搜尋索引的組態與產生
-
-X-KDE-Keywords=khelpcenter,help,index,search
-X-KDE-Keywords[ar]=مركز مساعدة كدي,مساعدة,فهرس,بحث
-X-KDE-Keywords[bg]=khelpcenter,help,index,search,помощ,индекс,търсене
-X-KDE-Keywords[bn]=khelpcenter,help,index,search
-X-KDE-Keywords[bs]=khelpcenter,help,index,search,pomoć,pretraga,indeks
-X-KDE-Keywords[ca]=khelpcenter,ajuda,índex,cerca
-X-KDE-Keywords[ca@valencia]=khelpcenter,ajuda,índex,cerca
-X-KDE-Keywords[cs]=khelpcenter,help,index,hledat
-X-KDE-Keywords[da]=khelpcenter,hjælp,indeks,søg
-X-KDE-Keywords[de]=Hilfezentrum,Index,Stichwortverzeichnis,Suche
-X-KDE-Keywords[el]=khelpcenter,βοήθεια,ευρετήριο,αναζήτηση
-X-KDE-Keywords[en_GB]=khelpcenter,help,index,search
-X-KDE-Keywords[eo]=khelpcenter,helpo,indekso,serĉo
-X-KDE-Keywords[es]=khelpcenter,ayuda,índice,buscar
-X-KDE-Keywords[et]=khelpcenter,abi,indeks,otsing,KDE abikeskus,abikeskus
-X-KDE-Keywords[eu]=khelpcenter,laguntza,indizea,bilaketa
-X-KDE-Keywords[fa]=khelpcenter,help,index,search
-X-KDE-Keywords[fi]=khelpcenter,ohje,opaste,indeksi,hakemisto,haku
-X-KDE-Keywords[fr]=khelpcenter, aide, index, recherche
-X-KDE-Keywords[ga]=khelpcenter,cabhair,innéacs,cuardach
-X-KDE-Keywords[gl]=khelpcenter,axuda,índice,buscar
-X-KDE-Keywords[gu]=khelpcenter,મદદ,અનુક્રમ,શોધ
-X-KDE-Keywords[hi]=khelpcenter, मदद, सूचकांक, खोज
-X-KDE-Keywords[hu]=khelpcenter,súgó,index,keresés
-X-KDE-Keywords[ia]=khelpcenter,adjuta,indice,cerca
-X-KDE-Keywords[id]=khelpcenter,bantuan,indeks,cari
-X-KDE-Keywords[is]=khelpcenter,hjálp,yfirlit,leit
-X-KDE-Keywords[it]=khelpcenter,aiuto,indice,ricerca
-X-KDE-Keywords[ja]=khelpcenter,help,index,search
-X-KDE-Keywords[kk]=khelpcenter,help,index,search
-X-KDE-Keywords[km]=khelpcenter,help,index,search
-X-KDE-Keywords[ko]=khelpcenter,help,index,search,도움말,인덱스,검색
-X-KDE-Keywords[lv]=khelpcenter,palīdzība,indekss,meklēšana
-X-KDE-Keywords[mr]=khelpcenter, मदत, अनुक्रमणिका, शोध
-X-KDE-Keywords[nb]=khelpcenter,hjelp,index,søk
-X-KDE-Keywords[nds]=khelpcenter,Hülp,Index,Söök
-X-KDE-Keywords[nl]=khelpcenter,help,index,zoeken
-X-KDE-Keywords[nn]=khelpcenter,hjelp,indeks,stikkord,søk
-X-KDE-Keywords[pa]=khelpcenter,ਮੱਦਦ,ਸਹਾਇਤਾ,ਇੰਡੈਕਸ,ਖੋਜ
-X-KDE-Keywords[pl]=centrum pomocy,pomoc,indeks,znajdywanie,wyszukiwanie
-X-KDE-Keywords[pt]=khelpcenter,ajuda,índice,pesquisa
-X-KDE-Keywords[pt_BR]=khelpcenter,ajuda,índice,pesquisa
-X-KDE-Keywords[ro]=khelpcenter,centru,ajutor,cuprins,căutare
-X-KDE-Keywords[ru]=khelpcenter,help,index,search,помощь,справка,индекс,поиск
-X-KDE-Keywords[sk]=khelpcenter,help,index,hľadanie
-X-KDE-Keywords[sl]=khelpcenter,pomoč,kazalo,iskanje
-X-KDE-Keywords[sr]=khelpcenter,help,index,search,К‑центар-помоћи,помоћ,индекс,претрага,тражење
-X-KDE-Keywords[sr@ijekavian]=khelpcenter,help,index,search,К‑центар-помоћи,помоћ,индекс,претрага,тражење
-X-KDE-Keywords[sr@ijekavianlatin]=khelpcenter,help,index,search,K‑centar-pomoći,pomoć,indeks,pretraga,traženje
-X-KDE-Keywords[sr@latin]=khelpcenter,help,index,search,K‑centar-pomoći,pomoć,indeks,pretraga,traženje
-X-KDE-Keywords[sv]=Hjälpcentralen,hjälp,index,sök
-X-KDE-Keywords[tg]=khelpcenter,кумак,индекс,ҷустуҷӯ
-X-KDE-Keywords[tr]=khelpcenter,yardım,dizin,arama
-X-KDE-Keywords[ug]=khelpcenter، ياردەم، ئىندېكس، ئىزدەش
-X-KDE-Keywords[uk]=khelpcenter;help;index;search;довідка;центр;покажчик;індекс;пошук;допомога
-X-KDE-Keywords[vi]=trung tâm trợ giúp KDE,trợ giúp,chỉ mục,tìm kiếm,khelpcenter,help,index,search
-X-KDE-Keywords[wa]=khelpcenter,kcinte d' aidance,indecse,cweri,cweraedje,trover,cachî,cachî après
-X-KDE-Keywords[x-test]=xxkhelpcenter,help,index,searchxx
-X-KDE-Keywords[zh_CN]=khelpcenter,help,index,search,帮助搜索,索引
-X-KDE-Keywords[zh_TW]=khelpcenter,help,index,search
-Categories=Qt;KDE;X-KDE-settings-system;
diff --git a/khelpcenter/kcmhelpcenter.h b/khelpcenter/kcmhelpcenter.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ccbeb8f5..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/kcmhelpcenter.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-/*
- This file is part of KHelpcenter.
-
- Copyright (C) 2002 Cornelius Schumacher
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
- the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-*/
-#ifndef KHC_KCMHELPCENTER_H
-#define KHC_KCMHELPCENTER_H
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-#include "scopeitem.h"
-
-class QPushButton;
-class QProgressBar;
-class QTextEdit;
-class QLabel;
-
-class KAboutData;
-class KTemporaryFile;
-class KUrlRequester;
-class QTreeWidget;
-
-namespace KHC {
-class HtmlSearchConfig;
-class DocEntry;
-class SearchEngine;
-}
-
-class IndexDirDialog : public KDialog
-{
- Q_OBJECT
- public:
- IndexDirDialog( QWidget *parent );
-
- protected Q_SLOTS:
- void slotOk();
- void slotUrlChanged( const QString &_url);
- private:
- KUrlRequester *mIndexUrlRequester;
-};
-
-class IndexProgressDialog : public KDialog
-{
- Q_OBJECT
- public:
- IndexProgressDialog( QWidget *parent );
- ~IndexProgressDialog();
-
- void setTotalSteps( int );
- void advanceProgress();
- void setLabelText( const QString & );
- void setMinimumLabelWidth( int width );
- void setFinished( bool );
-
- void appendLog( const QString &text );
-
- Q_SIGNALS:
- void closed();
- void cancelled();
-
- protected:
- void hideDetails();
-
- protected Q_SLOTS:
- void slotEnd();
- void toggleDetails();
-
- private:
- QLabel *mLabel;
- QProgressBar *mProgressBar;
- QLabel *mLogLabel;
- QTextEdit *mLogView;
-
- bool mFinished;
-};
-
-class KCMHelpCenter : public KDialog
-{
- Q_OBJECT
- public:
- explicit KCMHelpCenter( KHC::SearchEngine *, QWidget *parent = 0,
- const char *name = 0 );
- ~KCMHelpCenter();
-
- void load();
- bool save();
- void defaults();
-
- public Q_SLOTS:
-
- Q_SIGNALS:
- void searchIndexUpdated();
- public Q_SLOTS:
- void slotIndexError( const QString & );
- void slotIndexProgress();
- protected Q_SLOTS:
- bool buildIndex();
- void cancelBuildIndex();
- void slotIndexFinished( int exitCode, QProcess::ExitStatus exitStatus );
- void slotReceivedStdout();
- void slotReceivedStderr();
- void slotProgressClosed();
-
- void slotOk();
-
- void showIndexDirDialog();
-
- void checkSelection();
-
- protected:
- void setupMainWidget( QWidget *parent );
- void updateStatus();
- void startIndexProcess();
-
- void deleteProcess();
- void deleteCmdFile();
-
- void advanceProgress();
-
- private:
- KHC::SearchEngine *mEngine;
-
- QTreeWidget *mListView;
- QLabel *mIndexDirLabel;
- QPushButton *mBuildButton;
- IndexProgressDialog *mProgressDialog;
-
- QList mIndexQueue;
- QList::ConstIterator mCurrentEntry;
-
- KSharedConfigPtr mConfig;
-
- KAboutData *mAboutData;
-
- KHC::HtmlSearchConfig *mHtmlSearchTab;
- QWidget *mScopeTab;
-
- KTemporaryFile *mCmdFile;
-
- KProcess *mProcess;
-
- bool mIsClosing;
-
- QByteArray mStdOut;
- QByteArray mStdErr;
-
- bool mRunAsRoot;
-};
-
-#endif //KHC_KCMHELPCENTER_H
-// vim:ts=2:sw=2:et
diff --git a/khelpcenter/khc_indexbuilder.cpp b/khelpcenter/khc_indexbuilder.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 04a55006..00000000
--- a/khelpcenter/khc_indexbuilder.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,203 +0,0 @@
-/*
- This file is part of the KDE Help Center
-
- Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston,
- MA 02110-1301, USA
-*/
-
-#include "khc_indexbuilder.h"
-
-#include "version.h"
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include